Hansen(2006, Econometrics) | Eigenvalues And Eigenvectors | Vector Autoregression

ECONOMETRICS

Bruce E. Hansen c °2000, 20061 University of Wisconsin www.ssc.wisc.edu/~bhansen Revised: January 2006 Comments Welcome

This manuscript may be printed and reproduced for individual or instructional use, but may not be printed for commercial purposes.

1

Contents
1 Introduction 1.1 Economic Data . . 1.2 Observational Data 1.3 Random Sample . 1.4 Economic Data . . 1 1 1 2 2 4 4 5 6 7 8 8 9 9 10 11 11 12 14 15 15 20 21 21 22 25 26 27 28 30 32 33 34 35

. . . .

. . . .

. . . .

. . . .

. . . .

. . . .

. . . .

. . . .

. . . .

. . . .

. . . .

. . . .

. . . .

. . . .

. . . .

. . . .

. . . .

. . . .

. . . .

. . . .

. . . .

. . . .

. . . .

. . . .

. . . .

. . . .

. . . .

. . . .

. . . .

. . . .

. . . .

. . . .

. . . .

. . . .

. . . .

. . . .

2 Matrix Algebra 2.1 Terminology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.2 Matrix Multiplication . . . . . . . . . . . 2.3 Trace . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.4 Inverse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.5 Eigenvalues . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.6 Rank and Positive Definiteness . . . . . . 2.7 Matrix Calculus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.8 Determinant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.9 Kronecker Products and the Vec Operator 3 Regression and Projection 3.1 Conditional Mean . . . . . 3.2 Regression Equation . . . 3.3 Conditional Variance . . . 3.4 Linear Regression . . . . . 3.5 Best Linear Predictor . . 3.6 Exercises . . . . . . . . . 4 Least Squares Estimation 4.1 Estimation . . . . . . . . 4.2 Least Squares . . . . . . . 4.3 Normal Regression Model 4.4 Model in Matrix Notation 4.5 Projection Matrices . . . . 4.6 Residual Regression . . . 4.7 Bias and Variance . . . . 4.8 Gauss-Markov Theorem . 4.9 Semiparametric Efficiency 4.10 Omitted Variables . . . . 4.11 Multicollinearity . . . . .

. . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . .

. . . . . .

. . . . . .

. . . . . .

. . . . . .

. . . . . .

. . . . . .

. . . . . .

. . . . . .

. . . . . .

. . . . . .

. . . . . .

. . . . . .

. . . . . .

. . . . . .

. . . . . .

. . . . . .

. . . . . .

. . . . . .

. . . . . .

. . . . . .

. . . . . .

. . . . . .

. . . . . .

. . . . . .

. . . . . .

. . . . . .

. . . . . .

. . . . . .

. . . . . .

. . . . . .

. . . . . .

. . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . .

i

4.12 Influential Observations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.13 Exercises . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 Asymptotic Theory 5.1 Inequalities . . . . . . . . . . 5.2 Weak Law of Large Numbers 5.3 Convergence in Distribution . 5.4 Asymptotic Transformations .

36 38 41 41 42 43 45 46 46 47 48 50 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 60 62 65 67 70 74 74 77 77 78 80 83 84 85 86 89 92 92 93 94 94 96 97 98 99

. . . .

. . . .

. . . .

. . . .

. . . .

. . . .

. . . .

. . . .

. . . .

. . . .

. . . .

. . . .

. . . .

. . . .

. . . .

. . . .

. . . .

. . . .

. . . .

. . . .

. . . .

. . . .

. . . .

. . . .

. . . .

. . . .

. . . .

. . . .

. . . .

. . . .

6 Inference 6.1 Sampling Distribution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.2 Consistency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.3 Asymptotic Normality . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.4 Covariance Matrix Estimation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.5 Consistency of the White Covariance Matrix Estimate 6.6 Alternative Covariance Matrix Estimators . . . . . . . 6.7 Functions of Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.8 t tests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.9 Confidence Intervals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.10 Wald Tests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.11 F Tests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.12 Normal Regression Model . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.13 Problems with Tests of NonLinear Hypotheses . . . . 6.14 Monte Carlo Simulation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.15 Estimating a Wage Equation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.16 Exercises . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 Additional Regression Topics 7.1 Generalized Least Squares . . . . . 7.2 Testing for Heteroskedasticity . . . 7.3 Forecast Intervals . . . . . . . . . . 7.4 NonLinear Least Squares . . . . . 7.5 Least Absolute Deviations . . . . . 7.6 Quantile Regression . . . . . . . . 7.7 Testing for Omitted NonLinearity . 7.8 Irrelevant Variables . . . . . . . . . 7.9 Model Selection . . . . . . . . . . . 7.10 Exercises . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 The 8.1 8.2 8.3 8.4 8.5 8.6 8.7 8.8

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . .

Bootstrap Definition of the Bootstrap . . . . . . . . . The Empirical Distribution Function . . . . Nonparametric Bootstrap . . . . . . . . . . Bootstrap Estimation of Bias and Variance Percentile Intervals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Percentile-t Equal-Tailed Interval . . . . . . Symmetric Percentile-t Intervals . . . . . . Asymptotic Expansions . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . .

ii

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.12Autoregressive Unit Roots . . . . . 100 101 102 103 104 106 106 107 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 117 117 119 120 121 121 124 125 126 127 127 128 129 130 133 135 135 137 137 138 138 139 140 140 141 142 142 143 9 Generalized Method of Moments 9. . . . . .2 GMM Estimator . . . . . . .8. . . . . . . . . . . . . .10 Exercises .7 Hypothesis Testing: The Distance Statistic 9. . .5 Special Cases: IV and 2SLS 11. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9 Trend Stationarity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9. . . . . . . . .8 Conditional Moment Restrictions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 Overidentifying Restrictions . . . . . . . . . . . .1 Non-Parametric Likelihood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4 Lag Operator . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2 Reduced Form . . . . . 12. . . . . . . . . . 11. . . . . Bootstrap Methods for Regression Models Exercises . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 Empirical Likelihood 10. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 Distribution of GMM Estimator . 12. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 Identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12. . . . . . . 12. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12. . . . . . . . . 9. . . . . . . . Symmetric Two-Sided Tests . Percentile Confidence Intervals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11. . . . . 12. . .8 Exercises . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11.4 Testing . . . . . . . .7 Asymptotic Distribution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.3 Stationarity of AR(1) Process . . . . . . . . . . . .2 Asymptotic Distribution of EL Estimator 10. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 Bootstrap for Autoregressions . . . . .11 8. . . . . . . .13 One-Sided Tests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10. . . . . . .9 8. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10 8. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9 Bootstrap GMM Inference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12 8. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 Stationarity of AR(k) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4 Estimation . . . . . . . . . .2 Autoregressions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4 Estimation of the Efficient Weight Matrix . . . . . . iii . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6 Over-Identification Test . . . . . . . . . . . . .6 Bekker Asymptotics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10Testing for Omitted Serial Correlation 12. . . . . . 9. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1 Stationarity and Ergodicity . . . . . . . . . . . 11. . . . . . . .6 Estimation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1 Overidentified Linear Model . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1 Instrumental Variables .5 Numerical Computation . . . . . . . . 12 Univariate Time Series 12. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10. 12. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12. . 11 Endogeneity 11. . . . . . . . .11Model Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 Identification Failure . . . . . . . . . .5 GMM: The General Case . . . . . . . . . . . 9. .

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B. . . .1 Grid Search . . . . . . . . . . . . .4 Single Equation from a VAR . . . . . . . . . . .5 Testing for Omitted Serial Correlation 13. 157 15. . . . . . . . . . . . . .2 Gradient Methods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9 Maximum Likelihood . . . .3 Censored Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 Transformations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 Restricted VARs . . . . . 165 165 167 168 169 171 173 175 175 178 183 183 184 185 . . . . . . . . . 13. . . . . . .3 Expectation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 Normal and Related Distributions . . . . . . . . . . . . . A. . .6 Selection of Lag Length in an VAR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2 Fixed Effects . . . . . . . . . . . . 157 15. . . . . .6 Conditional Distributions and Expectation . 14. . . . . . . . . . 13. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B Numerical Optimization B. . . . . . . . 13.8 Cointegration . . . . . . . . B. . .13 Multivariate Time Series 13. . . . . . .2 Count Data . . . . 159 16 Nonparametrics 160 16. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145 145 146 146 147 147 148 148 149 149 151 151 153 153 154 . . . .2 Random Variables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160 16. .4 Sample Selection . . A. . . . . . . . . . . . .1 Binary Choice . . . . . . . . . . . . A. . . . . A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162 A Probability A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A. . . . . . . . . . .7 Granger Causality . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A. . . . . . . . . . 13. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9 Cointegrated VARs . . . . . .2 Asymptotic MSE for Kernel Estimates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 Dynamic Panel Regression . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4 Common Distributions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1 Foundations . . . . . . 14. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 Panel Data 157 15. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1 Individual-Effects Model . . . . . . . . . . . 14 Limited Dependent Variables 14. . . . . iv . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13. . . . . . . . 13. . . . . . . . . . . . .1 Kernel Density Estimation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13.2 Estimation . . . . . . . . . .1 Vector Autoregressions (VARs) . . . . . . . . . .5 Multivariate Random Variables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 Derivative-Free Methods .

The quality of the study will be largely determined by the data available. Panel data combines elements of cross-section and time-series. For example. We can measure the joint distribution of these variables. holding other variables constant. and then follow the children’s wage path as they mature and enter the labor force. They are distinguished by the dependence structure across observations. what we observe (through data collection) is the level of a person’s education and their wage. There are three major types of economic data sets: cross-sectional. To measure the returns to schooling. and panel. most economic data is observational. prices and interest rates. Cross-sectional data sets are characterized by mutually independent observations. an experiment might randomly divide children into groups. Econometric theory concerns the study and development of tools and methods for applied econometric applications. 1. The differences between the groups could be attributed to the different levels of education. a concern in labor economics is the returns to schooling — the change in earnings induced by increasing a worker’s education. timeseries. Surveys are a typical source for cross-sectional data. Ideally. The individuals surveyed may be persons. we would use experimental data to answer these questions. 1 . even immoral! Instead. Another issue of interest is the earnings gap between men and women. These data sets consist surveys of a set of individuals. 1. households.2 Observational Data A common econometric question is to quantify the impact of one set of variables on another variable. Typical examples include macroeconomic aggregates. Applied econometrics concerns the application of these tools to economic data. repeated over time. To continue the above example. mandate different levels of education to the different groups. But we cannot infer causality.1 Economic Data An econometric study requires data for analysis. However. Each individual (person. and assess the joint dependence. experiments such as this are infeasible. This type of data is characterized by serial dependence. or corporations. as we are not able to manipulate one variable to see the direct effect on the other. household or corporation) is surveyed on multiple occasions.Chapter 1 Introduction Econometrics is the study of estimation and inference for economic models using economic data. Time-series data is indexed by time.

xi } ∈ R × Rk is an observation on an individual (e. (y2 . Many large-scale economic datasets are available without charge from governmental agencies. If the data is randomly gathered. This “population” is infinitely large. it is reasonable to model each observation as a random draw from the same probability distribution. . .edu/Data/index.bls.org/ US Census: http://www. For example. This abstraction can a source of confusion as it does not correspond to a physical population in the real world. the development of the internet has provided a convenient forum for dissemination of economic data.federalreserve. In this case the data are independent and identically distributed. The point is that multiple explanations are consistent with a positive correlation between schooling levels and education. available at http://rfe. household or firm). x2 ) . xn )} = {(yi ..3 Random Sample Typically. and their high ability is the fundamental reason for their high wages. Bureau of Labor Statistics: http://www. An excellent starting point is the Resources for Economists Data Links. Louis: http://research.gov/ Federal Reserve Bank of St. a person’s level of education is (at least partially) determined by that person’s choices and their achievement in education. and therefore choose to attain higher levels of education.census. It is not a statement about the relationship between yi and xi .4 Economic Data Fortunately for economists..nber. .g. This is an alternative explanation for an observed positive correlation between educational levels and wages.. xi ) have a distribution F which we call the population.org/fred2/ Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System: http://www... The distribution F is unknown. x1 ) . We call these observations the sample. xi ) : i = 1. and are typically called dummy variables. We will return to a discussion of some of these issues in Chapter 11.stlouisfed..html. or iid. taking on only the values 0 and 1. High ability individuals do better in school. These factors are likely to be affected by their personal abilities and attitudes towards work. xi ) .gov/releases/ National Bureau of Economic Research: http://www. 1. n} where each pair {yi . Causal inference requires identification. The random variables (yi .. many regressors in econometric practice are binary. Knowledge of the joint distibution cannot distinguish between these explanations. and the goal of statistical inference is to learn about features of F from the sample. We call this a random sample. At this point in our analysis it is unimportant whether the observations yi and xi come from continuous or discrete distributions. xj ) for i 6= j.wustl. and this is based on strong assumptions. (yi . This discussion means that causality cannot be infered from observational data alone.. Rather it means that the pair (yi ..gov/econ/www/ 2 . an econometrician has data {(y1 . The fact that a person is highly educated suggests a high level of ability. (yn . Some other excellent data sources are listed below.. Sometimes the independent part of the label iid is misconstrued. xi ) is independent of the pair (yj . 1.For example. If the data is cross-sectional (each observation is a different individual) it is often reasonable to assume they are mutually independent.

apdi.bea.Current Population Survey (CPS): http://www.doc.census.gov/cps/cpsmain. Bureau of Economic Analysis: http://www.census.gov/sipp/ Panel Study of Income Dynamics (PSID): http://psidonline.umich.sipp.net/imf/ 3 .bls.gov/ CompuStat: http://www.isr.S.com/www/ International Financial Statistics (IFS): http://ifs.htm Survey of Income and Program Participation (SIPP): http://www.compustat.edu/ U.

. . ⎡ 0 ⎤ α1 ⎢ α0 ⎥ ¤ ⎢ 2 ⎥ £ A = a1 a2 · · · ar = ⎢ .1 Terminology Equivalently. . a vector a is an element of Euclidean k space. ⎟ ⎝ . written as ⎤ ⎡ a11 a12 · · · a1r ⎢ a21 a22 · · · a2r ⎥ ⎥ ⎢ A=⎢ . ak1 ak2 · · · akr By convention aij refers to the i0 th row and j 0 th column of A. . ⎥ ⎣ . If r = 1 or k = 1 then A is a vector. ⎠ . ⎥ = [aij ] . That is. typically arranged in a column. A matrix can be written as a set of column vectors or as a set of row vectors. aki ⎤ ⎥ ⎥ ⎥ ⎦ A scalar a is a single number. hence a ∈ Rk . . If r = k = 1. then A is a scalar. α0 k where ⎢ ⎢ ai = ⎢ ⎣ 4 ⎡ a1i a2i . If k = 1 then a is a scalar. ⎦ ⎣ . ak . A matrix A is a k × r rectangular array of numbers. 2.Chapter 2 Matrix Algebra This chapter reviews the essential components of matrix algebra. We write this as ⎞ ⎛ a1 ⎜ a2 ⎟ ⎟ ⎜ a=⎜ . . A vector a is a k × 1 list of numbers. ⎦ . . .

2 Matrix Multiplication k X j=1 If a and b are both k × 1. . 2. . . Note that if A is k × r. .are column vectors and α0 = j are row vectors. ⎥ b1 b2 · · · bs ⎣ . If a is a k × 1 vector. are conformable. ⎦ ⎣ . or the product AB. Ak1 Ak2 · · · Akr where the Aij denote matrices. denoted B = A0 . ⎤ ⎡ a11 a21 · · · ak1 ⎢ a12 a22 · · · ak2 ⎥ ⎥ ⎢ B = A0 = ⎢ . . vectors and/or scalars. and this is the only case where this product is defined. A square matrix is diagonal if the only non-zero elements appear on the diagonal. is obtained by flipping the matrix on its diagonal. . we say that A and B. . then their inner product is a0 b = a1 b1 + a2 b2 + · · · + ak bk = aj bj When the number of columns of A equals the number of rows of B. ⎦ ⎣ . ⎦ ⎣ . . . so that aij = 0 if i 6= j. a0 b1 a0 b2 · · · k k a0 bs k . ⎥ . The transpose of a matrix. . ⎥ . a1r a2r · · · akr £ aj1 aj2 · · · ajr ¤ Thus bij = aji for all i and j. a0 k ⎡ 0 ⎤ a1 b1 a0 b2 · · · a0 bs 1 1 ⎢ a0 b1 a0 b2 · · · a0 bs ⎥ 2 2 ⎢ 2 ⎥ = ⎢ . then a0 is a 1 × k row vector. then A0 is r × k. . . which implies aij = aji . then we define their product AB by writing A as a set of row vectors and B as a set of column vectors (each of length r). Then ⎡ 0 ⎤ a1 ⎢ a0 ⎥ £ ¤ ⎢ 2 ⎥ AB = ⎢ . . 5 Note that a0 b = b0 a. A partitioned matrix takes the form ⎤ ⎡ A11 A12 · · · A1r ⎢ A21 A22 · · · A2r ⎥ ⎥ ⎢ A=⎢ . ⎦ . . ⎥ . . A matrix is square if k = r. . A square matrix is upper (lower) diagonal if all elements below (above) the diagonal equal zero. A square matrix is symmetric if A = A0 . . If A is k × r and B is r × s. .

3 Trace The trace of a k × k square matrix A is the sum of its diagonal elements tr (A) = k X i=1 aii Some straightforward properties for square matrices A and B are tr (cA) = c tr (A) ¡ ¢ tr A0 = tr (A) tr (Ik ) = k. We say that two vectors a and b are orthogonal if a0 b = 0. ⎥ . A square matrix A is called orthogonal if A0 A = Ik . . . . . are said to be orthogonal if A0 A = Ir . . .An alternative way to write the matrix product is ∙ ¸∙ A11 A12 B11 AB = A21 A22 B21 ∙ A11 B11 + A12 B21 = A21 B11 + A22 B21 and £ to use matrix partitions. r ≤ k. ⎤ ⎥ ⎥ ⎥ ⎦ AB = A1 A2 · · · Ar Br = A1 B1 + A2 B2 + · · · + Ar Br r X = Ar Br j=1 ¤⎢ ⎢ ⎢ ⎣ Important properties are that if A is k × r. A k × k identity matrix is denoted as ⎡ ⎤ 1 0 ··· 0 ⎢ 0 1 ··· 0 ⎥ ⎢ ⎥ Ik = ⎢ . Also. An important diagonal matrix is the identity matrix. . The columns of a k × r matrix A. then AIr = A and Ik A = A. ¸ B12 B22 ¸ A11 B12 + A12 B22 A21 B12 + A22 B22 ⎡ B1 B2 . 0 0 ··· 1 2. for k × r A and r × k B we have tr (AB) = tr (BA) tr (A + B) = tr (A) + tr (B) 6 . which has ones on the diagonal. ⎦ ⎣ . For example. .

then A−1 = A.2) C D D − CA−1 B − D − CA−1 B CA−1 (AC)−1 = C −1 A−1 ¡ ¢−1 −1 (A + C)−1 = A−1 A−1 + C −1 C ¡ −1 ¢ −1 −1 −1 −1 −1 A − (A + C) = A A +C A ¡ ¢ −1 (A + BCD) = A−1 − A−1 BC C + CDA−1 BC CDA−1 (2. . The following fact about inverting partitioned matrices is sometimes useful. if A is an orthogonal matrix. . a0 bk k ⎤ ⎥ ⎥ ⎥ ⎦ a0 bi i b0 ai i = = tr (BA) . the Moore-Penrose generalized inverse A− exists and is unique. .3) The matrix A− is not necessarily unique. This matrix is called the inverse of A and is denoted by A−1 . some properties include AA−1 = A−1 A = Ik ¡ ¢−1 ¡ −1 ¢0 = A0 A Even if a matrix A does not possess an inverse. . 7 Also. if there is no c 6= 0 such that Ac = 0. The Moore-Penrose generalized inverse A− satisfies (2. . 0b 0b ak 1 ak 2 · · · a0 bk 1 a0 bk 2 .4 Inverse A k × k matrix A has full rank. we can still define a generalized inverse A− as a matrix which satisfies AA− A = A. . (2. or is nonsingular. (2.The can be seen since ⎢ ⎢ tr (AB) = tr ⎢ ⎣ = k X i=1 k X i=1 ⎡ a0 b1 a0 b2 · · · 1 1 a0 b1 a0 b2 · · · 2 2 . If A − BD−1 C and D − CA−1 B are non-singular. .1) .3) plus the following three conditions A− AA− = A− AA− is symmetric A− A is symmetric For any matrix A. In this case there exists a unique matrix B such that AB = BA = Ik . For non-singular A and C. 2. then # ¡ ¢−1 ¡ ¢−1 ∙ ¸−1 " A − BD−1 C A B − A − BD−1 C BD−1 ¡ ¡ ¢−1 ¢−1 = .

• If A has distinct characteristic roots. Then A = AA = HΛH 0 HΛH 0 = HΛ2 H 0 . λ−1 . 1 2 k The decomposition A = HΛH 0 is called the spectral decomposition of a matrix. λ−1 . Q • det(A) = k λi i=1 Pk • tr(A) = i=1 λi • A is non-singular if and only if all its characteristic roots are non-zero. . One way to construct B is to use the spectral decomposition A = HΛH 0 where Λ is diagonal. A−1 > 0. then A > 0 if and only if all its characteristic roots are positive. then A is positive semi-definite. If A > 0 we can find a matrix B such that A = BB 0 . The characteristic equation of a square matrix A is The left side is a polynomial of degree k in λ so it has exactly k roots. there exists a nonsingular matrix P such that A = P −1 ΛP and P AP −1 = Λ. then A = HΛH 0 and H 0 AH = Λ..5 Eigenvalues det (A − λIk ) = 0. If A = G0 G. k < n. c0 Ac = α0 a ≥ 0 where α = Gc. We say that A is positive definite if for all non-zero c. The matrix B need not be unique. which are not necessarily distinct and may be real or complex. They are called the latent roots or characteristic roots or eigenvalues of A. We say that X is n × k. To see this.. X 0 X is symmetric and positive definite. • If A is symmetric.2.) If A is positive definite. If A is also symmetric (most idempotent matrices are) then all its characteristic roots equal either zero or one. and let H = [h1 · · · hk ]. We say that a square matrix A is positive semi-definite if for all non-zero c.. 2. note that we can write A = HΛH 0 where H is orthogonal and Λ contains the (real) characteristic roots. We now state some useful properties. A square matrix A is idempotent if AA = A. has full rank k if there is no non-zero c such that Xc = 0.6 Rank and Positive Definiteness The rank of a square matrix is the number of its non-zero characteristic roots. and the characteristic roots are all real.. k denote the k eigenvalues and eigenvectors of a square matrix A. • The characteristic roots of A−1 are λ−1 . If λi is an eigenvalue of A. Furthermore. c0 Ac ≥ 0. . We call B a matrix square root of A. This is written as A ≥ 0. then A is non-singular and A−1 exists. then A − λi Ik is singular so there exists a non-zero vector hi such that (A − λi Ik ) hi = 0 The vector hi is called a latent vector or characteristic vector or eigenvector of A corresponding to λi . If A is symmetric. In this case.. 8 . This is written as A > 0. c0 Ac > 0. and then set B = HΛ1/2 . i = 1. Let Λ be a diagonal matrix with the characteristic roots in the diagonal. Let λi and hi . (For any c 6= 0..

. jk ) denote a permutation of (1.. There is a unique count of the number of inversions of the indices of such permutations (relative to the natural order (1... ∂ g(x) ∂xk ··· ∂ ∂xk g(x) ⎞ ³ ∂ g(x) = ∂x0 Some properties are now summarized. xk ) : Rk → R. . 2. we deduce that Λ2 = Λ and λ2 = λi for i = 1. ..8 Determinant The determinant is defined for square matrices. tr(A) = rank(A).. • • • • ∂ ∂x ∂ ∂x0 ∂ ∂x ´ . (a0 x) = ∂ ∂x (x0 a) = a (Ax) = A (x0 Ax) = (A + A0 ) x (x0 Ax) = A + A0 ∂2 ∂x∂x0 2. ... . Then X det A = επ a1j1 a2j2 · · · akjk π Some properties include • det A = det A0 • det (αA) = αk det A • det(AB) = (det A) (det B) ¢ ¡ • det A−1 = (det A)−1 9 .. If A is 2 × 2.4) H0 M =H 0 0 with H 0 H = In . .. ⎠ .. then its determinant is det A = a11 a22 − a12 a21 .. The vector derivative is ∂ ⎜ g(x) = ⎝ ∂x ∂ ∂x1 g(x) and ⎟ .By the uniqueness of the characteristic roots. k)).. we can define the determinant as follows.. Let π = (j1 .. There are k! such permutations. i Hence they must equal either 0 or 1. xk ) be k × 1 and g(x) = g(x1 .. For a general k × k matrix A = [aij ] .. . k.7 Matrix Calculus ⎛ ∂ ∂x1 g(x) Let x = (x1 . It follows that the spectral decomposition of A takes the form ¸ ∙ In−k 0 (2. .. and let επ = +1 if this count is even and επ = −1 if the count is odd. k) . Additionally.

9 Kronecker Products and the Vec Operator Let A = [a1 a2 · · · an ] = [aij ] be m × n. . denoted A ⊗ B. is the mn × 1 vector ⎞ ⎛ a1 ⎜ a2 ⎟ ⎟ ⎜ vec (A) = ⎜ . ⎠ ⎝ . ⎣ ⎦ . ⎟ .• det ∙ A B C D ¸ • det A 6= 0 if and only if A is nonsingular. The Kronecker product of A and B. denoted by vec (A) . • If A is orthogonal. . is the matrix ⎡ ⎤ a11 B a12 B a1n B ⎢ a21 B a22 B · · · a2n B ⎥ ⎢ ⎥ A⊗B =⎢ ⎥. . . • (A + B) ⊗ C = A ⊗ C + B ⊗ C • (A ⊗ B) (C ⊗ D) = AC ⊗ BD • A ⊗ (B ⊗ C) = (A ⊗ B) ⊗ C • (A ⊗ B)0 = A0 ⊗ B 0 • tr (A ⊗ B) = tr (A) tr (B) • If A is m × m and B is n × n. am1 B am2 B · · · amn B Some important properties are now summarized. . then det A = 2. then det A = ±1 ¢ ¡ = (det D) det A − BD−1 C if det D 6= 0 Qk i=1 aii • If A is triangular (upper or lower). These results hold for matrices for which all matrix multiplications are conformable. . . . an Let B be any matrix. det(A ⊗ B) = (det (A))n (det (B))m • (A ⊗ B)−1 = A−1 ⊗ B −1 • If A > 0 and B > 0 then A ⊗ B > 0 • vec (ABC) = (C 0 ⊗ A) vec (B) • tr (ABCD) = vec (D0 )0 (C 0 ⊗ A) vec (B) 10 . . The vec of A.

2) m(x) = E (yi | xi = x) = −∞ In general. See Chapter 16. While it is easy to observe that the two densities are unequal. The two density curves show the effect of gender on the distribution of wages.22.1 by the arrows drawn to the x-axis. the conditional density of yi given xi .1 displays the density1 of hourly wages for men and women. the mean is not necessarily a good summary of the central tendency. An important summary measure is the conditional mean Z ∞ yf (y | x) dy. xki 3. and exists so long as E |yi | < ∞. The data are from the 2004 Current Population Survey 1 11 . These are conditional density functions — the density of hourly wages conditional on race. We call xi alternatively the regressor. or the covariates. m(x) can take any form. We list the elements of xi in the vector ⎞ ⎛ x1i ⎜ x2i ⎟ ⎟ ⎜ (3.1. gender. ⎟ . In this context it is often convenient These are nonparametric density estimates using a Gaussian kernel with the bandwidth selected by crossvalidation. holding the other variables constant. ⎠ ⎝ .1 Conditional Mean To study how the distribution of yi varies with the variables xi in the population.73. we can focus on f (y | x) . In this context we partition the observations into the pair (yi . the conditioning variable. We call yi the dependent variable. You can see that the right tail of then density is much thicker than the left tail. Figure 3. (3. These are indicated in Figure 3.1. In the example presented in Figure 3.Chapter 3 Regression and Projection The most commonly applied econometric tool is regression.1) xi = ⎜ . the mean wage for men is $27. Take a closer look at the density functions displayed in Figure 3. which is a common feature of wage distributions. and that for women is $20. This is used when the goal is to quantify the impact of one set of variables on another variable. These are asymmetric (skewed) densities. education and experience. from the population of white non-military wage earners with a college degree and 10-15 years of potential work experience. xi ) where yi is a scalar (real-valued) and xi is a vector. To illustrate. . When a distribution is skewed. it is useful to have numerical measures of the difference.

The conditional expectation function is close to linear.3 displays a scatter plot2 of log wages against education levels. Figure 3. To illustrate.36. degree in mean log hourly wages is 0. 3.2 Regression Equation The regression error ei is defined to be the difference between yi and its conditional mean (3. Of particular interest to graduate students may be the observation that difference between a B.2 shows the density of log hourly wages for the same population. the dashed line is a linear projection approximation which will be discussed in the Section 3. For this reason.3) White non-military male wage earners with 10-15 years of potential work experience. which implies a 30% average wage difference for this population. the solid line displays the conditional expectation of log wages varying with education.A. By construction. Figure 3.5. wage regressions typically use log wages as a dependent variable rather than the level of wages. This is a more robust measure of the typical wage gap between men and women than the difference in the untransformed wage means. The main point to be learned from Figure 3. The difference in the log mean wage between men and women is 0.Figure 3.30.2) evaluated at the observed value of xi : ei = yi − m(xi ). Assuming for simplicity that this is the true joint distribution. implying an average 36% difference in wage levels. 12 . and a Ph.1 is facilitated by the fact that the control variable (gender) is discrete.D. with mean log hourly wages drawn in with the arrows. then comparisons become more complicated.3 is how the conditional expectation describes an important feature of the conditional distribution. The comparison in Figure 3. When the distribution of the control variable is continuous. this yields the formula yi = m(xi ) + ei .1: Wage Densities for White College Grads with 10-15 Years Work Experience to transform the data by taking the (natural) logarithm. 2 (3.

A regression model imposes further restrictions on the joint distribution. It is important to understand that this is a framework. E (ei | xi ) = E ((yi − m(xi )) | xi ) = m(xi ) − m(xi ) = E (yi | xi ) − E (m(xi ) | xi ) = 0. 4. 2. E (h(xi )ei ) = 0 for any function h (·) . E(xi ei ) = 0.2.2: Log Wage Densities Theorem 3. most typically. 13 . not a model. because no restrictions have been placed on the joint distribution of the data. These equations hold true by definition. restrictions on the permissible class of regression functions m(x).1 Properties of the regression error ei 1. The remaining parts of the Theorem are left as an exercise. To show the first statement.Figure 3. The equations yi = m(xi ) + ei E (ei | xi ) = 0. are often stated jointly as the regression framework. E(ei ) = 0. E (ei | xi ) = 0. 3. by the definition of ei and the linearity of conditional expectations.

3 Conditional Variance Generally.3: Conditional Mean of Wages Given Education The conditional mean also has the property of being the the best predictor of yi . In contrast. σ 2 (x) is a non-trivial function of x. in the sense of achieving the lowest mean squared error. and can take any form.4) E e2 | xi = σ 2 i 14 While the conditional mean is a good measure of the location of a conditional distribution. let g(x) be an arbitrary predictor of yi given xi = x. i .2. it does not provide information about the spread of the distribution. 3.Figure 3. Thus the mean squared error is minimized by the conditional mean. To see this. The expected squared error using this prediction function is E (yi − g(xi ))2 = E (ei + m(xi ) − g(xi ))2 = Ee2 + 2E (ei (m(xi ) − g(xi ))) + E (m(xi ) − g(xi ))2 i = Ee2 + E (m(xi ) − g(xi ))2 i ≥ Ee2 i where the second equality uses Theorem 3.3.1. The conditional standard deviation is its square root σ(x) = σ 2 (x). The right-hand-side is minimized by setting g(x) = m(x). the conditional variance of yi is σ 2 = σ 2 (xi ). A common measure of the dispersion is the conditional variance ¡ ¢ σ 2 (x) = V ar (yi | xi = x) = E e2 | xi = x . In the general case i where σ 2 (x) depends on x we say that the error ei is heteroskedastic. Given the random variable xi . subject to the restriction p that it is non-negative. when σ 2 (x) is a constant so that ¢ ¡ (3.

This concept is less helpful than defining heteroskedasticity as the dependence of the conditional variance on the observables xi . it is more realistic to view the linear specification (3. Instead. Thus (3. we can write it as m(x) = x0 β = β 1 + x2i β 2 + · · · + xki β k where ⎞ β1 ⎜ .5 Best Linear Predictor While the conditional mean m(x) = E (yi | xi = x) is the best predictor of yi among all functions of xi . As an example. Equation (3.8) (3. ⎟ β=⎝ . ⎠ . take the conditional wage densities displayed in Figure 3.1).1. where x1i is the first element of the vector xi defined in (3. ⎠ .3) can be writen as yi = x0 β + ei i E (ei | xi ) = 0. 15 . and the linear assumption of the previous section is empirically unlikely to accurate.4 Linear Regression An important special case of (3.3) is when the conditional mean function m(x) is linear in x (or linear in functions of x). they are also somewhat more dispersed. So while men have higher average wages. Equivalently. its functional form is typically unknown. which we derive in this section. 3. In this case (3.1) has been redefined as the k × 1 vector ⎛ ⎞ 1 ⎜ x2i ⎟ ⎜ ⎟ (3. We call this the “constant” or “intercept”.5.8) is called the linear regression model.1 and that for women is 10.5) xi = ⎜ . Some textbooks inappropriately describe heteroskedasticity as the case where “the variance of ei varies across observation i”. Notationally.6) (3.6) as an approximation. we assume that x1i = 1. An important special case is homoskedastic linear regression model yi = x0 β + ei i E (ei | xi ) = 0 ¢ ¡ E e2 | xi = σ 2 . it is convenient to augment the regressor vector xi by listing the number “1” as an element. ⎟ .7) is a k × 1 parameter vector. i (3. ⎝ .we say that the error ei is homoskedastic. The conditional standard deviation for men is 12. βk ⎛ (3.9) 3. xki When m(x) is linear in x.

otherwise they are distinct.12) This completes the derivation of the linear projection model. In order for β to be uniquely defined. this situation must be excluded. i which requires that for all non-zero α. For any β ∈ Rk a linear predictor for yi is x0 β with expected squared prediction i error ¢2 ¡ S(β) = E yi − x0 β i ¢ ¢ ¡ ¡ 2 = Eyi − 2E yi x0 β + β 0 E xi x0 β. β = E xi x0 i In the linear projection model the coefficient β is defined so that the function x0 β is the i best linear predictor of yi . E (xi x0 ) is a mai E(x y trix and E (xi yi ) is a vector. x0 β is the best linear predictor for yi .7) is 0= Solving for β we find ¡ ¢ ∂ S(β) = −2E (xi yi ) + 2E xi x0 β. Given the definition of β in (3. we obtain a decomposition of yi into linear predictor and error yi = x0 β + ei . i (3. i ∂β ¢¢−1 ¡ ¡ E (xi yi ) . E (xi x0 ) is invertible. The vector (3. i i (3. The error is i ei = yi − x0 β.10) exists and is unique as long as the k ×k matrix E (xi x0 ) is invertible.1.11) Notice that the error from the linear prediction equation ei is equal to the error from the regression equation when (and only when) the conditional mean is linear in xi . there cannot i exist a non-zero vector α such that α0 xi = 0 identically. 2 2. Assumption 3. written E (xi x0 ) > 0.10). by “best” we mean the predictor function with lowest mean squared error. Observe i that for any non-zero α ∈ Rk .5. 3. We now summarize the assumptions necessary for its derivation and list the implications in Theorem 3. i (3. i 4. It is invertible if and only if it is positive definite.10) It is worth taking the time to understand the notation involved in this expression.1 1. The first-order condition for minimization (from Section 2. The best linear predictor is obtained by selecting β to minimize S(β). Rewriting. Therefore. E (x0 xi ) < ∞. α0 E (xi x0 ) α = E (α0 xi )2 > 0. α0 E (xi x0 ) α = E (α0 xi )2 ≥ 0 so the matrix E (xi x0 ) is by construction i i positive semi-definite. This occurs when redundant variables are included in xi . xi contains an intercept. Eyi < ∞. alternative expressions such as E xixi ) or E (xi yi ) (E (xi x0 ))−1 i ( i 0i ) are incoherent and incorrect. Equivalently.which is quadratic in β. As before.5. i 16 .

Theorem 3.5.13) summarize the linear projection model. Furthermore.13) implies that xi and ei are uncorrelated. Figure 3.8)-(3.1.1.11) are well defined.4 guarantees that the solution β exits. Assumption 3.2.1.1. i i i Since E (xi ei ) = 0 we say that xi and ei are orthogonal.5.12) and (3.10) are defined.4: Hourly Wage as a Function of Experience The conditions listed in Assumption 3.5.10) and (3.1.10) ¡ ¡ ¢¢ E (xi ei ) = E xi yi − x0 β i ¡ ¢¡ ¡ ¢¢−1 E (xi yi ) = E (xi yi ) − E xi x0 E xi x0 i i = 0.2 and 3.4 we know that the regression error has the property E (xi ei ) = 0.5. x0 β is the i projection of yi on xi since the error ei is orthogonal with xi .13) The two equations (3.12) can be alternatively interpreted as a projection decomposition. For example. Assumption 3.14) Proof. Let’s compare it with the linear regression model (3.1 is employed to guarantee that (3.1. the orthogonality restriction (3.11) and (3. E (xi ei ) = 0 and E (ei ) = 0. Then i i Exi e2 = Ex3 = 0 yet E (ei | xi ) = x2 6= 0.5.5.1 are weak. the converse is not true as the projection error does not necessarily satisfy E (ei | xi ) = 0. (3.1.14).5.1. The finite variance Assumptions 3.1. This means that the equation (3.1 Under Assumption 3. 17 .3 ensure that the moments in (3.1. suppose that for xi ∈ R that Ex3 = 0 and ei = x2 . Equation (3. (3. it follows that linear regression is a special case of the projection model.14) follows from (3.9).5.4 is required to ensure that β is uniquely defined.5.5. ¥ (3. Using the definitions (3.13) and Assumption 3.3 are called regularity conditions. Since from Theorem 3. However. Assumption 3.2 and 3.1.5. Assumption 3. Since ei is mean zero by (3. By definition.14) holds.

since the resulting function is quadratic in experience.10).10) may not hold and the implications of Theorem 3.12) with the properties listed in Theorem 3. it is important to not misinterpret the generality of this statement. In this case the linear projection is a poor approximation to the conditional mean. The solid line is the conditional mean. The linear equation (3. A projection of log wages on these two variables can be called a quadratic projection.5.1. we can augment the regressor vector xi to include both experience and experience2 .4 displays the relationship3 between mean log hourly wages and labor market experience. In this example it is a much better approximation to the conditional mean than the linear projection.3.12) is defined by projection and the associated coefficient definition (3.5: Conditional Mean and Two Linear Projections Another defect of linear projection is that it is sensitive to the marginal distribution of the regressors when the conditional mean is non-linear. Returning to the joint distribution displayed in Figure 3. This defect in linear projection can be partially corrected through a careful selection of regressors. for any pair (yi . However. In Figure 1. and are discussed in Chapter 11. and under-predicts for the rest. Most importantly. No additional assumptions are required. for those over 53 in age). there are no changes in our methods or analysis. and the straight dashed line is the linear projection.5 for a 3 In the population of Caucasian non-military male wage earners with 12 years of education. Figure 3. In the example just presented. in many economic models the parameter β may be defined within the model. xi ) we can define a linear projection equation (3. It over-predicts wages for young and old workers. Other than the redefinition of the regressor vector.We have shown that under mild regularity conditions. In this case (3. In this example the linear projection is a close approximation to the conditional mean.5. the dashed line is the linear projection of log wages on eduction. In contrast. Figure 3. We illustrate the issue in Figure 3. it misses the strong downturn in expected wages for those above 35 years work experience (equivalently. In other cases the two may be quite different. 18 .1 may be false. These structural models require alternative estimation methods.4 we display as well this quadratic projection.

The solid line is the non-linear conditional mean of yi given xi . combined with different marginal distributions for the conditioning variables. The separate linear projections of yi on xi for these two groups is displayed in the Figure with the dashed lines. The xi in Group 1 are N(2. 1). The data are divided in two — Group 1 and Group 2 — which have different marginal distributions for the regressor xi .constructed4 joint distribution of yi and xi . This conclusion is incorrect because is fact there is no difference in the conditional mean between the two groups. The apparant difference is a by-product of a linear approximation to a non-linear mean. These two projections are distinct approximations to the conditional mean. 1) where m(x) = 2x − x2 /6. and Group 1 has a lower mean value of xi than Group 2. 4 19 . 1) and those in Group 2 are N(4. A defect with linear projection is that it leads to the incorrect conclusion that the effect of xi on yi is different for individuals in the two Groups. and the conditional distriubtion of yi given xi is N(m(xi ).

3. If yi = x0 β + ei and E(xi ei ) = 0.4 . σ 2 = V ar(xi ). 2. then E(x2 ei ) = 0. Let X be a random variable with µ = EX and σ 2 = V ar(X). i 7. and have the following joint probability distribution X=0 X=1 Y =0 . σ 2 = V ar(yi ) and σ xy = Cov(xi . then ei is i i independent of xi . then E(ei | xi ) = 0. Show that x y β 1 = σ xy /σ 2 and β 0 = µy − β 1 µx . If yi = x0 β + ei and E(ei | xi ) = 0. Does this justify a linear regression model of the form yi = x0 β + εi ? i then EY = λ and V ar(Y ) = λ. x 6. s) = 0 if and only if m = µ and s = σ 2 . Compute 2 the coefficients of the linear projection yi = β 0 + β 1 xi + ei . Compute the conditional mean m(x) = E (yi | xi = x) . and E(e2 | xi ) = σ 2 . e−λ λj j! . 3 and 4 of Theorem 3. m. Prove parts 2. σ = . Are they different? Hint: If P (Y = j) = 5. Let xi and yi have the joint density f (x. True or False. and the conditional distribution of yi given xi is Poisson: P (yi = k | xi = x) = e−x β (x0 β)j . then ei is independent of xi . Define µ ¶ ¢ ¡ x−µ 2 g x. and E(ei | xi ) = 0.2. i 8. True or False. If yi = xi β + ei . E(Y 2 | X = x) and V ar(Y | X = x). y) = 3 x2 + y 2 on 0 ≤ x ≤ 1. i 11.6 Exercises 1. Compute E(yi | xi = x) and V ar(yi | xi = x). taking values only on the non-negative integers. µx = Exi . Suppose that Y and X only take the values 0 and 1. j! 0 j = 0. and E(xi ei ) = 0. a constant. 9. If yi = xi β + ei .1 . xi ∈ R. Take the bivariate linear projection model yi = β 0 + β 1 xi + ei E (ei ) = 0 E (xi ei ) = 0 Define µy = Eyi . (x − µ)2 − σ 2 Show that Eg (X. E(ei | xi ) = 0. True or False. . Suppose that yi is discrete-valued. 1.2 Y =1 . 0 ≤ y ≤ 1. then E(x2 ei ) = 0. 20 .. yi ). 2.3 Find E(Y | X = x). True or False.1. µ. xi ∈ R. ¡ ¢ 4. True or False. i 10. If yi = x0 β + ei .3..

Chapter 4 Least Squares Estimation This chapter explores estimation and inference in the linear projection model yi = x0 β + ei i E (xi ei ) = 0 ¡ ¡ ¢¢−1 E (xi yi ) β = E xi x0 i (4.7 and 4. Observe that (4.2) can be written in the parametric 0 β)) = 0. i It follows that the moment estimator of β replaces the population moments in (4.8. but for most of the chapter we retain the broader focus on the projection model.4) i i=1 i=1 ˆ Another way to derive β is as follows. 4. Their moment estimators are the sample moments i ˆ E (xi yi ) = ¢ ¡ ˆ E xi x0 = i 1X xi yi n 1 n i=1 n X i=1 n xi x0 .1) (4. The function g(β) can be estimated by form g(β) = E (xi (yi − xi g (β) = ˆ ¢ 1X ¡ xi yi − x0 β .2) (4. (4.3) with the sample moments: ³ ¡ ¢´−1 ˆ ˆ ˆ β = E xi x0 E (xi yi ) i à n !−1 n 1X 1X 0 xi xi xi yi = n n i=1 i=1 à n !−1 n X X = xi x0 xi yi .3) writes the projection coefficient β as an explicit function of population moments E (xi yi ) and E (xi x0 ) . i n i=1 n 21 . we narrow the focus to the linear regression model.3) In Sections 4.1 Estimation Equation (4.

4. The estimator β is the value which jointly sets these equations equal to zero: 0 = g (β) ˆ ˆ n ´ 1X ³ ˆ xi yi − x0 β = i n i=1 (4.37 µ ¶ 1. with 10-15 years of potential work experience. Define the sum-of-squared errors (SSE) function n X¡ ¢2 yi − x0 β Sn (β) = i i=1 = This is a quadratic function of β. 40 0. An interpretation of the estimated equation is that each year of education is associated with an 11.30 + 0.14 14.14 205.170 37.14 205.5) = n n 1X 1X ˆ xi yi − xi x0 β i n n i=1 i=1 whose solution is (4.95 xi yi = 42. consider the data used to generate Figure 3.94 −2.117 1 14. ¶ 2. i 22 .2 Least Squares There is another classic motivation for the estimator (4. 0. To illustrate. n X i=1 2 yi − 2β 0 n X i=1 xi yi + β 0 n X i=1 xi x0 β.117 Educationi . Then µ ¶ n 1X 2. 40 2. This sample has 988 observations.4).83 µ We often write the estimated equation using the format \ log(W agei ) = 1.7% increase in mean wages. excluding military.4).83 ¶−1 µ ¶ .71 = −2.ˆ This is a set of k equations which are linear in β. 30 = .40 n i=1 1 n Thus ˆ β = n X i=1 xi x0 i = µ 1 14.40 µ ¶µ ¶ 34. Let yi be log wages and xi be an intercept and years of education.3.95 42.14 14. These are white male wage earners from the March 2004 Current Population Survey.

It is important to understand the distinction between the error ei and the residual ei .1 displays an example sum—of-squared errors function Sn (β) for the case k = 2.7) gives the first-order conditions for minimization: 0 = ∂ ˆ Sn (β) ∂β n n X X ˆ = −2 xi yi + 2 xi x0 β i i=1 i=1 ˆ whose solution is (4.4). we define the predicted value ˆ yi = x0 β ˆ i and the residual ˆ ei = yi − yi ˆ ˆ = yi − x0 β. i ˆ ˆ Note that yi = yi + ei . To visualize the sum-of-squared errors function.The Ordinary Least Squares (OLS) estimator is the value of β which minimizes Sn (β). Figure 4. The error is unobservable. Matrix calculus (see Appendix 2. which can cause confusion.1: Sum-of-Squared Errors Function As a by-product of OLS estimation. Following convention we will call β the OLS estimator of β. These two ˆ variables are frequently mislabeled. 23 . Since the function Sn (β) is a quadratic function of β. Figure 4. while the residual is a by-product of estimation.2 displays the contour lines of the same function — horizontal slices at equally spaced heights. the contour lines are ellipses. Figure 4.

ˆ n i=1 n Since xi contains a constant.7.Figure 4. ˆ σ = ˆ n 2 i=1 n (4.6) An alternative estimator uses the formula n 1 X 2 s = ei . one implication is that n 1X ei = 0. The error variance σ 2 = Ee2 is also a parameter of interest. Its method of moments estimator is the sample average 1X 2 ei .5) implies that 1X xi ei = 0. ˆ n−k 2 i=1 (4. ˆ n i=1 Thus the residuals have a sample mean of zero and the sample correlation between the regressors and the residual is zero. These are algebraic results. and hold true for all linear regression estimates.7) A justification for the latter choice will be provided in Section 4. 24 . It measures the variation in the i “unexplained” part of the regression.2: Sum-of-Squared Error Function Contours Equation (4.

σ 2 ) = − log 2πσ 2 − 2 2 2σ i=1 25 . Since Ln (β. σ 2 ) maximize Ln (β. Hence the MLE for β equals the OLS estimator. This is the linear regression model with the additional assumption that the error ei is independent of xi and has the distribution N (0. σ 2 ). The log-likelihood function for the normal regression model is à ¶! µ n X ¢2 1 1 ¡ 2 0 log exp − 2 yi − xi β Ln (β. σ 2 ) is a function of β only through the sum of squared errors Sn (β). n−1 i=1 Theil’s estimator R is a ratio of adjusted variance estimators. and therefore is expected to be a better estimator of ρ2 than the unadjusted estimator R2 . σ 2 ). This is a parametric model. testing. Instead. where likelihood methods can be used for estimation. ˆ Plugging β into the log-likelihood we obtain n ¡ ¢ n 1 X 2 ˆ ei ˆ Ln (β. it should be viewed as an estimator of the population parameter ρ2 = σ2 V ar (x0 β) i =1− 2 V ar(yi ) σy where σ 2 = V ar(yi ). 4. σ ) = 2σ (2πσ 2 )1/2 i=1 ¡ ¢ n 1 = − log 2πσ 2 − 2 Sn (β) 2 2σ ˆ ˆ The MLE (β. An alternative estimator of ρ2 proposed by Theil called “R-bar-squared” is y R =1− where σ2 = ˜y 2 n 2 s2 σ2 ˜y 1 X (yi − y)2 . The R2 is frequently mislabeled as a measure of “fit”. It is an ˆ inappropriate label as the value of R2 does not help interpret the parameter estimates β or test statistics concerning β.where A measure of the explained variation relative to the total variation is the coefficient of determination or R-squared. maximizing the likelihood is identical to minimizing Sn (β). Pn y2 ˆ σ2 ˆ R2 = Pn i=1 i 2 = 1 − 2 σy ˆ i=1 (yi − y) σ2 = ˆy 1X (yi − y)2 n i=1 n is the sample variance of yi . and distribution theory.3 Normal Regression Model Another motivation for the least-squares estimator can be obtained from the normal regression model.

Sample sums can also be written in matrix notation. . . .Maximization with respect to σ 2 yields the first-order condition n X ∂ n 1 ˆ ˆ Ln (β. ⎠ xi x0 = X 0 X i xi yi = X 0 Y. . ˆi 2 ∂σ 2 2ˆ σ 2 σ ˆ i=1 ˆ ˆ Solving for σ 2 yields the method of moments estimator (4. en ⎞ Observe that Y and e are n × 1 vectors. The linear equation (3. n X i=1 Thus the estimator (4. x0 n ⎞ ⎛ e1 e2 . the ˆ OLS estimator β is frequently referred to as the Gaussian MLE. For example n X i=1 For many purposes. σ 2 ) for the normal ˆ regression model are identical to the method of moment estimators. n or equivalently Y = Xβ + e. including computation.6). yn ⎟ ⎟ ⎟. and sample error variance can be written as ¢−1 ¡ 0 ¢ ¡ ˆ β = X 0X XY ˆ e = Y − Xβ ˆ σ 2 = n−1 e0 e. We can stack these n equations together as y1 = x0 β + e1 1 y2 = x0 β + e2 2 .4 Model in Matrix Notation convenient to write the model and statistics in x0 1 x0 2 . and X is an n × k matrix. We define ⎛ ⎞ ⎛ y1 ⎜ ⎜ y2 ⎟ ⎜ ⎟ ⎜ X=⎜ Y = ⎜ . ⎝ ⎝ . ⎟. ⎠ .12) is a system of n equations. 4.4). σ 2 ) = − 2 + ¡ ¢2 e2 = 0.8) . Due to this equivalence. = β+ XX 26 (4. it is matrix notation. one for each observation. . residual vector. ⎠ ⎜ ⎜ e=⎜ ⎝ ⎟ ⎟ ⎟. yn = x0 β + en . . Thus the MLE (β. ˆ ˆˆ ˆ A useful result is obtained by inserting Y = Xβ + e into the formula for β to obtain ¢ ¡ 0 ¢−1 ¡ 0 ˆ X (Xβ + e) β = XX ¡ ¢−1 ¡ 0 ¢ ¡ 0 ¢−1 0 Xe X Xβ + X 0 X = XX ¡ 0 ¢−1 0 X e.

4.5

Projection Matrices
¢−1 0 ¡ X P = X X 0X M ¡ ¢−1 0 = In − X X 0 X X = In − P

Define the matrices and

where In is the n × n identity matrix. They are called projection matrices due to the property that for any matrix Z which can be written as Z = XΓ for some matrix Γ, (we say that Z lies in the range space of X) then ¢−1 0 ¡ X XΓ = XΓ = Z P Z = P XΓ = X X 0 X M Z = (In − P ) Z = Z − P Z = Z − Z = 0. As an important example of this property, partition the matrix X into two matrices X1 and X2 , so that X = [X1 X2 ] . Then P X1 = X1 and M X1 = 0. It follows that M X = 0 and M P = 0, so M and P are orthogonal. The matrices P and M are symmetric and idempotent1 . To see that P is symmetric, ³ ¡ ¢−1 0 ´0 P 0 = X X 0X X ³¡ ¡ ¢0 ¢−1 ´0 X 0X = X0 (X)0 ³¡ ¢0 ´−1 0 = X X 0X X ³ ¡ ¢0 ´−1 0 = X (X)0 X 0 X = P. To establish that it is idempotent, ³ ¡ ¢−1 0 ´ ³ ¡ 0 ¢−1 0 ´ X X 0X X XX X X ¡ 0 ¢−1 0 ¡ 0 ¢−1 0 = X XX XX XX X ¡ 0 ¢−1 0 = X XX X = P, and MM = M (In − P )

and

PP

=

= M − MP = M
1

A matrix A is idempotent if AA = A.

27

since M P = 0. Another useful property is that tr P tr M where the trace operator tr A = = k = n−k
r X j=1

(4.9) (4.10)

ajj

is the sum of the diagonal elements of the matrix A. To show (4.9) and (4.10), ³ ¡ ¢−1 0 ´ X tr P = tr X X 0 X ³¡ ¢−1 0 ´ = tr X 0 X XX = tr (Ik ) = k, and tr M = tr (In − P ) = tr (In ) − tr (P ) = n − k. Given the definitions of P and M, observe that ¢−1 0 ¡ ˆ ˆ X Y = PY Y = X β = X X 0X ˆ e = Y − X β = Y − P Y = M Y. ˆ Furthermore, since Y = Xβ + e and M X = 0, then e = M (Xβ + e) = M e. ˆ Another way of writing (4.11) is ˆ ˆ Y = (P + M ) Y = P Y + M Y = Y + e. This decomposition is orthogonal, that is ˆ ˆ Y 0 e = (P Y )0 (M Y ) = Y 0 P M Y = 0. (4.12) (4.11)

and

4.6

Residual Regression
X = [X1 X2 ] ¶ .

Partition and β= µ

β1 β2

Then the regression model can be rewritten as Y = X1 β 1 + X2 β 2 + e. 28 (4.13)

Observe that the OLS estimator of β = (β 0 , β 0 )0 can be obtained by regression of Y on X = [X1 1 2 X2 ]. OLS estimation can be written as ˆ ˆ Y = X1 β 1 + X2 β 2 + e. ˆ (4.14)

Suppose that we are primarily interested in β 2 , not in β 1 , so are only interested in obtaining ˆ ˆ the OLS sub-component β 2 . In this section we derive an alternative expression for β 2 which does not involve estimation of the full model. Define ¡ 0 ¢−1 0 X1 . M1 = In − X1 X1 X1
0 Recalling the definition M = I − X (X 0 X)−1 X 0 , observe that X1 M1 = 0 and thus ¡ 0 ¢−1 0 M1 M = M − X1 X1 X1 X1 M = M

It follows that

M1 e = M1 M e = M e = e. ˆ ˆ Using this result, if we premultiply (4.14) by M1 we obtain M1 Y ˆ ˆ = M1 X1 β 1 + M1 X2 β 2 + M1 e ˆ ˆ = M1 X2 β + e ˆ
2

(4.15)

0 0ˆ the second equality since M1 X1 = 0. Premultiplying by X2 and recalling that X2 e = 0, we obtain 0 0 0 0 ˆ ˆ X2 M1 Y = X2 M1 X2 β 2 + X2 e = X2 M1 X2 β 2 . ˆ

Solving, ˆ an alternative expression for β 2 . Now, define

¡ 0 ¢ ¢−1 ¡ 0 ˆ β 2 = X2 M1 X2 X2 M1 Y ˜ X2 = M1 X2 ˜ Y = M1 Y, (4.16) (4.17)

ˆ ˜ ˜ This shows that β 2 can be calculated by the OLS regression of Y on X2 . This technique is called residual regression. Furthermore, using the definitions (4.16) and (4.17), expression (4.15) can be equivalently written as ˜ ˜ ˆ ˆ Y = X2 β 2 + e. ˆ ˜ ˜ Since β 2 is precisely the OLS coefficient from a regression of Y on X2 , this shows that the residual from this regression is e, numerically the same residual as from the joint regression (4.14). We ˆ have proven the following theorem. 29

the least-squares residuals from the regression of X2 and Y, respectively, on the matrix X1 only. Since the matrix M1 is idempotent, M1 = M1 M1 and thus ¢−1 ¡ 0 ¡ 0 ¢ ˆ X2 M1 Y β 2 = X2 M1 X2 ¢ ¢−1 ¡ 0 ¡ 0 X2 M1 M1 Y = X2 M1 M1 X2 ´−1 ³ ³ ´ ˜0 ˜ ˜0 ˜ = X2 X2 X2 Y

18) E (e | X) = ⎜ E (ei | X) ⎟ = ⎜ E (ei | xi ) ⎟ = 0. and X2 is the vector of observed regressors. In the model (4. ⎠ ⎝ ⎠ ⎝ . but in most cases there is little computational advantage to using the two-step algorithm. the FWL theorem can be used to speed computation. ˜ 2. . . obtain residuals Y . ˆ which are “demeaned”. In some contexts.9).14) or via the ˆ following algorithm: ˜ 1. 4. is the demeaning formula for regression. ˆ ˜ ˜ ˆ 3. . Regress Y on X2 .1 (Frisch-Waugh-Lovell). Regress Y on X1 . In this section we derive the small sample conditional mean and variance of the OLS estimator. . M1 = I − ι ι0 ι Observe that ¡ ¢−1 0 ˜ ι X2 X2 = M1 X2 = X2 − ι ι0 ι = X2 − X 2 and ˜ Y ¡ ¢−1 0 = M1 Y = Y − ι ι0 ι ιY = Y −Y. Partition X = [X1 X2 ] where X1 = ι is a vector of ones.7 Bias and Variance In this and the following section we consider the special case of the linear regression model (3. Regress X2 on X1 .13). ¡ ¢−1 0 ι. . In this case. obtain OLS estimates β 2 and residuals e.6. observe that ⎞ ⎛ ⎞ ⎛ . ! Thus the OLS estimator for the slope coefficients is a regression with demeaned data. A common application of the FWL theorem. ⎟ ⎜ ⎟ ⎜ (4. Rather.Theorem 4.8)(3. . . . 30 . which you may have seen in an introductory econometrics course. obtain residuals X2 .9). the OLS estimator of β 2 and the OLS residuals e may be equivalently computed by either the OLS regression (4. . or yi − y on x2i − x2 : ˆ β2 = Ã n X i=1 (x2i − x2 ) (x2i − x2 ) 0 !−1 Ã n X i=1 (x2i − x2 ) (yi − y) . . the primary use is theoretical. By the independence of the observations and (3. The FWL theorem says that β 2 is the OLS estimate from a regression of ˜ ˜ Y on X2 .

0 0 ··· 0 0 . σ 2 } = ⎜ . . . and ³ ´ ¡ ¢−1 2 ˆ σ .12). We have shown that which implies ³ ´ ˆ E β|X =β ³ ´ ˆ E β =β (4. From (4. .18). X 0 DX = X 0 Xσ 2 . . and (4. V ar β | X = X 0 X ⎟ ⎟ ⎟.8). Thus D is a diagonal matrix with i’th diagonal element σ 2 : i ⎛ 2 σ1 0 · · · ⎜ 0 σ2 · · · 2 ⎜ D = diag{σ 2 .20) .. σ2 n ⎞ We now calculate the finite sample bias of the method ¡ moments estimator σ 2 for σ 2 . ¡ X 0X ¢−1 ¡ ¢−1 X 0 DX X 0 X while the ij 0 th off-diagonal element of D is ¢ ¢ ¡ ¡ E e2 | X = E e2 | xi = σ 2 i i i E (ei ej | X) = E (ei | xi ) E (ej | xj ) = 0. . σ2 = ˆ ¢ 1 ¡ ¢ 1 0 1 1 1 ¡ e e = e0 M M e = e0 M e = tr e0 M e = tr M ee0 ˆˆ n n n n n 31 In the special case of the linear homoskedastic regression model. the properties of conditional expectations. 1 n . ⎠ (4. ⎝ . .19) ˆ and thus the OLS estimator β is unbiased for β..Using (4.19) we see that ¶ µ³ ³ ´ ´³ ´0 ˆ ˆ ˆ V ar β | X = E β−β β−β |X = where The i’th diagonal element of D is ¡ ¢ D = E ee0 | X . σ 2 = σ 2 and we have the simplii fications D = In σ 2 .. and the trace operator observe that. Next. . we can calculate ³ ´ ³¡ ´ ¢−1 0 ˆ E β−β |X = E X 0X Xe|X ¢−1 0 ¡ X E (e | X) = X 0X = 0. the properties additional assumption of conditional homoskedasticity E ei i of projection matrices. under the of ˆ ¢ 2 | x = σ 2 . for any random vector Z define the covariance materix V ar(Z) = E (Z − EZ) (Z − EZ)0 = EZZ 0 − (EZ) (EZ)0 .. Then given (4. .

is a famous statement of the solution. or in the projection model. What is the best choice of A? The Gauss-Markov theorem. In this case. 32 . This is the justification for the common s ˆ preference of s2 over σ 2 in empirical practice. Thus σ 2 is biased towards zero. It is not unbiased in the absence of homoskedasticity. Now consider the class of estimators of β which are linear functions of i the vector Y. It is important to remember.7) is unbiased for σ 2 by this calculation. we can write The “best” linear estimator is obtained by finding the matrix A for which this variance is the smallest in the positive definite sense. ˜ β L = A0 Y = A (Xβ + e) = β + Ae. As an alternative. 4.10). The following result. that this estimator is only unbiased in the special case of the homoskedastic linear regression model. which is (3. known as the Gauss-Markov theorem. ˜ so β is unbiased if (and only if) A0 X = Ik . ³ ´ ˜ E β | X = A0 Xβ. however. ³ ´ ˜ V ar β | X = A0 V ar (e | X) A = A0 Aσ 2 .9) plus E e2 | xi = σ 2 . the estimator ˆ 2 defined (4. Theorem 4.8)¢ ¡ (3. says that the least-squares estimator is the best choice.8 Gauss-Markov Theorem In this section we restrict attention to the homoskedastic linear regression model. By a calculation similar to those of the previous section. the best (minimumvariance) unbiased linear estimator is OLS. = σ2 n the final equality by (4.Then ¢ ¡ E σ2 | X = ˆ ¢¤ 1 £ ¡ tr E M ee0 | X n ¡ ¢¤ 1 £ = tr M E ee0 | X n ¤ 1 £ tr M σ 2 = n n−k . In the homoskedastic linear regression model. The least-squares estimator is the special case obtained by setting A = X(X 0 X)−1 .8.1 Gauss-Markov. which we now present. Thus since V ar (e | X) = In σ 2 under homoskedasticity. and thus can be written as ˜ β = A0 Y where A is an n × k function of X. as it yields the smallest variance among all unbiased linear estimators.

. who established that in the projection model the OLS estimator has the smallest asymptotic meansquared error among feasible estimators. the maximum likelihood estimator (MLE) is ¡ ¢ 1X 1 (yi = τ j ) 1 xi = ξ j πj = ˆ n i=1 n for j = 1. r for some constant vectors τ j .Proof. where 1 (·) is the indicator function. . π j is the percentage of the observations ˆ ˆ which fall in each category. That is. but it is quite limited in scope.21) with the parameters ˆ π j replaced by the estimates π j : ⎞−1 ⎛ ⎞ ⎛ r r X X ˆ πj ξj ξ0 ⎠ ⎝ ˆ πj ξ j τ j ⎠ . .. for finite r. Assume that the τ j and ξ j are known. The variance of the least-squares estimator is (X 0 X)−1 σ 2 and that of A0 Y is A0 Aσ 2 . Set C = A − X (X 0 X)−1 . as the theorem leaves open the possibility that a non-linear or biased estimator could have lower mean squared error than the least-squares estimator. π r ) . The MLE β mle for β is then the analog of (4. 4... (We know the values yi and xi can take.. and π j ..5) as required.21) j j=1 j=1 Thus β is a function of (π 1 .. That is. Let A be any n×k function of X such that A0 X = Ik . This latter restriction is particularly unsatisfactory.3) can be rewritten as ⎞−1 ⎛ ⎞ ⎛ r r X X β=⎝ πj ξ j ξ 0 ⎠ ⎝ πj ξ j τ j ⎠ (4. xi = ξ j = π j . but we don’t know the probabilities. ξ j . .. A broader justification is provided in Chamberlain (1987).9 Semiparametric Efficiency In the previous section we presented the Gauss-Markov theorem as a limited efficiency justification for the least-squares estimator. We discuss the intuition behind his result in this section. r. It is sufficient to show that the difference A0 A − (X 0 X)−1 is positive semi-definite. the class of potential estimators has been restricted to linear unbiased estimators. Not only has the class of models has been restricted to homoskedastic linear regressions.. xi ) is discrete. the definition (4. Then we calculate that ³ ¡ ¡ ¢−1 ¡ ¢−1 ´0 ³ ¢−1∗ ´ ¡ 0 ¢−1 C + X X 0X − XX = C + X X 0X A0 A − X 0 X ¡ 0 ¢−1 ¡ 0 ¢−1 0 ¡ ¢−1 0 ¡ 0 ¢−1 ¡ 0 ¢−1 = C 0C + C 0X X X + XX X C + X 0X XX XX − XX = C 0C The matrix C 0 C is positive semi-definite (see Appendix 2. ˆ β mle = ⎝ j j=1 j=1 33 . but the π j are unknown. Suppose that the joint distribution of (yi . ¡ ¢ P yi = τ j . j = 1. As the data are multinomial. This property is called semiparametric efficiency. Note that X 0 C = 0. ¥ The Gauss-Markov theorem is an efficiency justification for the least-squares estimator. and is a strong justification for the least-squares estimator.) In this discrete setting.

9).1.10 Omitted Variables xi = µ x1i x2i ¶ . 1X xi x0 i n i=1 1X xi yi n i=1 n ˆ = β ols 4. He observes that the above argument holds for all multinomial distributions. the maximum likelihood estimator is identical to the OLS estimator.5. and thus so is the OLS estimator. (4. and any continuous distribution can be arbitrarily well approximated by a multinomial distribution. ˆ r X j=1 πj ξ j ξ 0 ˆ j r n X1X ¡ ¢ = 1 (yi = τ j ) 1 xi = ξ j ξ j ξ 0 j n j=1 = 1 n 1 n i=1 n X X r i=1 j=1 n X i=1 ¡ ¢ 1 (yi = τ j ) 1 xi = ξ j xi x0 i = and r X j=1 xi x0 i πj ξ j τ j ˆ r n X1X ¡ ¢ = 1 (yi = τ j ) 1 xi = ξ j ξ j τ j n j=1 i=1 = r n ¡ ¢ 1 XX 1 (yi = τ j ) 1 xi = ξ j xi yi n = Thus ˆ β mle = Ã 1 n n i=1 j=1 n X i=1 xi yi !−1 Ã ! In other words. We can write the model as yi = x0 β 1 + x0 β 2 + ei 1i 2i E (xi ei ) = 0 where the parameter of interest is β 1 . if the data have a discrete distribution.10) for the class of models satisfying Assumption 3. Let the regressors be partitioned as Suppose we are interested in the coefficient on x1i alone in the regression of yi on the full set xi .4) is an asymptotically efficient estimator for the parameter β defined in (3. Since this is a regular parametric model the MLE is asymptotically efficient (see Appendix A. He proves that generically the OLS estimator (4.Substituting in the expressions for π j . Chamberlain (1987) extends this argument to the case of continuously-distributed data.22) 34 .

This is one difficulty with the definition and interpretation of multicollinearity. log(p1 ). This is called strict multicollinearity. or second. because we have not said what it means for a matrix to be “near singular”.e. the general model will be free of the omitted variables problem. First. When this happens. 35 . To see this. this is rarely a problem for applied econometric practice. 4. if X includes both the logs of two prices and the log of the relative prices. To avoid omitted variables bias the standard advice is to include potentially relevant variables in the estimated model..23) is an estimate of γ 1 = β 1 + Γβ 2 rather than β 1 . we regress yi on x1i only. This is estimation of the equation yi = x0 γ 1 + ui 1i E (x1i ui ) = 0 Notice that we have written the coefficient on x1i as γ 1 rather than β 1 . Goldberger (1991) calls (4. β 1 6= γ 1 . The difference Γβ 2 is known as omitted variable bias. as many desired variables are not available in a given dataset.23) where is the coefficient from a regression of x2i on x1i . Typically there are limits.11 Multicollinearity ˆ If rank(X 0 X) < k + 1. log(p2 ) and log(p1 /p2 ). the possibility of omitted variables bias should be acknowledged and discussed in the course of an empirical investigation. we calculate γ1 = ¡ ¡ ¢¢−1 E x1i x0 E (x1i yi ) 1i ¡ ¡ ¢¢−1 ¡ ¡ 0 ¢¢ 0 E x1i x1i β 1 + x0 β 2 + ei = E x1i x1i 2i ¢¢−1 ¡ ¢ ¡ ¡ E x1i x0 β 2 = β 1 + E x1i x0 1i 2i = β 1 + Γβ 2 ¢¢−1 ¡ ¢ ¡ ¡ E x1i x0 Γ = E x1i x0 1i 2i (4. Thus the short and long regressions have the same coefficient on x1i only under one of two conditions. the coefficient on x2i in (4.22).Now suppose that instead of estimating equation (4. This definition is not precise. and the error as ui rather than ei . It is the consequence of omission of a relevant correlated variable.22) by least-squares. By construction. This is the situation when the X 0 X matrix is near singular. when the columns of X are close to linearly dependent. least-squares estimation of (4. In general.23) the short regression to emphasize the distinction.22) is zero. Most commonly. Observe that γ 1 6= β 1 unless Γ = 0 or β 2 = 0. This happens when the columns of X are linearly dependent. the regression of x2i on x1i yields a set of zero coefficients (they are uncorrelated). except in special cases. This is because the model being estimated is different than (4. Since the error is discovered quickly. which is often called “multicollinearity” for brevity. the applied researcher quickly discovers the error as the statistical software will be unable to construct (X 0 X)−1 . i. there is some α such that Xα = 0. then β is not defined. In this case. Typically.22) the long regression and (4. this arises when sets of regressors are included which are identically related. For example. The more relevant issue is near multicollinearity.

We derive expression (4. the change in the coefficient estimate by deletion of the i’th observation depends critically on the magnitude of hi . the worse the precision of the individual coefficient estimates. In extreme cases it is possible that the reported calculations will be in error due to floating-point calculation difficulties. since as ρ approaches 1 the matrix becomes singular. it is statistically difficult to disentangle the impact of β 1 from that of β 2 .27) (4.25) β (−i) = β − (1 − hi )−1 X 0 X where ¢−1 ¡ xi hi = x0 X 0 X i The i’th observation is influential on the least-squares estimate if the deletion of the observation ˆ from the sample results in a meaningful change in β. What is happening is that when the regressors are highly dependent. As a consequence. A convenient alternative expression is ¡ ¢−1 ˆ ˆ xi ei ˆ (4. and 1 0 XX= n µ 1 ρ ρ 1 ¶ In this case The correlation ρ indexes collinearity. ˆ i A simple comparison yields that ˆ ei − ei. µ ¶−1 µ ¶ ³ ´ 2 σ2 1 ρ 1 −ρ ˆ|X = σ . A more relevant implication of near multicollinearity is that individual coefficient estimates will be imprecise. We can see this most simply in a homoskedastic linear regression model with two regressors yi = x1i β 1 + x2i β 2 + ei . = V ar β ρ 1 n n (1 − ρ2 ) −ρ 1 4. 1] and sum to k. that is.−i = yi − x0 β (−i) = (1 − hi )−1 ei . the OLS estimator based on the sample excluding the i’th observation.12 Influential Observations where X(−i) and Y(−i) are the data matrices omitting the i’th row.26) As we can see. define the leave-one-out least-squares estimator of β.One implication of near singularity of matrices is that the numerical reliability of the calculations is reduced. We can also define the leave-one-out residual ˆ ˆ ei. Thus the more “collinear” are the estimate σ 2 1 − ρ2 regressors. This equals ´−1 ³ 0 ˆ X(−i) Y(−i) (4. We can see the effect of collinearity on precision by observing that the asymptotic variance of a coefficient ¡ ¢−1 approaches infinity as ρ approaches 1. the precision of individual estimates are reduced. To investigate the possibility of influential observations. The hi take values in [0.24) β (−i) = X(−i) X(−i) is the i’th diagonal element of the projection matrix X (X 0 X)−1 X 0 . If the i’th observation 36 .−i = (1 − hi )−1 hi ei .25) below. ˆ ˆ (4.

25).This implies has a large value of hi . which is considerably more informative than plots of the uncorrected residuals ei .1) in Section 2. Investigations into the presence of influential observations can plot the values of (4. ˆ = β − (1 − hi )−1 X 0 X and thus ˆ β (−i) = 37 . The key is equation (2.4 which states that ¡ ¢ (A + BCD)−1 = A−1 − A−1 BC C + CDA−1 BC CDA−1 . ¢−1 ¡ 0 ¢−1 ¡ 0 ¢−1 ¡ 0 ¢−1 ¡ = XX + XX xi (1 − hi )−1 x0 X 0 X X X − xi x0 i i ¡ 0 ¢−1 ¡ 0 ¢ X X − xi x0 X Y − xi yi i ¢ ¡ ¡ ¢ ¡ ¢−1 ¡ 0 ¢−1 ¢−1 ¡ 0 X Y − xi yi + (1 − hi )−1 X 0 X X Y − xi yi = X 0X xi x0 X 0 X i ¢−1 ¡ ˆ xi ei . then this observation is a leverage point and has the potential to be an influential observation. ˆ We now derive equation (4.27).

4.13

Exercises

1. Let X be a random variable with µ = EX and σ 2 = V ar(X). Define µ ¶ ¢ ¡ x−µ 2 . g x, µ, σ = (x − µ)2 − σ 2

µ ˆ Let (ˆ , σ 2 ) be the values such that g n (ˆ , σ 2 ) = 0 where g n (m, s) = n−1 µ ˆ 2 Show that µ and σ are the sample mean and variance. ˆ ˆ

Pn

i=1 g

¡ ¢ Xi , µ, σ 2 .

2. Consider the OLS regression of the n × 1 vector y on the n × k matrix X. Consider an alternative set of regressors Z = XC, where C is a k × k non-singular matrix. Thus, each column of Z is a mixture of some of the columns of X. Compare the OLS estimates and residuals from the regression of Y on X to the OLS estimates from the regression of Y on Z.
0ˆ 3. Let e be the OLS residual from a regression of Y on X = [X1 X2 ]. Find X2 e. ˆ

4. Let e be the OLS residual from a regression of Y on X. Find the OLS coefficient estimate ˆ from a regression of e on X. ˆ ˆ 5. Let y = X(X 0 X)−1 X 0 y. Find the OLS coefficient estimate from a regression of y on X. ˆ ˆ 6. Prove that R2 is the square of the simple correlation between y and y. Pn 1 7. Explain the difference between n i=1 xi x0 and E (xi x0 ) . i i

0 0 ˆ 8. Let β n = (Xn Xn )−1 Xn Yn denote the OLS estimate when Yn is n × 1 and Xn is n × k. A new observation (yn+1 , xn+1 ) becomes available. Prove that the OLS estimate computed using this additional observation is ³ ´ ¡ 0 ¢−1 1 ˆ ˆ ˆ xn+1 yn+1 − x0 β n . β n+1 = β n + Xn Xn n+1 0 1 + x0 (Xn Xn )−1 xn+1 n+1

9. True or False. If yi = xi β + ei , xi ∈ R, E(ei | xi ) = 0, and ei is the OLS residual from the ˆ P ˆ regression of yi on xi , then n x2 ei = 0. i=1 i 10. A dummy variable takes on only the values 0 and 1. It is used for categorical data, such as an individual’s gender. Let D1 and D2 be vectors of 1’s and 0’s, with the i0 th element of D1 equaling 1 and that of D2 equaling 0 if the person is a man, and the reverse if the person is a woman. Suppose that there are n1 men and n2 women in the sample. Consider the three regressions Y Y Y = µ + D1 α1 + D2 α2 + e = D1 α1 + D2 α2 + e = µ + D1 φ + e (4.28) (4.29) (4.30)

(a) Can all three regressions (4.28), (4.29), and (4.30) be estimated by OLS? Explain if not. (b) Compare regressions (4.29) and (4.30). Is one more general than the other? Explain the relationship between the parameters in (4.29) and (4.30). 38

(d) Letting α = (α0 α0 )0 , write equation (4.29) as Y = Xα + e. Consider the assumption 1 2 E(xi ei ) = 0. Is there any content to this assumption in this setting? 11. Let D1 and D2 be defined as in the previous exercise. (a) In the OLS regression Y = D1 γ 1 + D2 γ 2 + u, ˆ ˆ ˆ show that γ 1 is sample mean of the dependent variable among the men of the sample ˆ (Y 1 ), and that γ 2 is the sample mean among the women (Y 2 ). ˆ (b) Describe in words the transformations Y ∗ = Y − D1 Y 1 + D2 Y 2

(c) Compute ι0 D1 and ι0 D2 , where ι is an n × 1 is a vector of ones.

X ∗ = X − D1 X 1 + D2 X 2 . ˜ (c) Compare β from the OLS regresion ˜ ˜ Y ∗ = X ∗β + e ˆ with β from the OLS regression ˆ ˆ Y = D1 α1 + D2 α2 + X β + e. ˆ ˆ 12. The data file cps85.dat contains a random sample of 528 individuals from the 1985 Current Population Survey by the U.S. Census Bureau. The file contains observations on nine variables, listed in the file cps85.pdf. V1 V2 V3 V4 V5 V6 V7 V8 V9 = = = = = = = = = education (in years) region of residence (coded 1 if South, 0 otherwise) (coded 1 if nonwhite and non-Hispanic, 0 otherwise) (coded 1 if Hispanic, 0 otherwise) gender (coded 1 if female, 0 otherwise) marital status (coded 1 if married, 0 otherwise) potential labor market experience (in years) union status (coded 1 if in union job, 0 otherwise) hourly wage (in dollars)

Estimate a regression of wage yi on education x1i , experience x2i , and experienced-squared x3i = x2 (and a constant). Report the OLS estimates. 2i ˆ Let ei be the OLS residual and yi the predicted value from the regression. Numerically ˆ calculate the following: (a) (b) (c) (d) (e) Pn Pn Pn Pn ˆ i=1 ei ˆ i=1 x1i ei

ˆ i=1 x2i ei 2 ˆ i=1 x1i ei Pn 2 ˆ i=1 x2i ei

39

(f) (g) (h)

Pn

Pn

ˆˆ i=1 yi ei ˆ2 i=1 ei R2

Are the calculations (i)-(vi) consistent with the theoretical properties of OLS? Explain. 13. Use the data from the previous problem, restimate the slope on education using the residual regression approach. Regress yi on (1, x2i , x2 ), regress x1i on (1, x2i , x2 ), and regress the 2i 2i residuals on the residuals. Report the estimate from this regression. Does it equal the value from the first OLS regression? Explain. In the second-stage residual regression, (the regression of the residuals on the residuals), calculate the equation R2 and sum of squared errors. Do they equal the values from the initial OLS regression? Explain.

40

If g(·) : R → R is convex. Cauchy-Schwarz Inequality. Jensen’s Inequality. then its Euclidean norm is The following are an important set of inequalities which are used in asymptotic distribution theory.3) E |XY | ≤ (E |X|p )1/p (E |Y |q )1/q . We list here some of the most critical definitions and inequalities. ij i=1 j=1 (5.1) (5.2) + 1 q = 1. then g(E(X)) ≤ E(g(X)). 5.1 Inequalities Asymptotic theory is based on a set of approximations. |a| = a a i i=1 If A is a m × n matrix. 41 . Triangle inequality |X + Y | ≤ |X| + |Y | . If p > 1 and q > 1 and 1 p ⎞1/2 ⎛ m n XX ¡ 0 ¢1/2 |A| = tr A A =⎝ a2 ⎠ . These approximations are bounded through the use of mathematical inequalities. ´1/2 ³ ´1/2 ³ E |Y |2 E |XY | ≤ E |X|2 Holder’s Inequality.Chapter 5 Asymptotic Theory This chapter reviews the essential components of asymptotic theory. The Euclidean norm of an m × 1 vector a is à m !1/2 X ¡ 0 ¢1/2 = a2 . then (5.

So for all x. Note EU = EV = 1. Let a + bx be the tangent line to g(x) at x = EX. n i=1 42 . tangent lines lie below it. This is a probabilistic way of generalizing the mathematical definition of a limit. ¥ Proof of Holder’s Inequality. denoted Zn →p Z as n → ∞. P (g(X) > α) ≤ α−1 Eg(X). then as n → ∞ n 1X Xn = Xi →p E(X). If Xi ∈ Rk is iid and E |Xi | < ∞.2 Weak Law of Large Numbers Let Zn ∈ Rk be a random vector. Since g(x) is convex. For any strictly increasing function g(X) ≥ 0. =E U V p q p q Proof of Markov’s Inequality. p p p q which is (5.Markov’s Inequality. n→∞ lim P (|Zn − Z| > δ) = 0. Then Z ∞ −1 P (Y > α) = α αf (y)dy Zα∞ ≤ α−1 yf (y)dy α Z ∞ ≤ α−1 yf (y)dy = α−1 E(Y ) −∞ the second-to-last inequality using the region of integration {y > α}. ¥ 5.4) Proof of Jensen’s Inequality. (E |X|p )1/p (E |Y |q )1/q ¥ µ ¶ ´ ³ U V 1 1 1/p 1/q ≤E + = + = 1.3).1 Weak Law of Large Numbers (WLLN). (5. Applying expectations. Set Y = g(X) and let f denote the density function of Y. Let U = |X|p /E |X|p and V = |Y |q /E |Y |q . We say that Zn converges in probability to Z as n → ∞.2. if for all δ > 0. The WLLN shows that sample averages converge in probability to the population average. Eg(X) ≥ a + bEX = g(EX). g(x) ≥ a + bx yet g(EX) = a + bEX since the curve is tangent at EX. Theorem 5. Since 1 + 1 = 1 an application of Jensen’s inequality shows that p q U Then 1/p V 1/q 1 1 ln U + ln V = exp p q E |XY | ∙ ¸ ≤ 1 1 U V exp (ln U ) + exp (ln V ) = + . as stated.

Finally. n i=1 0 where µ = EX and V = E (X − µ) (X − µ) . Define the random vectors Wi = Xi 1 (|Xi | ≤ C) − E (Xi 1 (|Xi | ≤ C)) By the triangle inequality. We say that Zn converges in distribution to Z as n → ∞. the triangle inequality.3 Convergence in Distribution Let Zn be a random variable with distribution Fn (x) = P (Zn ≤ x) .5). V ) . Theorem 5. as needed. P ¯X n ¯ > δ ≤ η.6) and (5.6) By Jensen’s inequality (5.7). then as n→∞ n ¢ √ ¡ 1 X n Xn − µ = √ (Xi − µ) →d N (0. 43 . ¯ ¯ ¯ ¯ ¯ ¯ ¢ E ¯X n ¯ ¡¯ ¯ E ¯W n ¯ + E ¯Z n ¯ 3ε ≤ ≤ = η.3. Jensen’s inequality (5. Fix δ and η. ≤ 2E |Xi | 1 (|Xi | > C) Zi = Xi 1 (|Xi | > C) − E (Xi 1 (|Xi | > C)) .5) (where 1 (·) is the indicator function) which is possible since E |X| < ∞. ¯ ¯ E ¯Z n ¯ ≤ E |Zi | ≤ 2ε. (5. Pick C < ∞ large enough so that E (|X| 1 (|X| > C)) ≤ ε (5.Proof: Without loss of generality. ≤ E |Xi | 1 (|Xi | > C) + |E (Xi 1 (|Xi | > C))| (5. We have shown that for any δ > 0 and η > 0 then for all ¢ ¡¯ ¯ ¥ n ≥ 36C 2 /δ 2 η 2 . we can set E(X) = 0 (by recentering Xi on its expectation).4). and the bound |Wi | ≤ 2C. if for all x at which F (x) is continuous. Fn (x) → F (x) as n → ∞. We need to ¢show that for all δ > 0 and η > 0 there is some N < ∞ so that for all n ≥ N. P ¯X n ¯ > δ ≤ δ δ δ the equality by the definition of ε.1 Central Limit Theorem (CLT). 5. where Z has distribution F (x) = P (Z ≤ x) . ¡¯ ¯ P ¯X n ¯ > δ ≤ η. If Xi ∈ Rk is iid and E |Xi |2 < ∞. denoted Zn →d Z.7) the final inequality holding for n ≥ 4C 2 /ε2 = 36C 2 /δ 2 η 2 . Set ε = δη/3.1) and (5. by Markov’s inequality (5. the fact that X n = W n + Z n . ¯¢2 ¡ ¯ 2 ≤ EW n E ¯W n ¯ = EWi2 n 4C 2 ≤ n ≤ ε2 (5.1). the fact that the Wi are iid and mean zero.

the definition of c(λ) and (5.8) ⎞ ⎛ nλ0 X 1 Xj ⎠ ln Cn (λ) = log E exp ⎝i √ n j=1 µ ¶ n Y 1 exp i √ λ0 Xj = log E n j=1 µ ¶ n Y 1 0 E exp i √ λ Xj = log n i=1 ¶ µ λ = nc √ n 1 0 λ cλλ (λn )λ = 2 44 . the independence of the Xi . ¢ ¡ √ √ We now compute Cn (λ) = E exp iλ0 nX n the characteristic function of nX n . By the properties of the exponential function. 1 1 c(λ) = c(0) + cλ (0)0 λ + λ0 cλλ (λ∗ )λ = λ0 cλλ (λ∗ )λ 2 2 (5. let C(λ) = E exp iλ0 X denote the characteristic function of X and set c(λ) = ln C(λ). Then observe ¡ ¡ ¢¢ ∂ C(λ) = iE X exp iλ0 X ∂λ ¡ ¡ 0 ¢¢ ∂2 2 0 0 C(λ) = i E XX exp iλ X ∂λ∂λ C(0) = 1 ∂ C(0) = iE (X) = 0 ∂λ ¡ ¢ ∂2 0 0 C(0) = −E XX = −Ik . For ¡ ¢ λ ∈ Rk . ∂λ∂λ cλ (λ) = cλλ (λ) = ∂ ∂ c(λ) = C(λ)−1 C(λ) ∂λ ∂λ ∂ ∂2 ∂2 −2 ∂ C(λ) 0 C(λ) c(λ) = C(λ)−1 0 0 C(λ) − C(λ) ∂λ ∂λ∂λ ∂λ∂λ ∂λ so when evaluated at λ = 0 Furthermore. it is sufficient to consider the case µ = 0 and V = Ik .8) where λ∗ lies on the line segment joining 0 and λ. By a second-order Taylor series expansion of c(λ) about λ = 0. so when evaluated at λ = 0 c(0) = 0 cλ (0) = 0 cλλ (0) = −Ik .Proof: Without loss of generality.

then g(Zn ) →d g(Z) as n → ∞.4.1 Continuous Mapping Theorem 1 (CMT). gθ Σgθ where gθ (θ) = ∂ g(θ) ∂θ0 and gθ = gθ (θ0 ).√ where λn → 0 lies on the line segment joining 0 and λ/ n. we see that as n → ∞.3 Delta Method: If n (θn − θ0 ) →d N (0. where θ is m × 1 and Σ is m × m. Ik ) distribution. µ ¶ 1 Cn (λ) → exp − λ0 λ 2 the characteristic function of the N (0. ¥ 5.4. Thus P (|g (Zn ) − g (c)| ≤ ε) ≥ P (|Zn − c| < δ) → 1 as n → ∞ by the assumption that Zn →p c. √ Theorem 5. we find jn ¢ ¡ √ √ 0 n (g (θn ) − g(θ0 )) = (gθ + an ) n (θn − θ0 ) →d gθ N (0.4. then ¡ ¢ √ 0 n (g (θn ) − g(θ0 )) →d N 0. then g(Zn ) →p g(c) as n → ∞. It follows that ajn = gjθ (θ∗ ) − gjθ →p 0. for each element of g. Σ) = N 0.2 Continuous Mapping Theorem 2. for all ε > 0 we can find a δ > 0 such that if |Zn − c| < δ then |g (Zn ) − g (c)| ≤ ε. Since cλλ (λn ) → cλλ (0) = −Ik . and g(θ) : Rm → Rk . Stacking across elements of g. Theorem 5. Σ) .4 Asymptotic Transformations Theorem 5. If Zn →p c as n → ∞ and g (·) is continuous at c. Proof: Since g is continuous at c. gj (θn ) = gj (θ0 ) + gjθ (θ∗ ) (θn − θ0 ) jn where θnj lies on the line segment between θn and θ0 and therefore converges in probability to θ0 . Hence g(Zn ) →p g(c) as n → ∞. Recall that A ⊂ B implies P (A) ≤ P (B). gθ Σgθ . k ≤ m. This is sufficient to establish the theorem. If Zn →d Z as n → ∞ and g (·) is continuous. 45 . Proof : By a vector Taylor series expansion.

1 for sample sizes of n = 25. ˆ Figure 6. In general.1: Sampling Density of β 2 To illustrate the possibilities in one example. the density function of β 2 was computed and plotted in Figure 6. The verticle line marks the true value of the projection coefficient. Using ˆ simulation methods. xi ) and the sample size n. y) = 2πxy 2 2 ˆ and let β 2 be the slope coefficient estimate computed on observations from this joint density. n = 100 and n = 800. its distribution is a complicated function of the joint distribution of (yi . 46 . since it is a function of the random data. and therefore has a sampling distribution.Chapter 6 Inference 6. let yi and xi be drawn from the joint density µ ¶ µ ¶ 1 1 1 2 2 exp − (ln y − ln x) exp − (ln x) f (x.1 Sampling Distribution The least-squares estimator is a random vector.

Asymptotic (large sample) methods approximate sampling distributions based on the limiting experiment that the sample size n tends to infinity.1) and ˆ We now deduce the consistency of β. ˆ 47 .2) i i n i=1 n From (6. Equation (4. A preliminary step in this approach is the demonstration that estimators are consistent — that they converge in probability to the true parameters as the sample size gets large.1. n i=1 (6.1). β →p β as n → ∞.4 implies that Q−1 exists and thus g(·. and the continuous mapping theorem (Theorem 5. ˆ Theorem 6. xi ei = g i n n i=1 i=1 1X xi ei →p E (xi ei ) = 0.8) implies that ˆ β−β = Ã n X i=1 xi x0 i !−1 n X i=1 xi ei .4. 0) = Q−1 0 = 0 β−β =g n n i=1 i=1 ˆ which implies β →p β as stated.4. 0).5.5.1.2 Consistency ˆ As discussed in Section 6. ·) is continuous at (Q. b) = A−1 b is a continuous function of A and b at all values of the arguments such that A−1 exist. As the sample size increases the density becomes more concentrated about the population coefficient. Ã n ! n X 1X 0 1 ˆ xi xi . (6.From the figure we can see that the density functions are dispersed and highly non-normal.2. we can write !−1 Ã n ! n 1X 1X 0 ˆ β−β = xi xi xi ei n n i=1 i=1 Ã n ! n X X 1 1 xi x0 .1) imply that n ¡ ¢ 1X xi x0 →p E xi x0 = Q (6. Hence by the continuous mapping theorem (Theorem 5.1. Assumption 3. we can conclude ˆ that β →p β.1 and the WLLN (Theorem 5.3).1 by the fact that the sampling densities become more concentrated as n gets larger. For a complete argument.1). we will use the methods of asymptotic approximation.2).1). (6. Proof.1). 6. using (6. xi ei →p g (Q. First.3) Ã where g(A.2. Assumption 3. (6. the OLS estimator β is has a statistical distribution which is unknown. This is illustrated in Figure 6.5.1 Under Assumption 3. ¥ We can similarly show that the estimators σ 2 and s2 are consistent for σ 2 . To characterize the sampling distribution more fully.

E ¯ei ¯ E ¯e4 ¯ i i i i (6.Theorem 6. σ 2 →p σ 2 and s2 →p σ 2 as n → ∞.3.2).3 Asymptotic Normality ˆ We now establish the asymptotic distribution of β after normalization.5. since n/(n − k) → 1 as n → ∞. Note that ˆ ei = yi − x0 β ˆ i i Thus and n ˆ = ei + x0 β − x0 β i i ³ ´ ˆ = ei − x0 β − β . ˆ Finally.1). Assumption 6.3) and Theorem (6.1 guarantees that the elements of Ω are finite. it follows that s2 = ¥ n σ 2 →p σ 2 . We need a strengthening of the moment conditions.2.2). ´1/2 ¡ ¯ ¯¢ ¯ ³ ¯ ¯2 ´1/2 ¡ ¯ 4 ¯¢1/2 ³ ¯ 1/2 E ¯xi x0 e2 ¯ ≤ E ¯xi x0 ¯ = E |xi |4 < ∞. by the Cauchy-Schwarz inequality (5. Ω) . Thus σ 2 is consistent for σ 2 . To see this.6) n i=1 48 . (6. ˆ n−k 6.1).4) ³ ´ ³ ´0 ³ ´ ˆ ˆ ˆ e2 = e2 − 2ei x0 β − β + β − β xi x0 β − β ˆi i i i σ2 = ˆ 1X 2 ei ˆ n i=1 i=1 →p σ 2 n 1X 2 = ei − 2 n à ! à n ! n ´ ³ ´0 1 X ³ ´ 1 X 0 ³ˆ 0 ˆ ˆ β−β + β−β β−β ei xi xi xi n n i=1 i=1 the last line using the WLLN. ˆ Proof.3.2. (6. i i Assumption 6.2 Under Assumption 3.5) Thus xi ei is iid with mean zero and has covariance matrix Ω.3. (6.1 In addition to Assumption 3. i Now define ¡ ¢ Ω = E xi x0 e2 . n 1 X √ xi ei →d N (0.1.5. (6.1. By the central limit theorem (Theorem 5. Ee4 < ∞ and E |xi |4 < ∞.

V is often referred to as ˆ the asymptotic covariance matrix of β. and εi is independent of xi with the Double Pareto density f (ε) = α |ε|−α−1 . e2 ) = 0. Under (6. however. after rescaling.7) Cov(xi x0 .1 states that the sampling distribution of the least-squares estimator. there is no simple answer to this reasonable question. Theorem 6. otherwise V 6= V 0 .7) is true then V = V 0 . We illustrate this problem using a simulation.3.6). Q−1 ΩQ−1 . setting n = 100 and varying the parameter α. i i Condition (6. 1). In´Figure 6.9) we define V 0 = Q−1 σ 2 whether (6.3. ´ √ ³ ˆ n β−β = à 1X xi x0 i n i=1 n !−1 à Theorem 6. This holds true for all joint distibutions of (yi .7) holds. xi ) which satisfy the conditions of Assumption 6. How large should n be in order for the approximation to be useful? Unfortunately.7) the asymptotic variance formulas simplify as ¡ ¢ ¡ ¢ (6. However.7) is true or false. The approximation may be poor when n is small. when xi and ei are independent. and (6. for example.1 Under Assumption 6. The expression V = Q−1 ΩQ−1 is called a sandwich form. If α > 2 the 2 error εi has zero mean and variance α/(α − 2).1. Ω) ¡ ¢ = N 0. ´ √ ³ˆ As V is the variance of the asymptotic distribution of n β − β .2). as n → ∞ ´ √ ³ ˆ n β − β →d N (0. We call V 0 the homoskedastic covariance matrix. V ) where V = Q−1 ΩQ−1 . |ε| ≥ 1.1. We say that ei is a Homoskedastic Projection Error when (6. is approximately normal when the sample size n is sufficiently large. for any ˆ fixed n the sampling distribution of β can be arbitrarily far from the normal distribution. There is a special case where Ω and V simplify.3. the normal approximation is arbitrarily poor for some data distribution satisfying the assumptions. but this is not a necessary condition. When (6.8) Ω = E xi x0 E e2 = Qσ 2 i i V = Q−1 ΩQ−1 = Q−1 σ 2 ≡ V 0 (6.3. (6. Let yi = β 0 + β 1 xi + εi where xi is N (0. As α approaches 2. 1 X √ xi ei n i=1 n ! the N (0.1 is commonly used to approximate the finite of √ ³ˆ sample distribution of n β − β .2 we display the finite sample densities of the q ³ ˆ normalized estimator n α−2 β 2 − β 2 . its variance diverges q ³ ´ ˆ to infinity.1). The trouble is that no matter how large is the sample size.1 we have already seen a simple example where the least-squares estimate is quite asymmetric and non-normal even for reasonably large sample sizes. In this context the normalized least-squares slope estimator n α−2 β 2 − β 2 has α →d Q−1 N (0. In Figure 6.3. The asymptotic distribution ´ Theorem 6. 1) asymptotic distibution.9) In (6.Then using (6. For α 49 .

2) and Theorem 6. 4.0 the density is very close to the N (0. the sampling distribution becomes highly skewed and non-normal. As α diminishes the density changes significantly. 1) density. Here the model is yi = β 1 + εi where uk − Euk i i εi = ³ ¡ k ¢2 ´1/2 Eu2k − Eui i ´ √ ³ˆ and ui ∼ N (0. The MME estimator is i i 1X ˆ xi x0 e2 Ω= i ˆi n i=1 n (6. The homoskedastic covariance matrix V 0 = Q−1 σ 2 is typically estimated by ˆ ˆ (6. ˆ ˆ Since Q →p Q and s2 →p σ 2 (see (6. 6.4 Let Covariance Matrix Estimation 1X ˆ xi x0 Q= i n i=1 n be the method of moments estimator for Q. σ may also be substituted for s ˆ ¡ ¢ To estimate V = Q−1 ΩQ−1 .10) V 0 = Q−1 s2 . The estimator 2 2 in (6.2: Density of Normalized OLS estimator α = 3. The lesson from Figures 6. concentrating most of the probability mass around zero. we need an estimate of Ω = E xi x0 e2 . 1).2.3 is that the N (0.1) it is clear that V 0 →p V 0 .10) without changing this result.11) 50 . We show the sampling distribution of n β 1 − β 1 setting n = 100. 6 and 8. for k = 1. Another example is shown in Figure 6.3.Figure 6. 1) asymptotic approximation is never guaranteed to be accurate.2 and 6. As k increases.

´ p √ ³ˆ ˆ ˆ ˆ When β is scalar. the “Eicker-White formula”.. ˆ ˆ The variance estimator V is an estimate of the variance of the asymptotic distribution of β. When β is a vector. Generically. these all mean the same thing. we focus on individual elements of β one-at-a-time. standard errors are not unique.Figure 6. the “Huber-White formula” or the “GMM covariance matrix”. the “Huber formula”. Thus q ˆ ˆ s(β j ) = n−1/2 Vjj .1 A standard error s(β) for an estimator β is an estimate of the standard ˆ deviation of the distribution of β.. vis. ˆ The estimator V 0 was the dominate covariance estimator used before 1980. and was still the standard choice for much empirical work done in the early 1980s. or that they use the “White formula”.4. j = 0. we set s(β) = n−1/2 V . When reading and reporting applied work. This motivates the definition of a standard error..3: Sampling distribution where ei are the OLS residuals. In most cases. β j . A more easily interpretable measure of spread is its square root — the standard deviation. and V is an estimator of the variance of n β − β . or that they use a “heteroskedasticity-robust covariance matrix estimator”. The estimator of V is then ˆ ˆ ˆ ˆˆ V = Q−1 ΩQ−1 This estimator was introduced to the econometrics literature by White (1980). k. as it is not always clear which has been computed. It is therefore important to understand what formula and method is 51 .. ˆ ˆ Definition 6. many authors will state that their “standard errors have been corrected for heteroskedasticity”. so that by the late 1990s White estimate V emerged as the standard covariance matrix estimator. ˆ ˆ When V is used rather than the traditional choice V 0 . 1. The methods switched during ˆ the late 1980s and early 1990s. as there may be more than one estimator of the variance of the estimator. . it is important to pay ˆ ˆ attention to the distinction between V 0 and V .

To illustrate.493 0.117 Educationi .4) ˆ Ω = = n n n ³ ´0 ³ ´0 ³ ´ 1X 2X 1X 0 2 0 ˆ ˆ ˆ xi xi ei − xi xi β − β xi ei + xi x0 β − β xi x0 β − β .5 Consistency of the White Covariance Matrix Estimate 1X xi x0 e2 i ˆi n i=1 i=1 n ˆ ˆ We now show Ω →p Ω.14 205. but not under another set of assumptions.020) 6. the standard method to calculate the standard errors is to ˆ first calculate n−1 V .14 14.14 6.085) (. n n i=1 52 .3) so by the WLLN ³ ´ ³ ´3/4 ¡ ¯ ¯¢ 1/4 E |xi |3 |ei | ≤ E |xi |4 < ∞. (.6 ¶µ 1 14.1) show that n ¡ ¢ 1X xi x0 e2 →p E xi x0 e2 = Ω.020.80 40.80 2.80 40.14 205. just as any other estimator. First.493 −0.20 −0. i i i i n i=1 Second. p ˆ In this case the two estimates are quite similar.085 p ˆ and that for β 1 is .6 Therefore the two covariance matrix estimates are µ ¶−1 µ ¶ 1 14. From a computational standpoint. then take the diagonal elements.35/988 = .used by an author when studying their work.83 −0. E ¯e4 ¯ i ³ ´ 1X |xi |3 |ei | →p E |xi |3 |ei | .035 ¶ . Using (6.20 = V 14.2. from which it follows that V →p V as n → ∞.5) and the WLLN (Theorem 5. It is also important to understand that a particular standard error may be relevant under one set of model assumptions. (6.30 + 0. We can write the estimated equation with standards errors using the format \ log(W agei ) = 1.480 ˆ0 = 0. (6.480 .14 14.199 2.039 and ˆ V = µ 1 14. by Holder’s inequality (5.20 and µ ¶ ˆ = 0. and then the square roots. The standard errors for β 0 are 7. Ω 2.83 ¶−1 = µ 7. we return to the log wage regression of Section 4.199 2. We calculate that s2 = 0.2/988 = .1.80 .83 ¶−1 µ .14 205.12) i i n n n i=1 i=1 We now examine each sum on the right-hand-side of (6.98 −0.12) in turn.

¯ ¯n ¯ n i=1 so Together. Ω →p Ω and V →p V. Andrews’ proposed estimator is ˆ ˆ ˆ ˆ V ∗∗ = Q−1 Ω∗∗ Q−1 53 . you can show that 1 Xˆ ¯ β= β (−i) . ¯ ¯ ¯ ¯ ¯n ¯ n i=1 i=1 1X |xi |4 →p E |xi |4 . i=1 Third.¯ ¯ ¯ ¯ˆ and thus since ¯β − β ¯ →p 0. 6.5. these establish consistency.25). Using this substitution. ¯ n ¯ n ¯2 X ¯1 X ³ ´0 ³ ´¯ ¯ ¯ 0 ˆ ˆ ˆ − β ¯ ≤ ¯β − β ¯ 1 xi xi β − β xi xi β |xi |4 →p 0. n i=1 n ˆ ˆ Theorem 6.6 Alternative Covariance Matrix Estimators ˆ MacKinnon and White (1985) suggested a small-sample corrected version of V based on the jackˆ knife principle.1 As n → ∞.11) with the leave-one-out estimator ei. is defined ˆ ˆ by replacing the OLS residual ei in (6. the jackknife estimator of the ˆ variance matrix for β is ˆ V ∗ = (n − 1) where n X³ ˆ β i=1 ¯ (−i) − β n ´³ ˆ β ¯ (−i) − β ´0 (6. Recall from Section 4. which.14) à 1X (1 − hi )−1 xi ei ˆ n i=1 n !à 1X (1 − hi )−1 xi ei ˆ n i=1 n !0 and hi = x0 (X 0 X)−1 xi .13) Using formula (4.−i = (1 − hi )−1 ei ˆ presented in (4.12 the definition of β (−i) as the least-squares estimator with the i’th observation deleted. From equation (3. n i=1 n − 1 ˆ −1 ˆ ∗ ˆ −1 ˆ V∗ = Q Ω Q n where 1X ˆ (1 − hi )−2 xi x0 e2 − Ω∗ = i ˆi n i=1 n (6. by the WLLN ¯ n ¯ à n ! ¯ 1X ¯1 X ¯ ¯ ³ ´0 ¯ ¯ ¯ ¯ˆ 3 0 ˆ xi xi β − β xi ei ¯ ≤ ¯β − β ¯ |xi | |ei | →p 0. MacKinnon and White (1985) present numerical (simulation) evidence i ˆ ˆ that V ∗ works better than V as an estimator of V . They also suggest that the scaling factor (n − 1)/n in (??) can be omitted. Andrews (1991) suggested an similar estimator based on cross-validation.13) of Efron (1982).26).

.. Ω∗∗ = i ˆi n i=1 n 6.where ˆ It is similar to the MacKinnon-White estimator V ∗ . β k+1 ). In this case. = N (0. ˆ θ What is an appropriate standard error for ˆ Assume that h(β) is differentiable at the true θ? value of β. so Vθ = R0 V R. ˆ ˆ If V is the estimated covariance matrix for β.7 Functions of Parameters Sometimes we are interested in some lower-dimensional function of the parameter vector β = (β 1 . Hβ = R and Hβ = R. (6. but omits the mean correction. 1X ˆ (1 − hi )−2 xi x0 e2 . Andrews ˆ ˆ (1991) argues that simulation evidence indicates that V ∗∗ is an improvement on V ∗ . Let h : Rk → Rq denote this function and let θ = h(β) denote the parameter of interest. For example. we may be interested in a single coefficient β j or a ratio β j /β l . Hβ = Thus ´ √ ³ ´ √ ³ ˆ n ˆ − θ = n h(β) − h(β) θ ³ ´ 0√ ˆ ' Hβ n β − β 0 →d Hβ N (0. the function h(β) is linear: h(β) = R0 β ˆ ˆ ˆ for some k × q matrix R. 54 . then the natural estimate for the variance of ˆ is θ ˆ0 ˆ ˆ ˆ Vθ = Hβ V Hβ where ∂ ˆ ˆ h(β). . In these cases we can write the parameter of interest as a function of β. Hβ = ∂β In many cases. V ) where ∂ h(β) ∂β (k + 1) × q.15) where 0 Vθ = Hβ V Hβ . Vθ ). By a first-order Taylor series approximation: ³ ´ 0 ˆ ˆ h(β) ' h(β) + Hβ β − β .. The estimate of θ is ˆ = h(β).

θ) β 6. In this case. however. By (6. In general.For example. (For example. 55 . and θ = h(β) is some function of the parameter vector. the standard error for ˆ is the square root of n−1 Vθ .1 tn (θ) →d N (0. that (so θ ˆ ˆ ˆ is. In special cases (such as the normal regression model. s(ˆ = n−1/2 H 0 V Hβ . see Section X). if R is a “selector matrix” R= so that if β = (β 1 . the statistic tn has an exact t distribution. ˆ its estimate and s(ˆ its asymptotic θ θ) standard error.8 t tests Let θ = h(β) : Rk → R be any parameter of interest.16) ¥ Thus the asymptotic distribution of the t-ratio tn (θ) is the standard normal. Since the standard normal distribution does not depend on the parameters. pivotal statistics are unavailable and so we must rely on asymptotically pivotal statistics. we say that tn is an exactly pivotal statistic.8. Vθ ) √ Vθ = N (0. µ I 0 ¶ ˆ the upper-left block of V . θ could be a single element of β). 1) →d ˆ−θ θ . s(ˆ θ) (6. Consider the studentized statistic tn (θ) = Theorem 6.15) tn (θ) = ˆ−θ θ s(ˆ θ) ´ √ ³ˆ n θ−θ q = ˆ Vθ N (0. β 2 ). and is therefore exactly free of unknowns. A simple null and composite hypothesis takes the form H0 : θ = θ0 H1 : θ 6= θ0 where θ0 is some pre-specified value. 1) Proof. we say that tn (θ) is asymptotically pivotal. then θ = R0 β = β 1 and ˆ Vθ = ¡ I 0 ¢ ˆ V µ I 0 ¶ ˆ = V11 . ˆ When q = 1q h(β) is real-valued).

The rejection/acceptance dichotomy is associated with the Neyman-Pearson approach to hypothesis testing. P (1 − p(tn ) ≤ u) establishing that 1 − pn →d U [0. associated with Fisher. Let zα/2 is the upper α/2 quantile of the standard normal distribution. regardless of the complication of the distribution of the original test statistic. in contrast to Neyman-Pearson rejection/acceptance reporting where the researcher picks the level. An alternative approach. Define the tail probability. or “accepts” H0 . Then the asymptotic p-value of the statistic tn is pn = p(tn ). however. under H0 . Either θ ∈ Cn or θ ∈ Cn . if Z ∼ N (0. The asymptotic p-value for the above statistic is constructed as follows. note that the asymptotic distribution of |tn | is F (x) = 1 − p(x). The p-value is more general. so the “unusualness” of the test statistic can be compared to the easy-to-understand uniform distribution. 1]. then P (Z > zα/2 ) = α/2 and P (|Z| > zα/2 ) = α. 6. For example. This is because ¡ ¢ P (reject H0 | H0 true) = P |tn | > zα/2 | θ = θ0 ¢ ¡ → P |Z| > zα/2 = α. and is a function of the data and hence is / random. That is. The coverage probability is P (θ ∈ Cn ). Thus an equivalent statement of a Neyman-Pearson test is to reject at the α% level if and only if pn < α. In a sense. 1). A test of asymptotic significance α rejects H0 if |tn | > zα/2 . That is.96 and z. from which it follows that pn →d U [0. 1).The standard test for H0 against H1 is the t-statistic (or studentized statistic) tn = tn (θ0 ) = ˆ − θ0 θ . Thus P (1 − pn ≤ u) = = P (F (tn ) ≤ u) ¡ ¢ = P |tn | ≤ F −1 (u) ¡ ¢ → F F −1 (u) = u. 1]. z. Otherwise the test does not reject. It is designed to cover θ with high probability. To see this fact. 56 .025 = 1. 1]. tn →d N (0. Another helpful observation is that the p-value function has simply made a unit-free transformation of the test statistic. p-values and hypothesis tests are equivalent since pn < α if and only if |tn | > zα/2 .645. is to report an asymptotic p-value. in that the reader is allowed to pick the level of significance α. s(ˆ θ) Under H0 .05 = 1. or asymptotic p-value function p(t) = P (|Z| > |t|) = 2 (1 − Φ(|t|)) . If the p-value pn is small (close to zero) then the evidence against H0 is strong.9 Confidence Intervals A confidence interval Cn is an interval estimate of θ. pn →d U [0.

or α = .18) .10 Wald Tests Sometimes θ = h(β) is a q × 1 vector. In this case the t-statistic approach does not work. ¢ ¡ ¢ ¡ P (θ ∈ Cn ) = P |tn (θ)| ≤ zα/2 → P |Z| ≤ zα/2 = 1 − α. This corresponds to selecting the confidence h i h ˆ ± 1. ˆ + zα/2 s(ˆ . θ The interval has been constructed so that as n → ∞.17) = ˆ − zα/2 s(ˆ θ and Cn is an asymptotic (1 − α)% confidence interval. and values of θ outside two standard θ errors of the estimated ˆ are considered unlikely or unreasonable candidates for the true value. θ θ) (6. 6. The t-test of the previous setion rejects H0 : θ0 = θ if |tn (θ)| > zα/2 where tn (θ) is the t-statistic (6. Hβ = ∂β The Wald statistic for H0 against H1 is ´0 ³ ´ ³ ˆ θ θ Wn = n ˆ − θ0 Vθ−1 ˆ − θ0 ´0 ³ ´−1 ³ ´ ³ ˆ ˆ ˆ0 ˆ ˆ h(β) − θ0 .16) and zα/2 is the upper α/2 quantile of the standard normal distribution.05. A good method for construction of a confidence interval is the collection of parameter values which are not rejected by a statistical test. A confidence interval is then constructed as the values of θ for which this test does not reject: © ª Cn = θ : |tn (θ)| ≤ zα/2 ( ) ˆ−θ θ = θ : −zα/2 ≤ ≤ zα/2 s(ˆ θ) i h θ).96s(ˆ ≈ ˆ ± 2s(ˆ . and it is desired to test the joint restrictions simultaneously. We have the null and alternative H0 : θ = θ0 H1 : θ 6= θ0 . While there is no hard-and-fast guideline for choosing the coverage probability 1 − α. We say that Cn has asymptotic (1 − α)% coverage for θ if P (θ ∈ Cn ) → 1 − α as n → ∞. = n h(β) − θ0 Hβ V Hβ 57 (6. However we often can calculate the asymptotic coverage probability limn→∞ P (θ ∈ Cn ). Thus values of θ within two standard errors of the estimated interval θ θ) θ θ) ˆ are considered “reasonable” candidates for the true value θ. ˆ The natural estimate of θ is ˆ = h(β) and has asymptotic covariance matrix estimate θ ˆ0 ˆ ˆ ˆ Vθ = Hβ V Hβ where ∂ ˆ ˆ h(β).We typically cannot calculate the exact coverage probability P (θ ∈ Cn ). the most common professional choice isi95%.

then Wn →d χ2 . h(β) = R0 β.2. ˜˜ n ˜ e = Y − X1 β 1 . Vθ ). 6.1 showed θ ˆ that V →p V. Thus Vθ = H 0 V Hβ →p H 0 V Hβ = Vθ > 0 if Hβ has full rank q. the test rejects at the α% level iff pn < α. Hence β β by Theorem A.5.8. The asymptotic p-value for Wn is pn = p(Wn ). Hβ (β) is a continuous function of β. An asymptotic Wald test rejects H0 in favor of H1 if Wn exceeds χ2 (α). Hβ (β) →p Hβ . As before. Also h(β) = a selector matrix.1 Under H0 and Assumption 6. In this case. where p(x) = P χ2 ≥ x is the tail q q probability function of the χ2 distribution. 1] under H0 .3. The Wald test fails to reject if Wn is q 1 ¡ ¢ less than χ2 (α). the covariance What we will show in this section is that if V is replaced with V 0 = σ 2 n−1 X 0 X matrix estimator valid under homoskedasticity. then the Wald statistic can be written in the form ¶ µ 2 ˆ σ − σ2 ˜ Wn = n (6. q and pn is asymptotically U[0. ˆ Wn = n θ θ q θ θ Theorem 6. and there are q = k2 restrictions.When h is a linear function of β. θ = β 2 . Wn = n R0 β − θ0 ´ √ ³ The delta method (6.1.15) showed that n ˆ − θ →d Z ∼ N (0.025 . so by the continuous mapping ˆ ˆ ˆ ˆ ˆ theorem. Furthermore. a chiq square random variable with q degrees of freedom.10. We know that the Wald statistic takes the form 0 Wn = nˆ Vθ−1 ˆ θ ˆ θ ³ ´−1 ˆ ˆ0 ˆ β 2.05) = 3. and Theorem 6.84 = z. The null hypothesis is H0 : β 2 = 0. then the Wald statistic takes the form ´0 ³ ´ ³ ´−1 ³ ˆ ˆ ˆ R0 V R R0 β − θ 0 . χ2 (.19) σ2 ˆ where σ2 = ˜ 1 0 e e.11 F Tests Y = X1 β 1 + X2 β 2 + e Take the linear model where X1 is n × k1 and X2 is n × k2 and k + 1 = k1 + k2 . For example. ˜ 58 ¡ 0 ¢−1 0 ˜ β 1 = X1 X1 X1 Y . the upper-α quantile q 2 of the χ2 distribution. if rank(Hβ ) = q. We have established: ³ ´0 ³ ´ ˆ − θ0 V −1 ˆ − θ0 →d Z 0 V −1 Z = χ2 . = nβ 2 R0 V R R0 β is linear with R = µ 0 I ¶ ¢−1 ¡ ˆ ˆ ˆ .

Because of this connection we call (6. µ e0 e − e0 e ˜˜ ˆˆ e0 e ˆˆ ¶ =n µ σ2 − σ2 ˜ ˆ 2 σ ˆ ¶ . ˆˆ n ˆ e = Y − X β. X2 ). 2 2 2 or alternatively. note that if we regress Y on X1 alone. 59 . Thus ˜ ˆ e=X ˜ ˆ 2 ³ ´0 ³ ´ ˜ ˆ ˜ ˆ e0 e = X2 β 2 + e ˜˜ ˆ ˆ X2 β 2 + e ˆ0 ˜ 0 ˜ ˆ = β 2 X2 X2 β 2 + e0 e ˆˆ 0 0 ˆ ˆ ˆˆ = β X M1 X2 β + e0 e. note that partitioned matrix inversion (2. and σ2 = ˆ 1 0 e e. By the FWL theorem.19) only holds if V 0 = σ 2 n−1 X 0 X ˆ . still this formula often finds good use in reading applied papers. as the sum of squared errors is a typical output from statistical packages. 2 σ ˆ To simplify this expression further. First. Thus ¡ 0 ¢−1 R = X2 M1 X2 and ³ ¡ ´−1 ³ ¢−1 ´−1 ¡ 0 ¢ ˆ = σ −2 n−1 R0 X 0 X ˆ R = σ −2 n−1 X2 M1 X2 ˆ R0 V 0 R ³ ´−1 ˆ0 ˆ ˆ Wn = nβ 2 R0 V 0 R β2 = 0 ˆ ˆ0 β 2 (X2 M1 X2 ) β 2 .19). ˜ ˆ ˜ 2 β 2 + e and X 0 e = 0. Now consider the residual regression of e on X2 = M1 X2 .19) is that it is directly computable from the standard output from two simple OLS regressions. the residual is ˜ ˜ e = M1 Y. ˆ ¡ ¢−1 0 ˆ β = X 0X XY are from OLS of Y on X = (X1 . Also.2) ¢−1 ¡ R = R0 R X 0X 0 µ 0 0 X1 X1 X1 X2 0X 0 X2 1 X2 X2 ¶−1 0 0 where M1 = I − X1 (X1 X1 )−1 X1 . We now derive expression (6. = F = n k2 σ 2 /(n − k) ˆ ¢−1 ¡ ˆ While it should be emphasized that equality (6.19) the F form of the Wald statistic. since ˆ0 0 ˆ β 2 X2 M1 X2 β 2 = e0 e − e0 e. ˜˜ ˆˆ ˆˆ σ 2 = n−1 e0 e ˆ we conclude that Wn = n as claimed. The elegant feature about (6. This statistic is typically reported as an “F-statistic” which is defined as ¡ 2 ¢ σ − σ 2 /k2 ˜ ˆ n − k Wn .are from OLS of Y on X1 .

e ˆ M 0 σ2 M where M = I − X (X 0 X)−1 X 0 . In particular. While there are special cases where this F statistic is useful. 6. This special F statistic is testing the hypothesis that all slope coefficients (other than the intercept) are zero. σ 2 /(n − k) ˆ σ2 = ˜y 1 (y − y)0 (y − y) n is the sample variance of yi . n−k 60 .where In many statistical packages. Then (n − k) s2 σ2 1 0 ee ˆˆ σ2 1 0 e Me = σ2 ∙ ¸ 1 0 In−k 0 eH = H 0e 0 0 σ2 ∙ ¸ In−k 0 0 = u u 0 0 = ∼ χ2 . Let u = σ −1 H 0 e ∼ N (0. under the normality assumption the error vector e is independent of X and ¢ ¡ has distribution N 0. s The spectral decomposition of M yields ¸ ∙ In−k−1 0 H0 M =H 0 0 (see equation (2. In σ 2 . Since linear functions of normals are also normal. introduced in Section 4. there is an exact distribution theory available for the normal linear regression model. when an OLS regression is reported. this implies that conditional on X µ ¶ µ ¶ µ µ 2 0 −1 ¶¶ ˆ β−β (X 0 X)−1 X 0 σ (X X) 0 = e ∼ N 0. it follows ˆ that β is independent of any function of the OLS residuals. equivalently the residual variance from an intercept-only model. This is ¢ ¡ 2 ˆ σ y − σ 2 / (k − 1) ˜ F = . when sample sizes were very small and researchers wanted to know if there was “any explanatory power” to their regression. as sample sizes are typically sufficiently large that this F statistic is highly “significant”. these cases are atypical.3. The modelling assumption that the error ei is independent of xi and N (0.12 Normal Regression Model As an alternative to asymptotic distribution theory. H 0 H) ∼ N (0. This was a popular statistic in the early days of econometric reporting. Since uncorrelated normal variables are independent. This is rarely an issue today. an “F statistic” is reported. In ) .4)) where H 0 H = In . σ 2 ) can be be used to calculate a set of exact distribution results. including the estimated error variance 2.

β and t are approximately normally distributed. so as a practical matter it does not matter which distribution is used. σ2 ˆ 61 .3.) Now let us partition β = (β 1 . β 2 . β 2 . β 2 ) and consider tests of the linear restriction H0 : β 2 = 0 H1 : β 2 6= 0 In the context of parametric models. We summarize these findings Theorem 6. σ ˆ ˆ βj − βj βj − βj N (0.1 If ei is independent of xi and distributed N(0. 0. (Unless the sample size is unreasonably small. σ 2 ) = − log 2πˆ 2 − 2 e0 e ˆˆ 2 2ˆ σ ¡ ¢ n n n = − log σ 2 − log (2π) − . In contrast. σ 2 (X 0 X)−1 • (n−k)s2 σ2 ˆ β j −β j ˆ s(β ) j ∼ χ2 . if standard errors are calculated using the homoskedastic formula (6. 0. β 2 .12. σ 2 ) − Ln (β 1 . Furthermore. which is twice the difference in the log-likelihood function evaluated under the null and alternative hypotheses. The critical values are quite close if n − k ≥ 30.12.1 and Theorem 6. The log-likelihood of this model is ¡ 2¢ n n n ˜ ˜ ˜ Ln (β 1 . 2 2 2 The LR statistic for H0 is ´ ³ ˆ ˆ ˆ ˜ ˜ LR = 2 Ln (β 1 .8.a chi-square distribution with n − k degrees of freedom. 1) jj rh ∼ tn−k = rh i ∼q i = q χ2 ˆ s(β j ) n−k σ2 2 0 X)−1 0 X)−1 (X s (X n−k n−k χn−k jj jj a t distribution with n − k degrees of freedom. 0. ˆ 2 2 2 ˜ ˜ The MLE of the model under the null hypothesis is (β 1 . with residual variance σ . As inference (confidence intervals) are based on the t-ratio. σ 2 ) ¡ ¢¢ ¡ ¡ ¢ ˆ = n log σ 2 − log σ 2 ˜ µ 2¶ σ ˜ = n log . β has an exact normal distribution and t has an exact t distribution. and standard errors are calculated using the homoskedastic formula (6.1 shows that under the strong assumption of ˆ normality. The Gaussian log-likelihood at these estimates is ¡ ¢ n 1 ˆ ˆ ˆ σ Ln (β 1 . σ 2 ) discussed above. The estimator under the alternative is the unrestricted estimator ˆ ˆ ˆ (β 1 . σ 2 ) = − log σ − log (2π) − . n−k • ∼ tn−k ˆ In Theorem 6.1 we showed that in large samples.10) µ h i ¶ 2 (X 0 X)−1 N 0. the notable distinction is between the N (0. σ 2 ). a good testing procedure is based on the likelihood ratio statistic.10) then ´ ³ ˆ • β ∼ N 0. Theorem 6. σ 2 ) where β 1 is the OLS estimate from ˜ 2 ˜ a regression of yi on x1i only. 1) and tn−k distributions.

84 — the probability of a false rejection. Our first-order asymptotic theory is not useful to help pick s. Then the standard Wald test for H0 is ˆ ³ ´2 ˆ β−1 Wn = n .7. This is a context where Monte Carlo simulation can be quite useful as a tool to study and compare the exact distributions statistical procedures in finite samples. as Wn (s) →d χ2 under H0 for 1 any s.13 Problems with Tests of NonLinear Hypotheses While the t and Wald tests work well when the hypothesis is a linear restriction on β. The decreasing dashed ˆ = 1. ˆ Let β and σ 2 be the sample mean and variance of yi . setting n/σ 2 = 10. the statistic Wn (s) varies with s. This is distressing since the choice of s seems arbitrary and irrelevant to the actual hypothesis. This produces random draws from the sampling distribution of interest. This is an unfortunate feature of the Wald statistic. To demonstrate this effect. features of this distribution can be calculated. they can work quite poorly when the restrictions are nonlinear. one feature of importance is the Type I error of the test using the asymptotic 5% critical value 3. LR = n log 1 + 2 − 1 ' n σ ˆ σ2 ˆ the F statistic.4 the Wald statistic Wn (s) as a function ˆ of s. σ 2 s2 β ˆ ˆ While the hypothesis β s = 1 is unaffected by the choice of s. while there are other values of s for which test test statistic is insignificant. we have plotted in Figure 6. Take the model yi = β + ei ei ∼ N (0. σ 2 ) and consider the hypothesis H0 : β = 1. Through repetition. This can be seen by a simple example introduced by Lafontaine and White (1986). It is easy to see that in each case there are values of s for which the line is for the case β test statistic is significant relative to asymptotic critical values. and noting Hβ = sβ s−1 .8. The increasing solid line is for the case β = 0. we find that the standard Wald test for H0 (s) is ´2 ³ s ˆ β −1 Wn (s) = n 2s−2 . Letting h(β) = β s .By a first-order Taylor series approximation ¶ µ 2 ¶ µ σ ˜ σ2 ˜ − 1 = Wn . 6. In the present context of the Wald statistic. The method uses random simulation to create an artificial dataset to apply the statistical tools of interest. σ2 ˆ Now notice that H0 is equivalent to the hypothesis H0 (s) : β s = 1 for any positive integer s. 62 .

remember that the ideal Type I error probability is 5% (. 100 and 500. Rates above 20% are unexceptable. Each row of the table corresponds to a different value of s — and thus corresponds to a particular choice of test statistic. To interpret the table.05) with deviations indicating+ distortion. In Table 2.Figure 6.1 reports the simulation estimate of the Type I error probability from 50.1 you can also see the impact of variation in sample size. and rarely fall outside of the 3%-8% range.4: Wald Statistic as a function of s P (Wn (s) > 3. the only test which meets this criterion is the conventional Wn = Wn (1) test. Test performance deteriorates as s increases. looking for tests for which rate rejection rates are close to 5%. and σ 2 . Table 4. which is not surprising given the dependence of Wn (s) on s as shown in Figure 6.1 we report the results of a Monte Carlo simulation where we vary these three parameters. no magic choice of n for which all tests perform uniformly well. we compare the rates row by row. For this particular example.000 simulated Wald statistics Wn (s) which are larger than 3.84 | β = 1) . Table 4. n. and σ is varied among 1 and 3. There is. however. Typically.1 Type I error Probability of Asymptotic 5% Wn (s) Test 63 . These probabilities are calculated as the percentage of the 50. this probability depends only on s. The value of s is varied from 1 to 10. so these probabilities are Type I error.84. Given the simplicity of the model. In each case. In Table 4. Any other choice of s leads to a test with unacceptable Type I error probabilities. The null hypothesis β s = 1 is true.000 random samples. Error rates avove 10% are considered excessive. When comparing statistical procedures. Type I error rates between 3% and 8% are considered reasonable.4. the Type I error probability improves towards 5% as the sample size n increases. n is varied among 20. The second through seventh columns contain the Type I error probabilities for different combinations of n and σ.

19 .08 .13 . While this is clear in this particular example.07 .24 .08 .35 .20 .13 .06 .12 .20 .000 simulated random samples In this example it is not surprising that the choice s = 1 yields the best test statistic.30 .20) ³ ´1/2 ˆ0 ˆ ˆ so that the standard error for ˆ is s(ˆ = n−1 H1 V H1 θ θ) .14 . define θ = β 1 /β 2 .05 . β 2 ) be the least-squares estimates of (6.06 .11 .15 .05 .07 . 64 .17 .10 . Take the model yi = β 0 + x1i β 1 + x2i β 2 + ei E (xi ei ) = 0 and the hypothesis H0 : β1 =r β2 (6.23 .06 . An alternative statistic can be constructed through reformulating the null hypothesis as H0 : β 1 − rβ 2 = 0.12 .07 . let V be an estimate of the ˆ asymptotic variance matrix for β and set ˆ = β 1 /β 2 .05 .22 .25 .33 .15 . Define θ ˆ ˆ ⎞ ⎛ 0 ⎟ ⎜ ⎟ ⎜ ⎜ 1 ⎟ ⎟ ⎜ ⎜ ˆ ⎟ ˆ H1 = ⎜ β 2 ⎟ ⎟ ⎜ ⎟ ⎜ ⎜ β ⎟ ˆ ⎠ ⎝ − 1 ˆ2 β2 ´ s(ˆ θ) −r .08 . This point can be illustrated through another example. β 1 .34 . Other choices are arbitrary and would not be used in practice. Equivalently.05 .08 .15 .08 .06 .21 .25 .06 . In this case a t-statistic for H0 is t1n = ³ˆ β1 ˆ β2 where r is a known constant.20). in other examples natural choices are not always obvious and the best choices may in fact appear counter-intuitive at first.06 .14 .06 .07 .05 . so the hypothesis can be stated as H0 : θ = r.13 .06 .28 .07 .26 .05 .09 .18 .15 . ˆ ˆ ˆ ˆ ˆ Let β = (β 0 .s 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 Note: σ=1 σ=3 n = 20 n = 100 n = 500 n = 20 n = 100 n = 500 .22 .16 Rejection frequencies from 50.10 .10 .31 .

and normalize β 0 = 0 and β 1 = 1.2. the rejection rates for the linear t2n statistic are invariant to the value of β 2 .15 .00 .50 .06 .00 .00 The one-sided Type I error probabilities P (tn < −1. In all cases.0 and n among 100 and 500.06 . and alternatives to asymptotic critical values should be considered. If no linear formulation is feasible. Ideally.00 .26 .00 .645) t1n t2n t1n t2n t1n t2n t1n t2n .05.06 .06 . the rejection rates for the t1n statistic diverge greatly from this value. . such as the GMM distance statistic which will be presented in Section 9.05 . and are close to the ideal 5% rate for both sample sizes. ei be an independent N (0.05 . The common message from both examples is that Wald statistics are sensitive to the algebraic formulation of the null hypothesis. We let x1i and x2i be mutually independent N (0. We vary β 2 among .06 .05 β2 . −r ⎛ t2n where To compare t1n and t2n we perform another simple Monte Carlo simulation.2 is that the two t-ratios have dramatically different sampling behavior.10 .05 .645) P (tn > 1. It is also prudent to consider alternative tests to the Wald statistic.75.2 Type I error Probability of Asymptotic 5% t-tests n = 100 n = 500 P (tn < −1.06 . In this section we describe the method in more detail.05 .25.05 .14 Monte Carlo Simulation In the previous section we introduced the method of Monte Carlo simulation to illustrate the small sample problems with tests of nonlinear hypotheses.645) are calculated from 50.645) are close to zero in most cases. .10 .06 . The implication of Table 4. In contrast. then the “most linear” formulation should be selected.25 . this formulation should be used. especially for small values of β 2 .07 . σ 2 ) draw with σ = 3.05 . 6.05 .00 . 1) variables.645) P (tn < −1.000 simulated samples.06 . the entries in the table should be 0.10 .645) and P (tn > 1.15 .50.00 .28 .645) greatly exceed 5%. and 1.05 .12 .645) P (tn > 1. The left tail probabilities P (t1n < −1. The results are presented in Table 4.A t-statistic based on this formulation of the hypothesis is ´2 ³ ˆ 1 − rβ 2 ˆ β =³ ´1/2 . along with sample size n. −1 H V H ˆ 2 n 2 ⎞ 0 H2 = ⎝ 1 ⎠ .00 .06 .00 . while the right tail probabilities P (t1n > 1.02 .75 1. Table 4.1. 65 . .05 .09 .00 . This leaves β 2 as a free parameter.47 .7.06 . However. if the hypothesis can be expressed as a linear restriction on the model parameters.

where B is a large number. where games of chance are played. Let θ be a parameter and let Tn = Tn (y1 . x∗ ) . F ) = P (Tnb ≤ x) = P (Tn ≤ x | F ) . From a random sample. B. 1) random numbers. or variance of the distribution ˆ − θ. xi ) which are random draws from a population distribution F. or equivalently the value θ is selected directly by the researcher.. x∗ . They constitute a random sample of size B from the distribution of Gn (x. θ) is calculated on this pseudo data. i = 1.) For step 2. F ) = P (Tn ≤ x | F ) . our data consist of observations (yi . and calculate θ of θ \ ˆ Bias(θ) = B B 1 X 1 Xˆ Tnb = θb − θ B B b=1 b=1 B 1 X \θ) (Tnb )2 M SE(ˆ = B b=1 µ ¶2 \ = M SE(ˆ − Bias(ˆ \θ) \ ˆ V ar(θ) θ) 66 . most computer packages have built-in procedures for generating U [0. ∗ ∗ • The statistic Tn = Tn (y1 .. So the researcher repeats the experiment B times.. (For example. Notationally. The basic idea is that for any given F. which implies restrictions on F . Typically.Recall. the exact (finite sample) distribution Gn is generally unknown. This is useful to investigate the performance of the statistic Tn in reasonable situations and sample sizes. The researcher chooses F (the distribution of the data) and the sample size n. run the above experiment... Clearly. let the b0 th experiment result in the draw Tnb . This is one observation from an unknown distribution. Then the following experiment is conducted ∗ • n independent random pairs (yi . it is important that the statistic be evaluated at the “true” value of θ corresponding to the choice of F. While the asymptotic distribution of Tn might be known. mean-squared error (MSE).. x∗ . For example: Suppose we are interested in the bias. Monte Carlo simulation uses numerical simulation to compute Gn (x... n.. The above experiment creates one random draw from the distribution Gn (x. a chi-square can be generated by sums of squares of normals. for example an estimator ˆ or a t-statistic (ˆ − θ)/s(ˆ The exact distribution of Tn is θ θ θ)... We then set Tn = ˆ − θ. We will discuss this choice later. A “true” value of θ is implied by this choice. yn . F ) for selected choices of F. These results are stored. θ) be a statistic of interest. and from these most random variables can be constructed. 1] and N (0. b = 1. F ). are drawn from the distribution F using i the computer’s random number generator.. The method of Monte Carlo is quite simple to describe. Gn (x. n n For step 1. from one observation very little can be said. . F ) can be calculated numerically through simulation. xn . The name Monte Carlo derives from the famous Mediterranean gambling resort. we set B = 1000 or B = 5000. . we can estimate any feature of interest using (typically) a method of moments estimator. x1 . yn . the distribution function Gn (x.

and . and estimate a multivariate regression. union member. hispanic. Often this is called the number of replications. experience squared. and dummy variable indicators for the following: married. Suppose we are interested in the 5% and 95% quantile of Tn = ˆ We then compute the 10% θ. Hence the ³ ´ ˆ standard errors for B = 100.022.96) . for a selection of choices of n and F. As discussed above. B b=1 (6. We us the sample of wage earners from the March 2004 Current Population Survey. female. and 90% sample quantiles of the sample {Tnb }. 1000. B.007. Again our dependent variable is the natural log of wages. if we are ³ ´ p √ ˆ assessing an asymptotic 5% test.21) is therefore an ³ ´ p ˆ unbiased estimator of P with standard error s P = P (1 − P ) /B. union member. female.96) is iid Bernoulli. we included a dummy 67 . . As P is unknown. then B will have to be increased. excluding military. such as the percentage estimate reported in (6. experience squared. and 5000. and non-white. For example. then we can set s P = (. potential work experience. We would then set Tn = ¯ˆ − θ¯ /s(ˆ and calculate B X ˆ= 1 P 1 (Tnb ≥ 1. and our regressors include years of education. For regressors we include years of education. are. and hispanic. a larger B results in more precise estimates of the features of interest of Gn . For example. In particular. It is therefore convenient to pick B so that N is an integer. and dummy variable indicators for the following: married. and poorly for others. s P = . the performance will depend on n and F.05) (.22/ B. potential work experience. Furthermore. respectively. 6.21) the percentage of the simulated t-ratios which exceed the asymptotic 5% critical value.95) /B ' . immigrant. Since the results of a Monte Carlo experiment are estimates computed from a random sample of size B. but requires more computational time. For the dependent variable we use the natural log of wages. it is simple to make inferences about rejection probabilities from statistical tests. The random variable 1 (Tnb ≥ 1. where N = (B +1)α. an estimator or test may perform wonderfully for some values. If the standard error is too large to make a reliable inference.21). We separately estimate equations for white and non-whites. so that coefficients may be interpreted as semi-elasticities. Generally. The α% sample quantile is a number qα such that α% of the sample are less than qα . The average (6. In many cases. this may ˆ be approximated by replacing P with P or with an hypothesized value. Then qα is the N ’th number in this ordered sequence. It is therefore useful to conduct a variety of experiments.96) . and therefore it is straightforward to calculate standard errors for any quantity of interest. if we set B = 999. The typical purpose of a Monte Carlo simulation is to investigate the performance of a statistical procedure (estimator or test) in realistic settings. equalling 1 with probability P = E1 (Tnb ≥ 1. then the 5% sample quantile is 50’th sorted value and the 95% sample quantile is the 950’th sorted value.15 Estimating a Wage Equation We again return to our wage equation. Quite simply.Suppose we are interested in the ¯Type I error associated with an asymptotic 5% two-sided ¯ ¯ ¯ θ) θ t-test. immigrant. We now expand the sample all non-military wage earners. therefore. the choice of B is often guided by the computational demands of the statistical procedure. the researcher must select the number of experiments. In practice. A simple way to compute sample quantiles is to sort the sample {Tnb } from low to high.003.

Ignoring the other coefficients. Alternatively.1.19) is ˜ µ ¶ µ ¶ σ2 ˆ .4945.808 .032 . the restricted standard deviation estimate is σ = .102 −.00057 .101 .033 −.013 .027 .69. we find Wn = 550. The available sample is 18. θ ˆ 2β 3 β2 . 50 Another interesting question which can be addressed from these estimates is the maximal impact of experience on mean wages.007 . but not equal.121 −. Wn = n 1 − 2 = 18.232 . this adds 50 regressors).808 so the parameter estimates are quite precise and reported in Table 4. reestimating the model with the 50 state dummies excluded.010 .014 .variable for state of residence (including the District of Columbia.00002 . Using either statistic the hypothesis is easily rejected.070 .008 . as the 1% critical value for the χ2 distribution is 76. if β 2 > 0 and β 3 < 0 the solution is θ=− From Table 4. 808 1 − . Computing the Wald statistic (6. Table 4.4877 18.102 −.001 .1 OLS Estimates of Linear Equation for Log(Wage) ˆ β 1.1 we find the point estimate ˆ ˆ = − β 2 = 28. we can write this effect as log(W age) = β 2 Experience + β 3 Experience2 + · · · Our question is: At which level of experience θ do workers achieve the highest wage? In this quadratic model.18) that the state coefficients are jointly zero. The F form of the Wald statistic (6. excluding the coefficients on the state dummy variables. 2β 3 68 .49452 σ ˜ Notice that the two statistics are close.097 −.002 .34 ˆ s(β) .48772 = 515.010 Intercept Education Experience Experience2 Married Female Union Member Immigrant Hispanic Non-White σ ˆ Sample Size R2 One question is whether or not the state dummy variables are relevant.

so we have to go one step further. this is a poor choice. This set is [27. However.9. 29. In the present context we are interested in forming a confidence interval. not testing a hypothesis.40. These t-statistics take the form ˆ ˆ β + 2β 3 θ tn (θ) = ³ 2 ´1/2 ˆ h0 V hθ θ hθ = µ −1 2θ ¶ where ˆ ˆ ˆ and V is the covariance matrix for (β 2 β 3 ). there is not a simple expression for this set. we can calculate a standard error of s(ˆ = . we found better Type I error rates by reformulating the hypothesis as a linear restriction. Our desired confidence interval will be the set of parameter values θ which are not rejected by the hypothesis test.0.96.Using the Delta Method.5]. Since tn (θ) is a non-linear function of θ.5]. This is the set of θ such that |tn (θ)| ≤ 1. 69 . as the coverage probability of this confidence interval is one minus the Type I error of the hypothesis test based on the t-test. implying a 95% confidence θ) interval of [27. 29. Instead. Notice that the upper end of the confidence interval is the same as that from the delta method. but it can be found numerically quite easily. but the lower end is substantially lower. In the previous section we discovered that such t-tests had very poor Type I error rates.

β 2 ). the following definition is used. ˜ (e) Find an appropriate formula to calculate standard errors for the elements of β. Take the model Y = Xβ + e with the restriction R0 β = r where R is a known k × s matrix. 2. In the model Y = Xβ + e. show that the least-squares estimate of β = (β 1 . then ¶ µ ¡ ¢−1 h 0 ¡ 0 ¢−1 i−1 0 ¡ 0 ¢−1 0 ˜ XX R R XX R R X e. ˜ That is. find the asymptotic distribution of √ ³˜ n β − β as n → ∞. and rank(R) = s. In the model Y = X1 β 1 + X2 β 2 + e. β minimizes the sum of squared errors Sn (β) over all β such that the restriction holds. 0 < s < k.16 Exercises For exercises 1-4. 1. In the model Y = X1 β 1 + X2 β 2 + e. subject to the constraint that β 1 = −β 2 .6. ˜ (b) Verify that R0 β = r. β 2 ). the least-squares estimate of β subject to the restriction h(β) = 0 is ˜ β = argmin Sn (β) h(β)=0 Sn (β) = (Y − Xβ)0 (Y − Xβ) . β − β = Ik − X 0 X 70 . subject to the constraint that β 1 = c (where c is some given vector) is simply the OLS regression of Y − X1 c on X2 . (a) Show that the solution is ´ ¢−1 h 0 ¡ 0 ¢−1 i−1 ³ 0 ¡ ˆ ˜ ˆ Rβ−r R R XX R β = β − X 0X ´ h ¡ ¢−1 i−1 ³ 0 ˆ ˆ Rβ−r R λ = R0 X 0 X ¢−1 0 ¡ ˆ XY β = X 0X where is the unconstrained OLS estimator. β 2 ) subject to the constraint that β 2 = 0 is the OLS regression of Y on X1 . Explain why β solves the minimization of the Lagrangian ¢ ¡ 1 L(β. In the model Y = X1 β 1 + X2 β 2 + e. find the least-squares estimate of β = (β 1 . (d) Under the ´ standard assumptions plus R0 β = r. show that the least-squares estimate of β = (β 1 . 4. λ) = Sn (β) + λ0 R0 β − r 2 where λ is s × 1. (c) Show that if R0 β = r is true. r ˜ is a known s × 1 vector. 3.

5. You have two independent samples (Y1 , X1 ) and (Y2 , X2 ) which satisfy Y1 = X1 β 1 + e1 and Y2 = X2 β 2 + e2 , where E (x1i ei1 ) = 0 and E (x2i e2i ) = 0, and both X1 and X2 have k ˆ ˆ columns. Let β 1 and β 2 be the OLS estimates of β 1 and β 2 . For simplicity, you may assume that both samples have the same number of observations n. ´ ´ √ ³³ ˆ ˆ (a) Find the asymptotic distribution of n β 2 − β 1 − (β 2 − β 1 ) as n → ∞. (b) Find an appropriate test statistic for H0 : β 2 = β 1 . (c) Find the asymptotic distribution of this statistic under H0 . 6. The model is yi = x0 β + ei i E (xi ei ) = 0 ¡ ¢ Ω = E xi x0 e2 . i i

ˆ ˆ (a) Find the method of moments estimators (β, Ω) for (β, Ω). ˆ ˆ (b) In this model, are (β, Ω) efficient estimators of (β, Ω)? (c) If so, in what sense are they efficient? 7. Take the model yi = x0 β 1 + x0 β 2 + ei with Exi ei = 0. Suppose that β 1 is estimated by 1i 2i regressing yi on x1i only. Find the probability limit of this estimator. In general, is it consistent for β 1 ? If not, under what conditions is this estimator consistent for β 1 ? 8. Verify that equation (6.13) equals (6.14) as claimed in Section 6.6. 9. Prove that if an additional regressor Xk+1 is added to X, Theil’s adjusted R increases if ˆ ˆ ˆ and only if |tk+1 | > 1, where tk+1 = β k+1 /s(β k+1 ) is the t-ratio for β k+1 and ¡ ¢1/2 ˆ s(β k+1 ) = s2 [(X 0 X)−1 ]k+1,k+1
2

is the homoskedasticity-formula standard error.

10. Let Y be n × 1, X be n × k (rank k). Y = Xβ + e with E(xi ei ) = 0. Define the ridge regression estimator à n !−1 à n ! X X 0 ˆ xi xi + λIk xi yi β=
i=1 i=1

ˆ ˆ where λ > 0 is a fixed constant. Find the probability limit of β as n → ∞. Is β consistent for β?

∗ ∗ 11. Of the variables (yi , yi , xi ) only the pair (yi , xi ) are observed. In this case, we say that yi is a latent variable. Suppose ∗ yi = x0 β + ei i

E (xi ei ) = 0
∗ yi = yi + ui

71

where ui is a measurement error satisfying E (xi ui ) = 0
∗ E (yi ui ) = 0

ˆ Let β denote the OLS coefficient from the regression of yi on xi . (a) Is β the coefficient from the linear projection of yi on xi ? ˆ (b) Is β consistent for β as n → ∞? ´ √ ³ˆ (c) Find the asymptotic distribution of n β − β as n → ∞.

12. The data set invest.dat contains data on 565 U.S. firms extracted from Compustat for the year 1987. The variables, in order, are • Ii Investment to Capital Ratio (multiplied by 100). Total Market Value to Asset Ratio (Tobin’s Q). Cash Flow to Asset Ratio. Long Term Debt to Asset Ratio.

• Qi • Di • Ci

The flow variables are annual sums for 1987. The stock variables are beginning of year. (a) Estimate a linear regression of Ii on the other variables. Calculate appropriate standard errors. (b) Calculate asymptotic confidence intervals for the coefficients. (c) This regression is related to Tobin’s q theory of investment, which suggests that investment should be predicted solely by Qi . Thus the coefficient on Qi should be positive and the others should be zero. Test the joint hypothesis that the coefficients on Ci and Di are zero. Test the hypothesis that the coefficient on Qi is zero. Are the results consistent with the predictions of the theory?
2 (d) Now try a non-linear (quadratic) specification. Regress Ii on Qi , Ci , Di , Q2 , Ci2 , Di , i Qi Ci , Qi Di , Ci Di . Test the joint hypothesis that the six interaction and quadratic coefficients are zero.

13. In a paper in 1963, Marc Nerlove analyzed a cost function for 145 American electric companies. (The problem is discussed in Example 8.3 of Greene, section 1.7 of Hayashi, and the empirical exercise in Chapter 1 of Hayashi). The data file nerlov.dat contains his data. The variables are described on page 77 of Hayashi. Nerlov was interested in estimating a cost function: T C = f (Q, P L, P F, P K). (a) First estimate an unrestricted Cobb-Douglass specification ln T Ci = β 1 + β 2 ln Qi + β 3 ln P Li + β 4 ln P Ki + β 5 ln P Fi + ei . (6.22)

Report parameter estimates and standard errors. You should obtain the same OLS estimates as in Hayashi’s equation (1.7.7), but your standard errors may differ. (b) Using a Wald statistic, test the hypothesis H0 : β 3 + β 4 + β 5 = 1. 72

(c) Estimate (6.22) by least-squares imposing this restriction by substitution. Report your parameter estimates and standard errors. (d) Estimate (6.22) subject to β 3 + β 4 + β 5 = 1 using the restricted least-squares estimator from problem 4. Do you obtain the same estimates as in part (c)? .

73

.... Often the functional form is kept simple for parsimony. The GLS estimator is sometimes called where D = diag{σ 1 i i n i i the Aitken estimator. Typically. σ1 We now discuss this estimation problem.1 Generalized Least Squares In the projection model..2) E (ξ i | xi ) = 0. in the linear regression model yi = x0 β + ei i E (ei | xi ) = 0. A ˆ ˆn feasible GLS (FGLS) estimator replaces the unknown D with an estimate D = diag{ˆ 2 . σ 2 } and σ 2 = σ 2 (x ) = E e2 | x . However. where z1i is some q × 1 function of xi . The GLS estimator (7. the least-squares estimator is inefficient.1) XD Y β = X 0 D−1 X ¡ ¢ 2 . The error ξ i in this regression error ξ i is generally heteroskedastic and has the conditional variance ¡ ¢ V ar (ξ i | xi ) = V ar e2 | xi i ´ ³¡ ¢¢2 ¡ = E e2 − E e2 | xi | xi i i ¡ 4 ¢ ¡ ¡ 2 ¢¢2 = E ei | xi − E ei | xi . we know that the least-squares estimator is semi-parametrically efficient for the projection coefficient. 74 . The theory of Chamberlain (1987) can be used to show that in this model the semiparametric efficiency bound is obtained by the Generalized Least Squares (GLS) estimator ¢−1 ¡ 0 −1 ¢ ¡ ˜ (7.1) infeasible since the matrix D is unknown.. σ 2 }. Then i 0 E (η i | xi ) = α0 + z1i α1 0 η i = α0 + z1i α1 + ξ i and we have the regression equation (7.. Let η i = e2 . z1i are squares (and perhaps levels) of some (or all) elements of xi . Suppose that we model the conditional variance using the parametric form 0 σ 2 = α0 + z1i α1 i = α0 zi .Chapter 7 Additional Regression Topics 7. .

σ 2 } σ1 ˜n and ³ ´−1 ˜ ˜ ˜ β = X 0 D−1 X X 0 D−1 Y.3) ˆ ˆ While ei is not observed. This is the feasible GLS. Then ˆ ¢−1 0 ¡ Zη ˆ α = Z 0Z ˜ (7. One typical problem with implementation of FGLS estimation is that in a linear regression ˜i specification. which is typically undesirable. we have the OLS residual ei = yi − x0 β = ei − x0 (β − β). or FGLS. there is no guarantee that σ 2 > 0 for all i.4) the skedastic regression. estimator of β. xi ).. ³ ´ ˆ ˆ ˆ = −2ei x0 β − β + (β − β)0 xi x0 (β − β) i i say. and will depend on the model (and estimation method) for the skedastic regression.4) ¡ ¢−1 −1/2 0 √ √ n (˜ − α) = n (ˆ − α) + n−1 Z 0 Z α α n Zφ →d N (0.5) ˆ Thus the fact that η i is replaced with η i is asymptotically irrelevant. We may call (7. ˜i Suppose that σ 2 > 0 for all i. Vα = E zi zi (7. Then set ˜i ˜ D = diag{˜ 2 . then the FGLS estimator will force ˜i the regression equation through the point (yi . Since there is not a unique specification for the conditional variance the FGLS estimator is not unique. Thus ˆ i i η − η i = e2 − e2 ˆ ˆi i = φi . Furthermore. We have shown that α is consistently estimated by a simple procedure.. This suggests 75 . as it is estimating the conditional variance of the regression of yi on xi .6) σ 2 = α0 zi . If σ 2 < 0 for some i. Note that n n n ´ 1X √ ³ √ −2 X 1 X ˆ ˆ ˆ √ zi φi = zi ei x0 n β − β + zi (β − β)0 xi x0 (β − β) n i i n n n i=1 i=1 i=1 →p 0 Let be from OLS regression of η i on zi . if σ 2 ≈ 0 for some i. Vα ) α ¡ ¡ 0 ¢¢−1 ¡ 0 2 ¢ ¡ ¡ 0 ¢¢−1 E zi zi ξ i E zi zi . and hence we can estimate 0 σ 2 = zi α by i ˜ (7. then the FGLS ˜i estimator is not well defined. Vα ) (7.Suppose ei (and thus η i ) were observed.. . Then we could estimate α by OLS: ¢−1 0 ¡ Z η →p α α = Z 0Z ˆ and where √ n (ˆ − α) →d N (0.

then FGLS is asymptotically equivalent to GLS.2) is correctly specified. This estimator V 0 is appropriate when the skedastic regression (7. This is an estimator which is robust to misspecification of the condie1 ˆn tional variance. β should perhaps be i i called a quasi-FGLS estimator of β.1 If the skedastic regression is correctly specified. FGLS estimation depends on specification and estimation of the skedastic regression. In the linear regression model. Instead. This may be written as !−1 à n !à n !−1 à n 1 X −4 2 0 1 X −2 0 1 X −2 0 ˜ σ i xi xi ˜ σ i ei xi xi ˜ ˆ σ i xi xi ˜ V = n n n i=1 i=1 i=1 ³ ´−1 ³ ´³ ´−1 ˜ ˜ ˆ˜ ˜ X 0 D−1 DD−1 X X 0 D−1 X = n X 0 D−1 X ˜ which is consistent for V as n → ∞. ´ √ ³ ˜ ˜ n β GLS − β F GLS →p 0.that there is a need to bound the estimated variances away from zero. and it may be estimated with considerable 76 V takes a sandwich form√. and was proposed by Cragg (Journal of Econometrics. V = E σ −2 xi x0 i i ˆ where D = diag{ˆ2 . . FGLS is asymptotically superior to OLS.1.. V n n i=1 . e2 }. ´´−1 ³ ³¡ ´´−1 ³ ³¡ ¢−1 ¢−2 2 0 ´´ ³ ³¡ 0 ¢−1 E α0 zi E α zi xi x0 σ i xi xi xi x0 .. and thus where ´ √ ³ ˜ n β F GLS − β →d N (0.1. V ˜ An appropriate solution is to use a White-type estimator in place of V 0 . i ˜ 0 is inconsistent for V . σ 2 ] σi i for some σ 2 > 0. Since the form of the skedastic regression is unknown. the natural estimator of the asympˆ totic variance of β is à n !−1 µ ¶−1 1 X −2 0 1 0 ˜ −1 ˜0 = XD X σ i xi xi ˜ = . Theorem 7. V = E α0 zi i i Examining the asymptotic distribution of Theorem 7. Unless σ 2 = α0 zi . but the proof of this can be tricky.. 1992).1.1. ¢¢−1 ¡ ¡ . There are three reasons. V ).1. It may be the case that α0 zi is only an approximation to the true conditional variance σ 2 = i ˜ E(e2 | xi ). It is possible to show that if the skedastic regression is correctly specified. Its asymptotic variance is not that given in Theorem 7. Why then do we not exclusively estimate regression models by FGLS? This is a good question. We just state the result without proof. similar to the covariance matrix of the OLS estimator. In this case we interpret α0 zi as a linear projection of e2 on zi . First. A trimming rule might make sense: σ 2 = max[˜ 2 .

however. The main differences between popular “tests” is which transformations of xi enter zi . In this case.3 Forecast Intervals m(x) = E (yi | xi = x) = x0 β. but the only difference is that they a ¢ allowed for general choice of zi .5) and the asymptotic variance (7. In the linear regression model the conditional mean of yi given xi = x is 77 . and this requires trimming to solve. as they will be estimating two different projections. It is consistent not only in the regression model. and all cross-products. If i this simplification is replaced by the standard formula (under independence of the error). q Most tests for heteroskedasticity take this basic form. Vα = E zi zi (7. on the other hand. Third.3) for α simplifies to ¡ ¡ 0 ¢¢−1 ¡ 2 ¢ E ξi .2).2. 7. its squares. the two tests coincide. we impose the stronger hypothesis and test the hypothesis that ei is independent of xi . OLS is a more robust estimator of the parameter vector. FGLS will do worse than OLS in practice. then the OLS and FGLS estimators will converge in probability to different limits. BreuschPagan (1979) proposed what might appear to be ¡ distinct test. but also under the assumptions of linear projection. Typically.4). and replaced E ξ 2 with 2σ 4 which holds when ei is N(0. The point is that the efficiency gains from FGLS are built on the stronger assumption of a correct conditional mean. Second. The asymptotic distribution (7.7) Hence the standard test of H0 is a classic F (or Wald) test for exclusion of all regressors from the skedastic regression (7. White (1980) proposed that the test for heteroskedasticity be based on setting zi to equal all non-redundant elements of xi . in which case ξ i is ˜ independent of xi and the asymptotic variance (7.error.2 Testing for Heteroskedasticity ¢ ¡ The hypothesis of homoskedasticity is that E e2 | xi = σ 2 . and the cost is a reduction of robustness to misspecificatio 7. σ 2 ). individual estimated conditional variances may be negative. We may therefore test this hypothesis by the estimation (7. and not a conditional mean.7) under independence show that this test has an asymptotic chi-square distribution. Theorem 7.1 Under H0 and ei independent of xi . And the FGLS probability limit will depend on the particular function selected for the skedastic regression. require the assumption of a correct conditional mean. or equivalently that i H0 : α1 = 0 in the regression (7. If the equation of interest is a linear projection. The GLS and FGLS estimators. the Wald test of H0 is asymptotically χ2 . This hypothesis does not imply that ξ i is independent of xi . Motivated by the form of the asymptotic variance ˆ of the OLS estimator β. the estimated conditional variances may contain more noise than information about the true conditional variances. This introduces an element of arbitrariness which is unsettling to empirical researchers.4) and constructing a Wald statistic.

Given the difficulty. Letting h(β) = x0 β and θ = h(β). p h i ˆ ˆ x0 β ± 2 n−1 x0 V x . which is a much more difficult task. We would also like a measure of uncertainty for ˆ the forecast. As the out-of-sample error ei is ˆ ˆ independent of the in-sample estimate β.g. Thus an asymptotic 95% confidence interval for m(x) is θ) It is interesting to observe that if this is viewed as a function of x. e. We describe this setting as non-linear regression.In some cases. σ 2 ). A point forecast ˆ is the estimated conditional mean m(x) = x0 β. the natural estimate of this variance is σ 2 + n−1 x0 V x. q 2 0 0 ˆ ˜ ˆ ˜ σ (x) = α z from (7. which is generally invalid. ³ ´ ˆ ˆ The forecast error is ei = yi − m(x) = ei − x0 β − β . In general. s 7. 78 . In the present case. s(x) ˆ But no such asymptotic approximation can be made. we need to estimate the conditional distribution of ei given xi = x. ¡ ¢ ˆ Assuming E e2 | xi = σ 2 . Notice that this is different from the standard ˆ ˆ error for the conditional mean. we may want to forecast (guess) yi out-of-sample. the width of the confidence set is dependent on x. Notice that this is a (linear) ˆ ˆ θ function of β. but this turns out to be incorrect. For a given value of xi = x.6). the validity of an asymptotic confidence interval is based on the asymptotic normality of the studentized ratio. so a standard ˆ i p ˆ error for the forecast is s(x) = σ 2 + n−1 x0 V x. this has variance ³ ´³ ´0 ¡ ¢ ˆ ˆ Eˆ2 = E e2 | xi = x + x0 E β − β β − β x ei i = σ 2 (x) + n−1 x0 V x.4 NonLinear Least Squares In some cases we might use a parametric regression function m(x. many applied forecasters focus h i ˆ on the simple approximate interval x0 β ± 2ˆ(x) . To get an accurate forecast interval. then the forecast standard error is s(x) = σ 2 (x) + n−1 x0 V x ˜ It would appear natural to conclude that an asymptotic 95% forecast interval for yi is i h ˆ s x0 β ± 2ˆ(x) . we want to estimate m(x) at a particular point x. If we have an estimate of the conditional variance function. θ) = E (yi | xi = x) which is a non-linear function of the parameters θ. A reasonable rule is the conditional mean m(x) as it is the mean-square-minimizing forecast. The only special exception is the case where ei has the exact distribution N (0. so p ˆ s(ˆ = n−1 x0 V x. we see that m(x) = ˆ = x0 β and Hβ = x. this would require the asymptotic normality of the ratio ³ ´ ˆ ei − x0 β − β .

θ) = ∂θ Nonlinear regression is frequently adopted because the functional form m(x. it is adopted as a flexible approximation to an unknown regression function. θ)ˆ (7.8) Theorem 7. θ) is (generically) differentiable in the parameters θ. In other cases. When it exists. θ) = θ1 + θ2 x + θ4 (x − θ3 ) 1 (x > θ3 ) µ ¶ m(x. The NLLS residuals are ei = yi − m(xi . then the FOC for minimization are 0= n X i=1 mθ (xi . estimator. This can be done using arguments θ for optimization estimators. ˆ ˆ One motivation for the choice of NLLS as the estimation method is that the parameter θ is the solution to the population problem minθ E (yi − m(xi . θ))2 Since sum-of-squared-errors function Sn (θ) is not quadratic. θ) = G(x0 θ). θ))2 . θ). θi 79 . When m(x. ˆ is close to θ θ θ0 for n large. m is not differentiable with respect to θ3 . θ) = θ1 + θ2 exp(θ3 x) m(x. θ) = (θ1 + θ2 x1 ) 1 (x2 < θ3 ) + (θ4 + θ5 x1 ) 1 (x2 > θ3 ) In the first five examples. θ0 ). θ) is differentiable with respect to θ. mθ (x. m(x. The least squares estimator ˆ minimizes the sum-of-squared-errors θ Sn (θ) = n X i=1 (yi − m(xi . G known x2 − θ5 m(x. Since ˆ →p θ0 . In the final two examples.4. θ) = θ1 + θ2 x1 + (θ3 + θ4 x1 ) Φ θ6 m(x. ´ √ ³ n ˆ − θ0 →d N (0. θ) is suggested by an economic model.1 If the model is identified and m(x. it must be shown that ˆ →p θ0 . First. we call this the nonlinear least squares (NLLS) θ). θ) = θ1 + θ2 m(x. V ) θ where mθi = mθ (xi . but we won’t cover that argument here. See Appendix E. When the regression function is nonlinear. ¢¢−1 ¡ ¡ ¢¢ ¡ ¡ ¢¢−1 ¡ ¡ E mθi m0 e2 E mθi m0 V = E mθi m0 θi θi i θi Sketch of Proof. which alters some of the analysis. Let 0 yi = ei + m0 θ0 . so the minimization of Sn (θ) only needs to be examined for θ close to θ0 .Examples of nonlinear regression functions include x 1 + θ3 x m(x. ˆ ei . θ) = θ1 + θ2 xθ3 m(x. let ∂ m(x. ˆ must be found by numerical θ methods. θ) is differentiable.

m(xi . ˆ and ei = yi − m(xi . This renders the distribution theory presented in the previous section invalid. Thus the NLLS 0 estimator ˆ has the same asymptotic distribution as the (infeasible) OLS regression of yi on mθi . the parameter estimates are not asymptotically normally distributed. An alternative good measure is the conditional median.5 Least Absolute Deviations We stated that a conventional goal in econometrics is estimation of impact of variation in xi on the central tendency of yi . Furthermore. ˆ ˆ θ) ˆ θ). θ))2 ' n X¡ ¢2 0 yi − m0 θ θi i=1 0 and the right-hand-side is the SSE function for a linear regression of yi on mθi . Hansen (1996). and this is often a useful hypothesis (sub-model) to consider. Suppose that m(xi . However. Thus when the truth is that β 2 = 0. θ) ' m(xi . an estimate of the asymptotic variance V is ˆ V = Ã 1X mθi m0 ˆ ˆ θi n i=1 n !−1 Ã 1X mθi m0 e2 ˆ ˆ θi ˆi n i=1 n !Ã 1X mθi m0 ˆ ˆ θi n i=1 n !−1 where mθi = mθ (xi . the model is yi = β 0 zi + εi 1 and both β 2 and γ have dropped out. tests of H0 do not have asymptotic normal or chi-square distributions. We have discussed projections and conditional means. 7. This means that under H0 . The asymptotic theory of such tests have been worked out by Andrews and Ploberger (1994) and B. Thus we want to test H0 : β 2 = 0. 80 . θ0 ) + m0 (θ − θ0 ) θi = ei − m0 (θ − θ0 ) θi 0 = yi − m0 θ. under H0 . Identification is often tricky in nonlinear regression models. θ) = β 0 zi + β 0 xi (γ). but these are not the only measures of central tendency. θi Thus ¡ ¢ yi − m(xi . θi Hence the sum of squared errors function is Sn (θ) = n X i=1 (yi − m(xi . θ which is that stated in the theorem. θ) ' (ei + m(xi . ¥ Based on Theorem 7.1.4. γ is not identified. θ0 )) − m(xi . In particular. θ0 ) + m0 (θ − θ0 ) . by a first-order Taylor series approximation.For θ close to the true value θ0 . 1 2 The model is linear when β 2 = 0. Hansen shows how to use simulation (similar to the bootstrap) to construct the asymptotic critical values (or p-values) in a given application.

i n n i=1 (7. The second is the value which minimizes n n |yi − θ| .10) The LAD estimator has the asymptotic distribution 81 . let Y be a continuous random variable.To recall the definition and properties of the median. The median θ0 = M ed(Y ) is the value such that P (Y ≤ θ0 ) = P (Y ≥ θ0 ) = . The linear median regression model takes the form yi = x0 β + ei i M ed (ei | xi ) = 0 In this model.5. Now let’s consider the conditional median of Y given a random variable X.5 • E (sgn (ei ) | xi ) = 0 • E (xi sgn (ei )) = 0 • β 0 = minβ E |yi − x0 β| i These facts motivate the following estimator. and the substantive assumption is that the median function is linear in x. it is a solution to the moment condition ³ ´ 1X ˆ xi sgn yi − x0 β = 0. Let m(x) = M ed (Y | X = x) denote the conditional median of Y given X = x. Let ¯ 1 X¯ ¯yi − x0 β ¯ Ln (β) = i n i=1 n be the average of absolute deviations. as i=1 these estimators are indeed identical. The first definition is the 50th empirical 1 P quantile. and the third definition is the i=1 1 P solution to the moment equation n n sgn (yi − θ) . and let M ed (Y | X) = m(X) be this function evaluated at the random variable X. Conditional analogs of the facts about the median are • P (yi ≤ x0 β 0 | xi = x) = P (yi > x0 β | xi = x) = . however. These distinctions are illusory. Two useful facts about the median are that (7.9) θ0 = argmin E |Y − θ| θ and E sgn (Y − θ0 ) = 0 where sgn (u) = ½ 1 −1 if u ≥ 0 if u < 0 is the sign function. The least absolute deviations (LAD) estimator of β minimizes this function ˆ β = argmin Ln (β) β Equivalently. the linear function M ed (yi | xi = x) = x0 β is the conditional median function. These facts definitions motivate three estimators of θ.

We need where g n (β) = n i i=1 gi (β) and gi (β) = xi (1 − 2 · 1 (yi ≤ xi three preliminary result. First. where V = and f (e | x) is the conditional density of ei given xi = x. See Chapter 16. ¢¢−1 ¡ ¢¢−1 ¢¡ ¡ 1¡ ¡ 0 Exi x0 E xi x0 f (0 | xi ) E xi xi f (0 | xi ) i i 4 The variance of the asymptotic distribution inversely depends on f (0 | x) . While a complete proof of Theorem 7. the height of the error density at its median. then there are many innovations near to the median. ∂ g(β) = ∂β 0 ¡ ¡ ¢¢ ∂ 0 0 Exi 1 − 2 · 1 yi ≤ xi β ∂β £ ¡ ¡ ¢ ¢¤ ∂ = −2 0 E xi E 1 ei ≤ x0 β − x0 β 0 | xi i i ∂β " Z 0 # xi β−x0 β 0 i ∂ = −2 0 E xi f (e | xi ) de ∂β −∞ £ ¢¤ ¡ = −2E xi x0 f x0 β − x0 β 0 | xi i i i £ 0 ¤ ∂ 0 g(β 0 ) = −2E xi xi f (0 | xi ) .5. and this improves estimation of the median. Pn −1 0 β)) .5. the conditional density of the error at its median. ˆ Proof of Theorem 7.11). In the special case where the error is independent of xi .3. V ). Let g(β) = Eg (β). by the central limit theorem (Theorm 5. ∂β 0 so Third.5. ∂β ˆ g(β) ' ´ ³ ∂ ˆ g(β 0 ) β − β 0 . by a Taylor series expansion and the fact g(β 0 ) = 0 82 .10) is equivalent to g n (β) = 0. The main difficulty is the estimation of f (0). Computation of standard error for LAD estimates typically is based on equation (7.1 ´ √ ³ˆ n β − β 0 →d N (0. (7. then f (0 | x) = f (0) and the asymptotic variance simplifies V = (Exi x0 )−1 i 4f (0)2 (7. When f (0 | x) is large. Second using the law of iterated expectations and the chain rule of i differentiation. Exi x0 ) i i=1 since Egi (β 0 )gi (β 0 )0 = Exi x0 . This can be done with kernel estimation techniques. we provide a sketch here for completeness.Theorem 7.1 is advanced.1) n X √ −1/2 n (g n (β 0 ) − g(β 0 )) = −n gi (β 0 ) →d N (0.11) This simplification is similar to the simplification of the asymptotic covariance of the OLS estimator under homoskedasticity.1: Since sgn (a) = 1 − 2 · 1 (a ≤ 0) .

when F (y | x) is continuous and strictly monotonic in y. The quantile Qτ is the value such that τ (percent) of the mass of the distribution is less than Qτ .Together ´ √ ³ ˆ n β − β0 ' ' ¶−1 √ ∂ ˆ ng(β) 0 g(β 0 ) ∂β ´ ¡ £ ¤¢−1 √ ³ ˆ ˆ = −2E xi x0 f (0 | xi ) n g(β) − g n (β) i µ ¤¢−1 √ 1¡ £ 0 n (g n (β 0 ) − g(β 0 )) E xi xi f (0 | xi ) 2 ¤¢−1 1¡ £ 0 E xi xi f (0 | xi ) N (0. However for computational convenience it is typical to assume that they are (approximately) linear in x (after suitable transformations). For fixed τ .5. The following alternative representation is useful. Exi x0 ) →d i 2 = N (0.6 Quantile Regression The method of quantile regression has become quite popular in recent econometric practice. Again. (7.12) Qτ = argmin Eρτ (U − θ) . If the random variable U has τ ’th quantile Qτ . xi ) with conditional distribution function F (y | x) the conditional quantile function qτ (x) is Qτ (x) = inf {y : F (y | x) ≥ τ } . The third line follows from an asymptotic empirical process argument. We then have the linear quantile regression model yi = x0 β τ + ei i 83 . then (7.13) This generalizes representation (7.9) for the median to all quantiles. so you can think of the quantile as the inverse of the distribution function. This linear specification assumes that Qτ (x) = β 0 x where the coefficients β τ τ vary across the quantiles τ . ¥ 7. the quantile regression functions can take any shape. V ). then F (Qτ (x) | x) = τ . As functions of x. For τ ∈ [0. the quantile regression function qτ (x) describes how the τ ’th quantile of the conditional distribution varies with the regressors. For the random variables (yi . The median is the special case τ = . θ where ρτ (q) is the piecewise linear function ½ −q (1 − τ ) q<0 ρτ (q) = qτ q≥0 = q (τ − 1 (q < 0)) . then F (Qτ ) = τ . 1] the τ ’th quantile Qτ of a random variable with distribution function F (u) is defined as Qτ = inf {u : F (u) ≥ τ } When F (u) is continuous and strictly monotonic.

fast linear programming methods have been developed for this problem.where ei is the error defined to be the difference between yi and its τ ’th conditional quantile x0 β τ .7 Testing for Omitted NonLinearity If the goal is to estimate the conditional expectation E (yi | xi ) . The null model is yi = x0 β + εi i 84 . then f (0 | xi ) = f (0) . Fortunately. the τ ’th conditional quantile of ei is zero. ´ √ ³ˆ Theorem 7. E xi xi f (0)2 A recent monograph on the details of quantile regression is Koenker (2005). ˆ Given the representation (7. it is useful to have a general test of the adequacy of the specification. Another popular approach is the RESET test proposed by Ramsey (1969). One simple test for neglected nonlinearity is to add nonlinear functions of the regressors to ˆ ˆ the regression. the asymptotic variance depends on the conditional density of the quantile regression error.13). and form a Wald statistic i for γ = 0. and we have the simplification Vτ = τ (1 − τ ) ¡ ¡ 0 ¢¢−1 . the quantile regression estimator β τ for β τ solves the minimization problem ˆ β τ = argmin Lτ (β) n β∈Rk n where Lτ (β) = n and ρτ (q) is defined in (7. Thus. let zi = h(xi ) denote functions of xi which are not linear functions of xi (perhaps 0˜ ˜ ˜ squares of non-binary regressors) and then fit yi = x0 β +zi γ + ei by OLS. and test their significance using a Wald test. 7. Since the quanitle regression criterion function Lτ (β) does not have an algebraic solution. where and f (e | x) is the conditional density of ei given xi = x. the unconditional density of ei at 0. Furthermore. ¡ ¡ ¢¢−1 ¡ ¢¢−1 ¢¡ ¡ Exi x0 E xi x0 f (0 | xi ) Vτ = τ (1 − τ ) E xi x0 f (0 | xi ) i i i ¢ 1X ¡ ρτ yi − x0 β i n i=1 In general. n numerical methods are necessary for its minimization. otherwise its properties are unspecified without further restrictions.5. if the model yi = x0 β + ei has i been fit by OLS. conventional Newton-type optimization methods are inappropriate. and are widely available. Vτ ). since it has discontinuous derivatives. When the error ei is independent of xi .1. i By construction.12). A asymptotic distribution theory for the quantile regression estimator can be derived using similar arguments as those for the LAD estimator in Theorem 7.1 n β τ − β τ →d N (0.6.

β 2 ). If Q12 = 0 (so the variables are orthogonal) then these two variance matrices equal. ⎟ zi = ⎝ . Typically. One estimator of β 1 is to regress 0 0 ˜ yi on x1i alone. In this case i ¡ ¢−1 2 ˜ σ = Q−1 σ 2 . Another is to regress yi on x1i and x2i jointly. yi ˆm (7. However. To see why this is the case. Otherwise. Now let ˆ i ⎛ 2 ⎞ yi ˆ ⎜ . yielding predicted values yi = x0 β.8 Irrelevant Variables yi = x0 β 1 + x0 β 2 + ei 1i 2i E (xi ei ) = 0. or 4 seem to work best. yielding ˆ ˜ ˆ ˆ (β 1 . 7. small values such as m = 2. In the model x2i is “irrelevant” if β 1 is the parameter of interest and β 2 = 0. To implement the test. Q−1 σ 2 < Q11 − Q12 Q−1 Q21 11 22 85 ¡ ¡ ¢ ¢−1 2 ¡ ¢−1 2 ˆ lim nV ar(β 1 ) = Ex1i x0 − Ex1i x0 Ex2i x0 Ex2i x0 σ = Q11 − Q12 Q−1 Q21 σ . and n→∞ say. m must be selected in advance. ⎠ . and the two estimators have equal asymptotic efficiency.be an (m − 1)-vector of powers of yi . β 1 = (X1 X1 )−1 (X1 Y ) .14) by OLS. since Q12 Q−1 Q21 > 0. It is easy (although somewhat tedious) to show that under the null hypothesis. The comparison between the two estimators is straightforward when the error is conditionally ¢ ¡ homoskedastic E e2 | xi = σ 2 . Thus the null is rejected at the α% level if Wn m−1 exceeds the upper α% tail critical value of the χ2 m−1 distribution. 3. then 22 Q11 > Q11 − Q12 Q−1 Q21 . lim nV ar( β 1 ) = Ex1i x0 1i 11 n→∞ say.14) may be written as ³ ´3 ³ ´m ³ ´2 ˜ ˆ ˜ ˆ ˜ ˆ yi = x0 β + x0 β γ 1 + x0 β γ 2 + · · · x0 β γ m−1 + ei ˜ ˜ i i i i which has essentially approximated G(·) by a m’th order polynomial. they will (typically) have difference asymptotic variances. Under which conditions is β 1 or β 1 superior? It is easy to see that both estimators are consistent for β 1 . Then run the auxiliary regression ˆ 0 ˜ yi = x0 β + zi γ + ei ˜ ˜ i ˆ which is estimated by OLS. The RESET test appears to work well as a test of functional form against a wide range of smooth alternatives. note that (7. and consequently 22 ¡ ¢−1 2 σ . Wn →d χ2 . 1i 2i 2i 1i 22 . and form the Wald statistic Wn for γ = 0. It is particularly powerful at detecting single-index models of the form yi = G(x0 β) + εi i where G(·) is a smooth “link” function.

A model selection procedure is consistent if ´ ³ c → 1 P M = M1 | M1 ³ ´ c P M = M2 | M2 → 1 86 . How does a researcher go about selecting an econometric specification. We conclude that the inclusion of irrelevant variable reduces estimation efficiency if these variables are correlated with the relevant variables. take the model yi = β 0 + β 1 xi + ei and suppose that β 0 = 0. we see that β 1 has a lower asymptotic variance. there is no clear ranking of the efficiency of the ˜ restricted estimator β 1 versus the unrestricted estimator. To fix notation. There are many possible desirable properties for a model selection procedure. In the absence of the homoskedasticity assumption. we will on ˆ1 ¡ occasion use the homoskedasticity assumption E e2 | x1i . and β 1 0 (The least-squares estimate with the intercept omitted. We thus consider the question of the inclusion of X2 in the linear regression Y = X1 β 1 + X2 β 2 + ε. as the larger problem can be written as a sequence of such comparisons. ..7). However. In many cases the problem of model selection can be reduced to the comparison of two nested models. i A model selection procedure is a data-dependent rule which selects one of the two models. Y = X1 β 1 + X2 β 2 + ε. the question. estimate of β 1 from the unconstrained model. x Then under (6. estimated ˆ ˆ ˆ2 the variances σ 2 and σ 2 . For example. In contrast. etc. x2i = σ 2 .. n→∞ σx ˜ When µ 6= 0. E (ε | X1 . xK ) enters the regression function E(yi | x1i = x1 . X2 ) = 0 Note that M1 ⊂ M2 . ˆ For example. E (ε | X1 . “Which subset of (x1 . and E (xi − µ)2 = σ 2 .9 Model Selection In earlier sections we discussed the costs and benefits of inclusion/exclusion of variables. It is important that the model selection question be well-posed.). We c can write this as M. To simplify some of ¢ statistical discussion. we say that M2 is true if β 2 6= 0. where X1 is n × k1 and X2 is n × k2 . Let β 1 be the ˜ be the estimate under the constraint β = 0. that it selects the true model with probability one if the sample is sufficiently large.. To be concrete. Let Exi = µ.. with residual vectors e1 and e2 . xKi = xK )?” is well posed.. because it does not make clear the conditioning set. when economic theory does not provide complete guidance? This is the question of model selection.. σ2 ˜ lim nV ar( β 1 ) = 2 n→∞ σ x + µ2 while σ2 ˆ lim nV ar( β 1 )−1 = 2 .˜ ˆ This means that β 1 has a lower asymptotic variance matrix than β 1 . models 1 and 2 are estimated by OLS. this result can be reversed when the error is conditionally heteroskedastic. 7.. respectively. This is equivalent to the comparison of the two models M1 : M2 : Y = X1 β 1 + ε. One useful property is consistency. . the question: “What is the right model for y?” is not well posed. X2 ) = 0.

it is more appropriate to view model selection as determining the best finite sample approximation. the BIC places a larger penalty than the AIC on the number of estimated parameters and is more parsimonious. as ³ ´ c P M = M1 | M1 → 1 − α < 1. The model selection rule is as follows.16) LRn = n log σ 2 − log σ 2 ' Wn →d χ22 . as the rule tends to overfit. depending on the sample size. since under M1 . Indeed. A common approach to model selection is to base the decision on a statistical test such as the Wald Wn . ¢ ¡ ˆ1 ˆ2 (7. For some critical level α. LRn →p 0. etc. M)) between the true density and the model density. Another common approach to model selection is to to a selection criterion.17) Since log(n) > 2 (if n > 8). based on Bayesian arguments. Then select M1 if Wn ≤ cα . k A major problem with this approach is that the critical level α is indeterminate. If the truth is infinite dimensional. ˆm The AIC can be derived as an estimate of the KullbackLeibler information distance K(M) = E (log f (Y | X) − log f (Y | X. then P M ´ ³ c 1 − α but P M = M2 | M2 could vary dramatically. let cα satisfy ¢ ¡ P χ22 > cα . Indeed. is ¡ ¢ km ˆm BICm = log σ 2 + log(n) . else select M2 . That is. The AIC for model m is ¡ ¢ km ˆm AICm = log σ 2 + 2 . BIC model selection is consistent.However.15) then where σ 2 is the variance estimate for model m. else select M2 . k = While many modifications of the AIC have been proposed. then this model selection procedure is inconsistent. since (7. In contrast to the AIC. His criterion. known as the BIC. Another problem is that if α is held fixed. n (7. this rule only makes sense when the true model is finite dimensional. The reasoning which helps guide the choice of α in hypothesis testing (controlling Type I error) is ´ not ³ c = M1 | M1 ≈ relevant for model selection. if α is set to be a small number. log(n) 87 . The rule is to select M1 if AIC1 < AIC2 . One popular choice is the Akaike Information Criterion (AIC). the most popular to be one proposed by Schwarz. n (7.16) holds under M1 . AIC selection is inconsistent. k ´ ³ c P M = M1 | M1 P (AIC1 < AIC2 | M1 ) µ ¶ k1 k1 + k2 2 2 σ | M1 = P log(ˆ 1 ) + 2 < log(ˆ 2 ) + 2 σ n n = P (LRn < 2k2 | M1 ) ¡ ¢ → P χ22 < 2k2 < 1. and km is the number of coefficients in the model.

. We have discussed model selection between two models. 88 . In the unordered case. In the ordered case. a model consists of any possible subset of the regressors {x1i .so ´ ³ c P M = M1 | M1 = = P (BIC1 < BIC2 | M1 ) P (LRn < log(n)k2 | M1 ) µ ¶ LRn = P < k2 | M1 log(n) → P (0 < k2 ) = 1. . and 220 = 1. The general problem is the model yi = β 1 x1i + β 2 x1i + · · · + β K xKi + εi . there are 2K such models. Also under M2 . xKi }. β 3 = · · · = β K = 0 . the models are M1 : β 1 6= 0. β K 6= 0. 048. β 2 6= 0. a full-blown implementation of the BIC selection criterion would seem computationally prohibitive. However. and then selects the model with the lowest AIC (7. 210 = 1024. E (εi | xi ) = 0 and the question is which subset of the coefficients are non-zero (equivalently. which are nested. In the latter case. log(n) µ LRn > k2 | M2 log(n) ¶ ´ ³ c P M = M2 | M2 = P → 1. which regressors enter the regression). .. β 2 = β 3 = · · · = β K = 0 M2 : β 1 6= 0. . 576. MK : β 1 6= 0.15). Similarly for ˆ the BIC. . which can be a very large number. one can show that thus LRn →p ∞.. The methods extend readily to the issue of selection among multiple regressors. . and the AIC or BIC in principle can be implemented by estimating all possible subset models. stores the residual variance σ 2 for each model. β 2 6= 0.17). For example. selecting based on (7. . The AIC selection criteria estimates the K models by OLS. There are two leading cases: ordered regressors and unordered..

. X). xi ) be a random sample with E(Y | X) = Xβ. Let (yi . V . 5. x. You wish to forecast an out-of-sample value of y given that ˆ ˆ ˆ ˆ X = x. Is θ a quantile of the distribution of Yi ? 3. based on a sample of size n.10 Exercises 1. Verify equation (7. . 2. For any predictor g(xi ) for y. σ 2 ). wn ) and wi = x−2 . E(e | X) = 0. the residuals e. Show that the function g(x) which minimizes the MAE is the conditional median M (x). where M1 = I − X X 0 Ω−1 X ˆ ¡ 0 −1 ¢−1 0 −1 0 (c) Prove that M1 Ω−1 M1 = Ω−1 − Ω−1 X X Ω X XΩ . Let θ satisfy Eg(Yi − θ) = 0.. (b) Find an estimate of the variance of this forecast. the estimates (β. ˜ the residual vector is e = Y − X β. the mean absolute error (MAE) is E |yi − g(xi )| . 4. Consider the Weighted Least Squares (WLS) estimator of β ¢−1 ¡ 0 ¢ ¡ ˜ X WY β = X 0W X where W = diag(w1 . ji ˜ (a) In which contexts would β be a good estimator? ˜ (b) Using your intuition. i ˆ ˆ suppose β is the OLS estimate of β with covariance matrix V . and the out-of-sample value of the regressors. In the homoskedastic regression model Y = Xβ + e with E(ei | xi ) = 0 and E(e2 | xi ) = σ 2 . Define g(u) = τ − 1 (u < 0) where 1 (·) is the indicator function (takes the value 1 if the argument is true. In a linear model Y = Xβ + e. Thus the available information is the sample (Y. and an estimate of σ 2 is ˆ s2 = 1 e0 Ω−1 e. in which situations would you expect that β would perform better than OLS? 89 (a) Why is this a reasonable estimator for σ 2 ? ¡ ¢−1 0 −1 XΩ . Let σ 2 be the estimate of σ 2 .7. where xji is one of the xi . ˆ (a) Find a point forecast of y.12).. V ar(e | X) = σ 2 Ω with Ω known. (b) Prove that e = M1 e. else equals zero). . the GLS estimator is ¡ ¢−1 ¡ 0 −1 ¢ ˜ β = X 0 Ω−1 X XΩ Y . ˆ ˆ n−k 6.

In Chapter 6.. The model is non-linear because of the parameter a7 . Do you agree with this modification? (b) Now try a non-linear specification. Find an asymptotic 95% confidence interval for g(x). Examine the data and pick an appropriate range for a7 . For values much above a7 . 90 .ˆ ˆ 7. You are interested in the conditional mean function E (yi | xi = x) = θ g(x) at some x. .18) plus the extra term a6 zi . (ii) AIC criterion. add the variable (ln Qi )2 to the regression. The model is yi = xi β + ei E (ei | xi ) = 0 where xi ∈ R. 8. This model is called a smooth threshold model. For values of ln Qi much below a7 . where zi = ln Qi (1 + exp (− (ln Qi − a7 )))−1 . θ is the NLLS estimator. For each value of a7 . and find the value of a7 for which the sum of squared errors is minimized. Record the sum of squared errors. (c) Estimate the model by non-linear least squares. In addition. (iii) BIC criterion. the variable ln Qi has a regression slope of a2 . The equation you estimated was ln T Ci = β 1 + β 2 ln Qi + β 3 ln P Li + β 4 ln P Ki + β 5 ln P Fi + ei . n xi i=1 (a) Under the stated assumptions. and the model imposes a smooth transition between these regimes. (d) Calculate standard errors for all the parameters (a1 . I recommend the concentration method: Pick 10 (or more or you like) values of a7 in this range.. impose the restriction a3 + a4 + a5 = 1. Exercise 13. The model works best when a7 is selected so that several values (in this example. you estimated a cost function on a cross-section of electric companies.18) (a) Following Nerlove. Do so. Consider model (7. the regression slope is a2 + a6 . a7 ). are both estimators consistent for β? (b) Are there conditions under which either estimator is efficient? 9. θ) + ei with E (ei | xi ) = 0. calculate zi and estimate the model by OLS. (7. Suppose that yi ³ ´ i . at least 10 to 15) of ln Qi are both below and above a7 .. Assess the merits of this new specification using (i) a hypothesis test. and V is the = g(x estimate of V ar ˆ . Consider the two estimators ˆ β = ˜ β = Pn i=1 x y Pn i 2 i i=1 xi n 1 X yi .

(h) Do the OLS and FGLS estimates differ greatly? Note any interesting differences. if desired. (i) Compare the estimated standard errors. Report coefficient estimates and standard errors. Note any interesting differences. The data file cps78. Variables are listed in the file cps78. Interpret. (b) Consider augmenting the model by squares and/or cross-products of the conditioning variables. (f) Construct a model for the conditional variance. (d) Test whether the error variance is different for men and women.dat contains 550 observations on 20 variables taken from the May 1978 current population survey. Interpret. 91 . The goal of the exercise is to estimate a model for the log of earnings (variable LNWAGE) as a function of the conditioning variables. (g) Using this model for the conditional variance. re-estimate the model from part (c) using FGLS. Report the results. Estimate your selected model and report the results. (e) Test whether the error variance is different for whites and nonwhites. test for general heteroskedasticity and report the results. (a) Start by an OLS regression of LNWAGE on the other variables. (c) Are there any variables which seem to be unimportant as a determinant of wages? You may re-estimate the model without these variables.pdf. Estimate such a model.10.

F ) = P (Tn ≤ x | F ) In general. F ) = limn→∞ Gn (x. x∗ ) denote random variables with the distribution Fn . xn .. n (8. yn .Chapter 8 The Bootstrap 8. meaning that G changes as F changes. The bootstrap distribution is itself random. Let Tn = Tn (y1 . Gn (x. Plugged into Gn (x. Efron (1979) proposed the bootstrap. F ) with G(x.1 Definition of the Bootstrap Let F denote a distribution function for the population of observations (yi . Fn ). A random sample from this i ∗ ∗ ∗ distribution is call the bootstrap data. The exact CDF of Tn when the data are sampled from the distribution F is Gn (x. yn . In a seminal contribution. x1. F ). The distribution of Tn is identical to that of Tn when the true CDF of Fn rather than F.1) We call G∗ the bootstrap distribution. n n ∗ Let (yi . We call T ∗ this sample is a random variable with distribution Gn n n n ∗ the bootstrap statistic.. ∗ . F ) we obtain G∗ (x) = Gn (x. the t-statistic is a function of the parameter θ which itself is a function of F. F ) = G(x) does not depend on F.. Asymptotic inference is based on approximating Gn (x. x∗ . In the next sections we describe computation of the bootstrap distribution. x∗ . This is generally impossible since F is unknown.. xi ) . inference would be based on Gn (x. That is. as it depends on the sample through the estimator Fn . Bootstrap inference is based on G∗ (x). Ideally. which makes a different approximation.. for example an estimator ˆ or a t-statistic ˆ − θ /s(ˆ Note that we θ θ θ).. F ) ³ ´ be a statistic of interest. For example. Fn ) constructed on n 1. . When G(x. F ). The statistic Tn = Tn (y1 . P (T ∗ ≤ x) = G∗ (x). 92 . F ) depends on F. The unknown F is replaced by a consistent estimate Fn (one choice is discussed in the next section). write Tn as possibly a function of F . we say that Tn is asymptotically pivotal and use the distribution function G(x) for inferential purposes.

xi ≤ x) = E (1 (yi ≤ y) 1 (xi ≤ x)) . note that for any (y. x) . 1 (yi ≤ y) 1 (xi ≤ x) is an iid random variable with expectation F (y.1). where 1(·) is the indicator function. x) = n i=1 Figure 8. i 93 . F (y. x).2. x))) .. the EDF step function gets uniformly close to the true CDF. x) →p F (y. To see the effect of sample size on the EDF. Fn (y. I have plotted the EDF and true CDF for three random samples of size n = 25. n. The EDF is a consistent estimator of the CDF. x) − F (y. x). by the CLT (Theorem 5. x) (1 − F (y. . it is helpful to think of a random pair (yi . Thus by the WLLN (Theorem 5. In general. Note that while F may be either discrete or continuous. (8.8.3. This is a population moment.1: Empirical Distribution Functions The EDF is a valid discrete probability distribution which puts probability mass 1/n at each ∗ pair (yi .1). For n = 25. ∗ P (yi ≤ y. The random draws are from the N (0.2 The Empirical Distribution Function Fn (y. Fn is a nonparametric estimate of F. as the sample size gets larger. x)) →d N (0.2) Fn (y. i = 1. in the Figure below. 50. That is. Furthermore.. but the approximation appears to improve for the large n.. Fn is by construction a step function. √ n (Fn (y. The method of moments estimator is the corresponding sample moment: n 1X 1 (yi ≤ y) 1 (xi ≤ x) . x) = P (yi ≤ y. x∗ ≤ x) = Fn (y. x) is called the empirical distribution function (EDF). x). xi ). Notationally. Recall that F (y. and 100. To see this. the EDF is only a crude approximation to the CDF. x∗ ) with the i distribution Fn . 1) distribution.

(When in doubt use θ. 8. ∗ • The random vectors (yi . Since Fn is a discrete probability distribution putting probability mass 1/n at each sample point.. n i This is repeated B times. . As the bootstrap statistic replaces F with θ θ) ˆ Fn .3 Nonparametric Bootstrap The nonparametric bootstrap is obtained when the bootstrap distribution (8. It is desireable for B to be large. xi ) P (yi = yi .4 Bootstrap Estimation of Bias and Variance θ τ n = E(ˆ − θ0 ). so long as the computational costs are reasonable. a bootstrap ∗ ∗ sample {y1 . it is typically through dependence on a parameter. Sampling from the EDF is particularly easy. x∗ = xi ) i n 1X h (yi . This is i equivalent to sampling a pair (yi . x∗ )) = h(y. The popular alternative is to use simulation to approximate the distribution. xi ) randomly from the sample. The algorithm is identical to our discussion of Monte Carlo simulation. However. Since the EDF Fn is a multinomial (with n support points).. xi ) from the observed data with replacement. as there are 2n possible samples {(y1 . the parameter ˆ estimate. x) i = = the empirical sample average. x∗ .) at the sample estimate ˆ θ. the t-ratio ˆ − θ /s(ˆ depends on θ. sampling from the EDF is equivalent to random sampling a pair (yi . ∗ ∗ ∗ The bootstrap statistic Tn = Tn (y1 . which is generally n 1 not a problem. 94 The bias of ˆ is θ . Fn ) is calculated for each bootstrap sample. x)dFn (y. yn . it similarly replaces θ with θn . in principle the distribution G∗ n ∗ ∗ could be calculated by direct methods. x∗ ) are drawn randomly from the empirical distribution. the value of θ implied by Fn . ´ For example. x∗ )}. A theory for the determination of the number of bootstrap replications B has been developed by Andrews and Buchinsky (2000).. When the statistic Tn³is a function of F... n 1 such a calculation is computationally infeasible.1) is defined using the EDF (8. yn ..2) as the estimate Fn of F. (yn .. n X i=1 ∗ h (yi .∗ We can easily calculate the moments of functions of (yi . x∗ ) .. B is known as the number of bootstrap replications. Typically θn = θ. n i=1 8. with the following points of clarification: • The sample size n used for the simulation is the same as the sample size. B = 1000 typically suffices. . x∗ . x∗ } will necessarily have some ties and multiple values. In consequence. x∗ .. xi ) . . x∗ ) : i Z ∗ Eh (yi .

It appears superior to calculate bootstrap confidence intervals. n If this is calculated by the simulation described in the previous section. ∗ ∗ ∗ Vn = E(Tn − ETn )2 .. Ideally. 95 . Intuitively. in which case the normal approximation is suspected. θ θ is upward-biased and the biased-corrected estimator should be lower than ˆ θ. Then θ ∗ τ n = E(Tn (θ0 )). It has variance ∗ Vn = E(Tn − ETn )2 . n estimate of τ n is ∗ τ ∗ = E(Tn ). Similarly if ˆ is higher than ˆ then the estimator θ θ. Then what is the average value of ˆ θ θ ˆ∗ . If this is lower than ˆ this suggests that the calculated from such samples? The answer is θ θ. θ. in particular.. ∗ ∗ ∗ ∗ The bootstrap counterparts are ˆ = ˆ 1 . Suppose that ˆ is the truth. θ Let Tn = ˆ The variance of ˆ is ∗ θ Let Tn = ˆ . θ = ˆ −ˆ B 1 X ˆ∗ ˆ θb − θ B b=1 ∗ ∗ Note. x∗ .Let Tn (θ) = ˆ − θ. The primary use of asymptotic standard errors is to construct asymptotic confidence intervals. the use of the bootstrap presumes that such asymptotic approximations might be poor. The (estimated) bootstrap biased-corrected estimator is ˜∗ = ˆ − τ ∗ θ ˆn θ ∗ = ˆ − (ˆ − ˆ θ θ) θ ∗ = 2ˆ − ˆ . θ θ If ˆ is biased. B ´2 X³ ∗ ∗ ˆ − ˆ∗ . ˆn = 1 θb θ V B b=1 The simulation estimate is A bootstrap standard error for ˆ is the square root of the bootstrap estimate of variance. θ θ θ. that the biased-corrected estimator is not ˆ . yn . However. this would be ˜ = ˆ − τ n. so a biased-corrected estimator of θ should be larger than ˆ and θ. which are based on the asymptotic normal approximation to the t-ratio. the estimate of τ ∗ is n τ∗ = ˆn = B 1 X ∗ Tnb B b=1 but τ n is unknown. it might be desirable to construct a biased-corrected estimator (one with reduced θ bias). the bootstrap makes θ the following experiment.. ∗ ∗ the best guess is the difference between ˆ and ˆ . x∗ ) and Tn = ˆ − θn = ˆ − ˆ The bootstrap θ θ(y ∗ 1 θ θ θ. it is not clear if it is useful. and we turn to this next. estimator is downward-biased. While this standard error may be calculated and reported. θ q ˆ ˆ∗ s(β) = Vn .

F0 ) − Gn (−qn (1 − α/2). C1 is in a deep sense very poorly motivated. as we show now. so ¡ ¢ 0 P θ0 ∈ C1 = Gn (−qn (α/2). In (1 − α)% of samples. That is. the quantile qn (x) is estimated by qn (x).) Then C1 can alternatively be written as ∗ θ C1 = [ˆ + qn (α/2). F ) is discrete. was popularized by Efron early in the history of the bootstrap. (These are the original quantiles. This motivates a confidence interval proposed by Efron: ∗ C1 = [qn (α/2).8. θ Let Tn = ˆ an estimate of a parameter of interest. qn (α. the x’th sample quantile of the ∗ . ˆ lies in the region [qn (α/2). and also has the feature that it is translation invariant. F ) = α. and qn (α) = qn (α. This is because it is easy to compute. as discussed in the section on Monte Carlo simulation. θ−θ then Gn (−x. The simulated statistics {Tn1 nB ˆ∗ (1 − α)% Efron percentile interval is then [ˆn (α/2). θ It will be useful if we introduce an alternative definition C1 . . Fn ) denote the quantile function of the bootstrap distribution. This is often called the percentile confidence interval. ˆ + q ∗ (1 − α/2)]. The latter has coverage probability ³ ´ ¢ ¡ 0 θ P θ0 ∈ C1 = P ˆ + qn (α/2) ≤ θ0 ≤ ˆ + qn (1 − α/2) θ ´ ³ θ = P −qn (1 − α/2) ≤ ˆ − θ0 ≤ −qn (α/2) = Gn (−qn (α/2).5 Percentile Intervals For a distribution function Gn (x. with θ subtracted... θ This is a bootstrap estimate of the “ideal” confidence interval 0 θ C1 = [ˆ + qn (α/2). [When Gn (x. then percentile method ∗ ∗ applied to this problem will produce the confidence interval [f (qn (α/2)). F0 )) − (1 − Gn (qn (1 − α/2). F0 )) ³ ³ α ´´ α´ ³ − 1− 1− = 1− 2 2 = 1−α 96 . F ). q∗ The interval C1 is a popular bootstrap confidence interval often used in empirical practice. qn (1 − α/2)]. ∗ ˆ∗ Computationally. qn (1 − α/2)]. let qn (α. F ) may be non-unique. F0 ) denote the quantile function of the true sampling distribution. F ). F0 ) − Gn (−qn (1 − α/2). However. F0 ). θ. F0 ) = 1 − Gn (x. F ) denote its quantile function. Note that this function will change depending on the underlying statistic Tn whose distribution is Gn . T ∗ }. Let Tn (θ) = ˆ − θ and let qn (α) be the quantile function of its distribution. but we will ignore such complications. If ˆ 0 has a symmetric distribution.. This is the function which solves Gn (qn (α. simple to motivate. θ n ˆ + qn (1 − α/2)]. f (qn (1 − α/2))]. ∗ qn (1 − α/2)].] ∗ Let qn (α) = qn (α. which is a naturally good property. F0 ) which generally is not 1−α! There is one important exception. F0 ) = (1 − Gn (qn (α/2). if we define φ = f (θ) as the parameter of interest for a monotonic function f.

θ This motivates a bootstrap analog ∗ θ C2 = [ˆ − qn (1 − α/2). θ 1 − α = P (qn (α/2) ≤ Tn (θ0 ) ≤ qn (1 − α/2)) ´ ³ θ = P ˆ − qn (1 − α/2) ≤ θ0 ≤ ˆ − qn (α/2) . Thus c = qn (α). n Computationally. but is not widely used in practice. 8. and the test rejects if Tn (θ0 ) < qn (α). θ However.6 Percentile-t Equal-Tailed Interval Suppose we want to test H0 : θ = θ0 against H1 : θ < θ0 at size α. θ ˆn qn ˆ This confidence interval is discussed in most theoretical treatments of the bootstrap. Since this is unknown. θ Let Tn (θ) = ˆ − θ. if the alternative is H1 : θ > θ0 .025)]. ∗ Similarly. a bootstrap test replaces qn (α) with the bootstrap estimate ∗ ∗ qn (α). Based on these arguments. θ n Notice that generally this is very different from the Efron interval C1 ! They coincide in the special case that G∗ (x) is symmetric about ˆ but otherwise they differ. it also follows that if there exists some monotonic transformation f (·) such that f (ˆ is symmetrically distributed about f (θ0 ). by the translation invariance argument presented above. ∗ (. θ sample. Therefore.0 and this idealized confidence interval is accurate. this³interval can be estimated from a bootstrap simulation by sorting the ´ ∗ ∗ bootstrap statistics Tn = ˆ − ˆ . C1 and C1 are designed for the case that ˆ has a symmetric distribution about θ0 . ˆ − q ∗ (. θ When ˆ does not have a symmetric distribution. The problems with the percentile method can be circumvented by an alternative method. ˆ − q ∗ (α/2)]. these critical values can be estimated from a bootstrap simulation by sorting ³ ∗ ´ ∗ ∗ the bootstrap t-statistics Tn = ˆ − ˆ /s(ˆ ). where c would be selected so that θ θ) P (Tn (θ0 ) < c) = α.975). and this is important. many argue that the percentile interval should not be used unless the sampling distribution is close to unbiased and symmetric. θ. θ) then the idealized percentile bootstrap method will be accurate. These t-statistics are sorted to find the estimated quantiles qn (α) and/or qn (1 − α). The 95% confidence interval is then [θ − ˆ to yield the quantile estimates qn ˆ ˆn ∗ (. θ ˆ − qn (α/2)].025) and q ∗ (. Then so an exact (1 − α)% confidence interval for θ0 would be 0 C2 = [ˆ − qn (1 − α/2). Computationally. which are centered at the sample estimate ˆ These are sorted θ θ θ.975). that the bootstrap test θ θ θ ∗ statistic is centered at the estimate ˆ and the standard error s(ˆ ) is calculated on the bootstrap θ. ˆ∗ ˆ∗ 97 . C1 may perform quite poorly. We would set Tn (θ) = ´ ³ ˆ − θ /s(ˆ and reject H0 in favor of H1 if Tn (θ0 ) < c. the bootstrap test rejects if Tn (θ0 ) > qn (1 − α). Note.

this is based on the critical values from the one-sided hypothesis tests. 1 − α = P (qn (α/2) ≤ Tn (θ0 ) ≤ qn (1 − α/2)) ´ ³ ´ ³ θ) θ = P qn (α/2) ≤ ˆ − θ0 /s(ˆ ≤ qn (1 − α/2) ³ ´ = P ˆ − s(ˆ n (1 − α/2) ≤ θ0 ≤ ˆ − s(ˆ n (α/2) . where c would be selected so that θ θ) P (|Tn (θ0 )| > c) = α. the 1 − α quantile of the distribution of |Tn | . The bootstrap test rejects if ∗ |Tn (θ0 )| > qn (α). each α/2. This is often called a percentile-t confidence interval. Let Tn (θ) = ˆ − θ /s(ˆ Then so an exact (1 − α)% confidence interval for θ0 would be 0 θ θ)q C3 = [ˆ − s(ˆ n (1 − α/2).7 Symmetric Percentile-t Intervals Suppose we want to test H0 : θ = θ0 against H1 : θ 6= θ0 at size α.´ ³ θ θ). The ideal critical value c = qn (α) solves the equation Gn (qn (α)) = 1 − α. n n ∗ (α) is estimated from a bootstrap simulation by sorting the bootstrap tComputationally. and taking the upper α% quantile. discussed above. Note that P (|Tn (θ0 )| < c) = P (−c < Tn (θ0 ) < c) = Gn (c) − Gn (−c) ≡ Gn (c). We would set Tn (θ) = ³ ´ ˆ − θ /s(ˆ and reject H0 in favor of H1 if |Tn (θ0 )| > c. 8. θ θ)q ˆ − s(ˆ ∗ (α/2)]. which is a symmetric distribution function. θ θ)q θ θ)q ˆ − s(ˆ n (α/2)]. or the number which solves the equation ∗ ∗ ∗ Gn (qn (α)) = G∗ (qn (α)) − G∗ (−qn (α)) = 1 − α. ∗ 98 . Equivalently. Computationally. qn (α) is the 1 − α quantile of the distribution of |Tn (θ0 )| . qn¯ ¯ ∗ ∗ ¯ ¯ ∗ θ θ θ statistics |Tn | = ¯ˆ − ˆ¯ /s(ˆ ). θ θ)qn This motivates a bootstrap analog θ θ)q ∗ C3 = [ˆ − s(ˆ n (1 − α/2). ˆ + s(ˆ n (α)]. Let θ θ)q ∗ θ θ)q ∗ C4 = [ˆ − s(ˆ n (α). ∗ ∗ The bootstrap estimate is qn (α). It is equal-tailed or central since the probability that θ0 is below the left endpoint approximately equals the probability that θ0 is above the right endpoint.

F ) = Φ n→∞ v or ³x´ Gn (x. lim Gn (x. θ θ θ ˆ θ ∗ ∗ Computationally. not ˆ − θ0 .4) v ¡ ¢ While (8. 99 . The ideal test rejects if Wn ≥ qn (α). The bootstrap test ∗ ∗ rejects if Wn ≥ qn (α). θ [This is a typical mistake made by practitioners. v 2 ). or the size of the divergence for any particular sample size n. and vice-versa. A better asymptotic approximation may be obtained through an asymptotic expansion. (8. n ´ ³ ∗ ³ ∗ θ θ Note in the simulation that the Wald statistic is a quadratic form in ˆ − ˆ . we would use a Wald statistic ³ ´ ³ ´0 ˆ θ Wn (θ) = n ˆ − θ Vθ−1 ˆ − θ θ or some other asymptotically chi-square statistic. about the rate v of convergence.∗ where qn (α) is the bootstrap critical value for a two-sided hypothesis test. If θ is a vector. Let an be a sequence.3) ´ √ ³ˆ If Tn = n θ − θ0 then v = V while if Tn is a t-ratio then v = 1. writing Tn ∼ Gn (x. F ) then ³x´ . C4 is called the symmetric percentile-t interval. where qn (α) is the (1 − α)% quantile of the distribution of ³ ∗ ³ ∗ ´0 ´ ∗ Wn = n ˆ − ˆ Vθ∗−1 ˆ − ˆ . Equivalently. We say that a function g(x) is even if g(−x) = g(x). then to test H0 : θ = θ0 against H1 : θ 6= θ0 at size α.8 Asymptotic Expansions Tn →d N (0.4) says that Gn converges to Φ x as n → ∞. Thus here Tn (θ) = Wn (θ). an = O(n−r ) if it declines to zero like n−r .] 8. it says nothing. It is designed to work well since ³ ´ P (θ0 ∈ C4 ) = P ˆ − s(ˆ n (α) ≤ θ0 ≤ ˆ + s(ˆ n (α) θ θ)q ∗ θ θ)q ∗ ∗ = P (|Tn (θ0 )| < qn (α)) ' P (|Tn (θ0 )| < qn (α)) = 1 − α.8. F ) = Φ + o (1) . Let Tn be a statistic such that (8. Basically. The following notation will be helpful.8.2 an = O(1) if |an | is uniformly bounded. where qn (α) is the (1 − α)% quantile of the distribution of Wn .8. Definition 8.1 an = o(1) if an → 0 as n → ∞ Definition 8.3 an = o(n−r ) if nr |an | → 0 as n → ∞. and a function h(x) is odd if h(−x) = −h(x). however. the critical value qn (α) is found as the quantile from simulated values of W´ . Definition 8. The derivative of an even function is odd.

F ) + O(n−3/2 ) Gn (x. Fn ) − g1 (x. F ). F0 ) ≈ ∂ g1 (x. so the order of the error is O(n−1/2 ). F ) converges to the normal limit at rate n1/2 . adding leptokurtosis).8. To a second order of approximation.1 Under regularity conditions and (8. the difference between the bootstrap distribution and the true distribution is G∗ (x) − Gn (x. To the second order. An asymptotic test is based on Φ(x). Fn ) = Φ(x) + n 1 g (x. 1/2 1 n Because Φ(x) appears in both expansions. Theorem 8. ³x´ Gn (x. F0 )) + O(n−1 ). √ Since Fn converges to F at rate n. the difference √ (g1 (x. Heuristically. F0 ) = Φ(x) + since v = 1. and g1 is continuous with respect to F. 100 . F ) + g2 (x. F0 )) converges to 0 at rate n. and g2 is an odd function of x.9 One-Sided Tests Using the expansion of Theorem 8. To a third order of approximation. We can interpret Theorem 8.3). the density function is skewed. ³x´ 1 1 + 1/2 g1 (x.8.8. F0 ) + O(n−1 ) 1/2 1 n = O(n−1/2 ). The difference is Φ(x) − Gn (x. Moreover. we can assess the accuracy of one-sided hypothesis tests and confidence regions based on an asymptotically normal t-ratio Tn . F ) v which adds a symmetric non-normal component to the approximate density (for example. g1 and g2 are differentiable functions of x and continuous in F relative to the supremum norm on the space of distribution functions. A bootstrap test is based on G∗ (x). where g1 is an even function of x.1.uniformly over x. ³x´ Gn (x.1 has the expansion n G∗ (x) = Gn (x. Gn (x. which from Theorem 8. Fn ) − g1 (x.1 as follows. F ) ≈ Φ + n−1/2 g1 (x. g1 (x. F0 ) = 1 g (x.8. v Since the derivative of g1 is odd. F ) + n−1 g2 (x. F ) = Φ v n n 8. F0 ) (Fn − F0 ) ∂F = O(n−1/2 ). First. F0 ) = n 1 n1/2 (g1 (x. F ) ≈ Φ + n−1/2 g1 (x. Fn ) − g1 (x. F0 ) + O(n−1 ) 1/2 1 n 1 g (x. the exact distribution is P (Tn < x) = Gn (x. Fn ) + O(n−1 ).

Since Tn →d Z. This rate can be used to show that one-tailed bootstrap inference based on the tratio achieves a so-called asymptotic refinement — the Type I error of the test converges at a faster rate than an analogous asymptotic test. which is an improved rate of convergence over the asymptotic test (which converged at rate O(n−1/2 )). then |Z| has distribution function Φ(x) = Φ(x) − Φ(−x) = 2Φ(x) − 1. F ) + O(n−3/2 ). we can calculate that Gn (x. then the random variable |X| has distribution function H(x) = H(x) − H(−x) since P (|X| ≤ x) = P (−x ≤ X ≤ x) = H(x) − H(−x). F0 ) = The order of the error is O(n−1 ).8. F ) = Gn (x. n (8. then |Tn | →d |Z| ∼ Φ. F ). Thus asymptotic critical values are taken from the Φ distribution. F0 ) + O(n−3/2 ) = O(n−1 ). if Tn has exact distribution Gn (x.10 Symmetric Two-Sided Tests If a random variable X has distribution function H(x) = P (X ≤ x). as F is a function. We conclude that G∗ (x) − Gn (x. A two-sided hypothesis test rejects H0 for large values of |Tn | . and exact critical values are taken from the Gn (x. 1).1. F0 ) distribution. F ) + O(n−3/2 ) n n 2 = Φ(x) + g2 (x. Hence the difference between the asymptotic distribution and the exact distribution is Φ(x) − Gn (x. F ) − Gn (−x. 101 2 g2 (x. = P (X ≤ x) − P (X ≤ −x) For example. F ) ¶ µ 1 1 = Φ(x) + 1/2 g1 (x. n or ∗ P (Tn ≤ x) = P (Tn ≤ x) + O(n−1 ). F ) + g2 (x. Similarly. F ) + g2 (−x.The “derivative” ∂ ∂F g1 (x. 8. F ) − Gn (−x. n .5) where the simplifications are because g1 is even and g2 is odd. From Theorem 8. F ). F ) is only heuristic. if Z ∼ N (0. F ) = Gn (x. then |Tn | has the distribution function Gn (x. F0 ) = O(n−1 ). F ) n n µ ¶ 1 1 − Φ(−x) + 1/2 g1 (−x.

A reader might get confused between the two simultaneous effects. similar to a one-sided test. n Thus the difference between the bootstrap and exact distributions is Gn (x) − Gn (x. Gn (x. Fn ) = Φ n v ˆ ˆ where V = V (Fn ) is the bootstrap estimate of V. Theorem 8. Two-sided tests have better rates of convergence than the one-sided tests. This is because the first term in the asymptotic expansion. which is not pivotal. Fn ) + O(n−3/2 ). Confidence intervals based on the bootstrap can be asymmetric if based on one-sided tests (equal-tailed intervals) and can therefore be more informative and have smaller length than symmetric intervals. g1 . and bootstrap tests have better rates of convergence than asymptotic tests. and needs to be determined on a case-by-case basis. meaning that the errors in the two directions exactly cancel out. F0 ) = Φ n v ´ ˆ v ³x x (ˆ − v) + O(n−1/2 ) v = −φ v v ˆ ˆ = O(n−1/2 ) 102 .Interestingly.8. 8. F0 )) + O(n−3/2 ) n = O(n−3/2 ). the asymptotic two-sided test has a better coverage rate than the asymptotic one-sided test. Fn ) = Φ(x) + ∗ 2 g2 (x.11 Percentile Confidence Intervals ´ √ ³ To evaluate the coverage rate of the percentile interval. but one-sided tests might have more power against alternatives of interest. we find Gn (x) = Gn (x. and for the bootstrap ³x´ + O(n−1/2 ). Another way of writing this is ∗ P (|Tn | < x) = P (|Tn | < x) + O(n−3/2 ) so the error from using the bootstrap distribution (relative to the true unknown distribution) is O(n−3/2 ). F0 ) = ∗ 2 (g2 (x. Thus a two-sided bootstrap test also achieves an asymptotic refinement. Applying (8. and g2 is continuous in F. Therefore. Fn ) − g2 (x. √ the last equality because Fn converges to F0 at rate n. The difference is ³x´ ³x´ −Φ + O(n−1/2 ) G∗ (x) − Gn (x. The analysis shows that there may be a trade-off between one-sided and two-sided tests. as it depends on the unknown V. Twosided tests will have more accurate size (Reported Type I error). set Tn = n ˆ − θ0 . is an even function.5) to the bootstrap distribution. V ). G∗ (x) = Gn (x. We know that θ Tn →d N (0. the choice between symmetric and equal-tailed confidence intervals is unclear. F ) = Φ v √ where v = V . whose error is O(n−1 ).1 shows that a first-order approximation ³x´ + O(n−1/2 ). This is in contrast to the use of the asymptotic distribution.

... A parametric i method is to generate the bootstrap errors ε∗ from a parametric distribution. But since it is fully nonparametric. en }. This is equivalent to treating the regressors as fixed i in repeated samples. and is thus an inefficient estimator of the true distribution (when in fact the regression assumption is true. and works in nearly any context. The bad news is that the rate of convergence is disappointing. Horowitz. and then create i i ∗ = x∗0 β + ε∗ . . Yet these methods do not require the calculation of standard errors! This means that in contexts where standard errors are not available or are difficult to calculate. To impose independence. it is unclear if there are any benefits from using the percentile bootstrap over simple asymptotic methods. such as the normal i ˆ ε∗ ∼ N (0. 8. We discuss some bootstrap methods appropriate for the case of a regression model where yi = x0 β + εi i E (ei | xi ) = 0.12 Bootstrap Methods for Regression Models The bootstrap methods we have discussed have set G∗ (x) = Gn (x.. i which implies ∗ ˆ yi = x∗0 β + ε∗ i i E (x∗ ε∗ ) = 0 i i but generally E (ε∗ | x∗ ) 6= 0. where Fn is the EDF. A non-parametric method is ˆ yi i i e ˆ to sample the bootstrap errors ε∗ randomly from the OLS residuals {ˆ1 . Fn ). i For the regressors x∗ .g. A third approach sets x∗ = xi . ∗ The non-parametric bootstrap distribution resamples the observations (yi . 2002) tends to advocate the use of the percentile-t bootstrap methods rather than percentile methods.Hence the order of the error is O(n−1/2 ).) One approach to this problem is to impose the very strong assumption that the error εi is independent of the regressor xi . Therefore if standard errors are available. If this is done. the theoretical literature (e. the percentile bootstrap methods provide an attractive inference method. 1992. The advantage of the EDF is that it is fully nonparametric. There are different ways to impose independence.. The disadvantage is that the bootstrap distribution may be a poor approximation when the error is not independent of the regressors. then all inferential statements are made conditionally on the 103 .. . It is no better than the rate obtained from an asymptotic one-sided confidence region. Hall. it imposes no conditions. n Any other consistent estimate of F0 may be used to define a feasible bootstrap estimator. x∗ ) from the EDF. √ The good news is that the percentile-type methods (if appropriately used) can yield nconvergent asymptotic inference. The advantage is that in this case it is straightforward to construct bootstrap distributions. it is sufficient to sample the x∗ and ε∗ independently. σ 2 ). it may be inefficient in contexts where more is known about F. a nonparametric method is to sample the x∗ randomly from the EDF i i or sample values {x1 . Based on these arguments. xn }. A parametric method is to sample x∗ from an estimated parametric i distribution. i i The the bootstrap distribution does not impose the regression assumption.

.. This can be achieved using a two-point distribution of the form à à √ ! ! √ 1+ 5 5−1 ∗ √ ei ˆ = P εi = 2 2 5 à à √ ! ! √ 1− 5 5+1 ∗ √ P εi = = ei ˆ 2 2 5 For each xi . The idea is to construct a conditional distribution for ε∗ so that i E (ε∗ | xi ) = 0 i ¡ ∗2 ¢ E εi | xi = e2 ˆi ¡ ∗3 ¢ E εi | xi = e3 . Show that √ n (Fn (x) − F0 (x)) →d N (0. 2. Consider the following bootstrap procedure for a regression of yi on xi .observed values of the regressors. n].13 Exercises 1.. which is a valid statistical approach.. F0 (x) (1 − F0 (x))) . and e = Y − X β ˆ (a) Draw a random vector (x∗ . i 8. Using the non-parametric bootstrap. yn } with µ = Eyi and σ 2 = V ar(yi ).. generate ∗ bootstrap samples. . .. Let β denote the ˆ the OLS residuals. and set x∗ = xi0 and e∗ = ei0 .. One proposal which imposes the regression condition without independence is the Wild Bootstrap. Find the population moments ETn and V ar(Tn ). X ∗ ).. The methods discussed above are unattractive for most applications in econometrics because they impose the stringent assumption that xi and εi are independent. however. whether or not the xi are really “fixed” or random. 2. ˆi A conditional distribution with these features will preserve the main important features of the data.. . Typically what is desirable is to impose only the regression condition E (εi | xi ) = 0. creating a random bootstrap data set (Y ∗ . draw a ˆ ˆ random integer i0 from [1. ˆ∗ (b) Regress Y ∗ on X ∗ . Find the bootstrap moments ETn and V ar(Tn ). n} . 4. you sample ε∗ using this two-point distribution. yielding OLS estimates β and any other statistic of interest. Set y∗ = x∗0 β + e∗ . ei ) : i = 1. Unfortunately this is a harder problem. ˆ 3. That is. Show that this bootstrap procedure is (numerically) identical to the non-parametric bootstrap.. yn } be a random sample from the empirical distribution function and let Tn = y ∗ be n ∗ ∗ its sample mean.. Let ∗ ∗ ∗ {y1 . calculate the estimate ˆ on these samples and then calculate θ ∗ ∗ θ θ)/s(ˆ θ).. e∗ ) from the pair {(xi . Consider the following bootstrap procedure. Tn = (ˆ − ˆ 104 . ˆ Draw (with replacement) n such vectors. Let the statistic of interest be the sample mean Tn = y n . OLS estimator from the regression of Y on X. . Let Fn (x) denote the EDF of a random sample. It does not really matter. Take a random sample {y1 .

θ θ)q ∗ θ θ)q ∗ θ/s(θ) 5.95).5% and 97. ˆ = 1. The datafile hprice1. You replace c with qn (. and thus reject H0 if ˆ ˆ > q ∗ (.Show that C exactly equals the Alternative percentile interval (not the percentile-t interval). Using the non-parametric bootstrap.pdf. and define the bootstrap confidence interval h i C = ˆ − s(ˆ n (.2.3. The ˆ are sorted. (b) Report the 95% Alternative Percentile interval for θ. Using the non-parametric ∗ bootstrap. θ θ) ∗ 1000 samples are generated from the bootstrap distribution. θ respectively. lot size. Let qn (.95) denote the 5% θ) ∗ and 95% quantiles of Tn . You want to test H0 : θ = 0 against H1 : θ > 0.05) . ∗ ∗ where s(ˆ is the standard error in the original data.05) and qn (. 105 . (c) With the given information. and ˆ is calculated on each θ ∗ ∗ θ sample. with variables listed in the file hprice1. can you report the 95% Percentile-t interval for θ? 7.75 and 1.2 and s(ˆ = . Calculate 95% confidence intervals for the regression coefficients using both the asymptotic normal approximation and the percentile-t bootstrap. ˆ − s(ˆ n (.dat contains data on house prices (sales). Estimate a linear regression of price on the number of bedrooms. You do this as follows.95). The test for H0 is to reject if Tn = ˆ ˆ > c where c is picked so that Type I error is α.95) denote the 95% quantile of Tn . (a) Report the 95% Efron Percentile interval for θ. Suppose that in an application. and the colonial dummy. ∗ ∗ ∗ Let qn (. and the 2. calculate the estimates ˆ on these samples and θ then calculate ∗ ∗ ∗ θ θ Tn = ˆ /s(ˆ ).95).5% quantiles of the ˆ are . size of house. What is wrong with this procedure? Tn = θ/s(θ) n 6. you generate bootstrap samples.

We know that without further restrictions. however.1 Overidentified Linear Model yi = x0 β + ei i = x0 β 1 + x0 β 2 + ei 1i 2i E (xi ei ) = 0 where x1i is k × 1 and x2 is r × 1 with = k + r. as their are restrictions in E (xi ei ) = 0. these are known as estimating equations. where the dimensions of zi and xi are k × 1 and × 1 . is not necessarily efficient. In the statistics literature. xi . x. which can be written as 0 yi = zi β + ei Consider the linear model E (xi ei ) = 0. zi . β 0 ) = 0 (9. In econometrics. β) be an × 1 function of a k × 1 parameter β with ≥ k such that Eg(yi .Chapter 9 Generalized Method of Moments 9. how should β 1 be estimated? One method is OLS regression of yi on x1i alone. This method. 1 this class of models are called moment condition models. Let g(y. This is a special case of a more general class of moment condition models.1) by setting g(y. The variables zi may be components and functions of xi . In this case. β 0 ) = x(y − z 0 β) 106 (9. As an important special case we will devote special attention to linear moment condition models. Now suppose that we are given the information that β 2 = 0. This situation is called overidentified. x. g(y. We call r the number of overidentifying restrictions. z. but this is not required. an asymptotically efficient estimator of β is the OLS estimator.2) . otherwise it is overidentified. In our previous example. while β 1 is of dimension k < . x. This model falls in the class (9. with ≥ k.1) where β 0 is the true value of β. β) = x(y − x0 β). If k = the model is just identified. There are − k = r more moment restrictions than free parameters. z. Now we can write the model as yi = x0 β 1 + ei 1i E (xi ei ) = 0.

let Jn (β) = n · g n (β)0 Wn g n (β).1 β GMM = argmin Jn (β). β ˆ Note that if k = .2) g n (β) = (9. Jn (β) = n · g n (β)0 g n (β) = n · |g n (β)|2 . for if Wn is replaced ˆ by cWn for some c > 0. then. β GMM does not change. Let and where gi = xi ei . ˆ Definition 9. but this is generally not possible when > k. gi (β) = xi yi − zi β = n n n i=1 i=1 Define the sample analog of (9. if Wn = I.2. For example. For some × weight matrix Wn > 0. Proposition 9. The first order conditions for the GMM estimator are 0 = ∂ ˆ Jn (β) ∂β ∂ ˆ ˆ = 2 g n (β)0 Wn g n (β) ∂β ´ 1 1 ³ ˆ = −2 Z 0 XWn X 0 Y − Z β n n so which establishes the following. The idea of the generalized method of moments (GMM) is to define an estimator which sets g n (β) “close” to zero. This is a non-negative measure of the “length” of the vector g n (β). β GMM = Z 0 XWn X 0 Z 9. i i .2 GMM Estimator n n ¢ 1¡ 0 ¢ 1X 1X ¡ 0 X Y − X 0 Zβ . the square of the Euclidean length.2.1 ˆ 2Z 0 XWn X 0 Z β = 2Z 0 XWn X 0 Y While the estimator depends on Wn . then g n (β) = 0. The GMM estimator minimizes Jn (β). Then µ ¶ ¶ µ 1 0 1 0 Z X Wn X Z →p Q0 W Q n n 107 ¡ ¢ ¡ 0¢ Ω = E xi x0 e2 = E gi gi .3 Distribution of GMM Estimator ¡ 0¢ Q = E xi zi Assume that Wn →p W > 0. the dependence is only up to scale. ¡ ¢−1 0 ˆ Z XWn X 0 Y.9. and the GMM estimator is the MME.3) The method of moments estimator for β is defined as the parameter value which sets g n (β) = 0.

but it can be estimated consistently. GMM estimators are asymptotically normal with “sandwich form” asymptotic variances. we can define the residuals ei = yi −zi β and moment equations gi = xi ei = g(wi . W0 = Ω−1 is not known in practice.2 For the efficient GMM estimator. no semiparametric estimator (one which is consistent globally for the class of models considered) ¢−1 ¡ .4 Estimation of the Efficient Weight Matrix ˆ Given any weight matrix Wn > 0. The proof is left as an exercise. ˆ∗ ˆ 108 . For example. as shown by Gary Chamberlain (1987). Q W ΩW Q Q0 W Q V = Q0 W Q Thus we have Theorem 9. n β − β →d N 0. ˆ we still call β the efficient GMM estimator. where In general. In the linear model. This results shows that in the linear model. The optimal weight matrix W0 is one which minimizes V. the GMM estimator β is consistent yet inefficient. no estimator has greater asymptotic efficiency than the efficient linear GMM estimator. without imposing additional assumptions. ˆ n i=1 gi = gi − g n . Ω) . This is a weak concept of optimality.3. If it is known that E (gi (β)) = 0.1 ´ √ ³ˆ n β − β →d N (0. Chamberlain showed that in this context. This estimator is efficient only in the sense that it is the best (asymptotically) in the class of GMM estimators with this set of moment conditions. as we are only considering alternative weight matrices Wn . it is semiparametrically efficient. this is a semi-parametric problem. and this is all that is known. as it has the same asymptotic distribution. However. Q0 Ω−1 Q ¢−1 ¡ 0 ¢¡ ¢−1 ¡ . Since the GMM estimator has this can have a smaller asymptotic variance than G0 Ω−1 G asymptotic variance. No estimator can do better (in this first-order asymptotic sense). ˆ Construct n 1X ˆ g n = g n (β) = gi . Given any such first0ˆ ˆ ˆ ˆ step estimator. β = Z 0 XΩ−1 X 0 Z ´ ³ ¡ ¢−1 ´ √ ³ˆ .3. a better choice is Wn = (X 0 X)−1 . For any Wn →p W0 . ˆ We have described the estimator β as “efficient GMM” if the optimal (variance minimizing) weight matrix is selected. β). V ) . it turns out that the GMM estimator is semiparametrically efficient.and µ µ ¶ ¶ 1 0 1 0 Z X Wn X e →d Q0 W N (0. 9. we can set Wn = I . n n We conclude: Theorem 9. This turns out to be W0 = Ω−1 . This yields the efficient GMM estimator: ¢−1 0 ¡ ˆ Z XΩ−1 X 0 Y. as the distribution of the data is unknown.

Alastair Hall (2000) has shown that the uncentered estimator is a poor choice. and was introduced by L. as in (9.4) which uses the uncentered moment conditions. when we say “GMM”. Instead. i. The estimator appears to have some better properties than traditional GMM.e. and GMM using Wn as the weight matrix is asymptotically efficient. these two estimators are asymptotically equivalent under the hypothesis of correct specification. There is little point in using an inefficient GMM estimator as it is easy to compute. Set ³ ¡ ¢−1 0 ´−1 ˆ ˆˆ XZ . Since Egi = 0. (9. Hansen. so the uncentered estimator will contain an undesirable bias term and the power of the test will be adversely affected. There is an important alternative to the two-step GMM estimator just described.and define Wn = à Then Wn →p Ω−1 = W0 . ˆ An estimator of the asymptotic variance of β can be seen from the above formula. A common alternative choice is to set à n !−1 1X 0 gi gi ˆˆ Wn = n i=1 1 X ∗ ∗0 gi gi ˆ ˆ n i=1 n !−1 = à 1X 0 gi gi − g n g 0 ˆˆ n n i=1 n !−1 . J(β) = n · g n (β) n i=1 In most cases. Here is a simple way to compute the efficient GMM estimator. When constructing hypothesis tests.4) above. 109 .5 GMM: The General Case In its most general form. First. we can let the weight matrix be considered as a function of β. Then the efficient GMM estimator is ˆ ³ ¡ ¢−1 0 ´−1 0 ¡ 0 ¢−1 0 ˆ ˆˆ XZ Z X g g − ng n g 0 ˆˆ X Y. ˆ and let g be the associated n × matrix. The criterion function is then à n !−1 1X ∗ 0 ∗ 0 gi (β)gi (β) g n (β). β = Z 0 X g 0 g − ng n g 0 n n ˆ Asymptotic standard errors are given by the square roots of the diagonal elements of V . ∗ gi (β) = gi (β) − g n (β) 9. However. set Wn = (X 0 X)−1 . Heaton and Yaron (1996). Then set gi = xi ei . GMM applies whenever an economic or statistical model implies the × 1 moment condition E (gi (β)) = 0. A simple solution is to use the centered moment conditions to construct the weight matrix. under the alternative hypothesis the moment conditions are violated. V = n Z 0 X g 0 g − ng n g 0 n where ˆ The β which minimizes this function is called the continuously-updated GMM estimator. but can be numerically tricky to obtain in some cases. 0ˆ ˆ ˆ ˆ estimate β using this weight matrix. This is a current area of research in econometrics. we actually mean “efficient GMM”. Egi 6= 0. and construct the residual ei = yi − zi β.

The GMM estimator minimizes J(β) = n · g n (β)0 Wn g n (β) where g n (β) = and Wn = à 1X gi (β) n i=1 n ˜ ˜ with gi = gi (β) constructed using a preliminary consistent estimator β. ˆ J = J(β) →d χ2−k . 110 . The variance of β may be estimated by G0 Ω−1 G where P ∗ ∗0 P ∂ ˆ ˆ ˆ g g and G = n−1 ˆ ˆ Ω = n−1 0 gi (β). Thus the model — the overidentifying restrictions — are testable.1 (Sargan-Hansen). Since the GMM estimator depends upon the first-stage estimator. where ³ ´−1 ∂ 0 ˆ ˆ ˆ ˆ Ω = (E (gi gi ))−1 and G = E ∂β 0 gi (β). so that the linear equation may be written as yi = β 0 x1i + ei . perhaps obtained by first ˆ setting Wn = I.6 Over-Identification Test Overidentified models ( > k) are special in the sense that there may not be a parameter value β such that the moment condition Eg(wi .1 Under general regularity conditions. and if the weight matrix is asymptotically efficient. and is thus a natural test statistic for H0 : Egi = 0. β) = 0 holds. Note that g n →p Egi .6. Hansen (1982). G0 Ω−1 G . take the linear model yi = β 0 x1i + β 0 x2i + ei with E (x1i ei ) = 0 and E (x2i ei ) = 0. 1 it is possible that β 2 6= 0. 9. The general theory of GMM estimation and testing was exposited by L. Identification requires l ≥ k = dim(β). and in this case it would be impossible to find a value of β 1 so that both E (x1i (yi − x0 β 1 )) = 0 and E (x2i (yi − x0 β 1 )) = 0 hold simultaneously. However. In this sense an 1i 1i exclusion restriction can be seen as an overidentifying restriction. Theorem 9. i i i i ∂β 1X 0 gi gi − g n g 0 ˆˆ n n i=1 n !−1 . and thus g n can be used to assess whether or not the hypothesis that Egi = 0 is true or not. Under the hypothesis of correct specification. 1 2 It is possible that β 2 = 0. ˆˆ n is a quadratic form in g n . This estimator can be iterated if needed. For example. and then β recomputed. The criterion function at the parameter estimates is J = n g 0 Wn g n n ¡ ¢−1 2 0 = n g n g 0 g − ng n g 0 gn . n β − β →d N 0. this is all that is known. ´ ³ ¡ ¢−1 ´ √ ³ˆ Theorem 9.Often.5. often the weight ˆ matrix Wn is updated.

When over-identified models are estimated by GMM. This test shares the useful feature of LR tests in that it is a natural by-product of the computation of alternative models.The proof of the theorem is left as an exercise. If h is non-linear. the GMM criterion function is J(β) = n · g n (β)0 Wn g n (β) For h : Rk → Rr . and it is advisable to report the statistic J whenever GMM is the estimation method. 9. and is the preferred test statistic. Based on this information alone. If the hypothesis is non-linear. The estimates under H1 are ˆ β = argmin J(β) β and those under H0 are ˜ β = argmin J(β). Hansen (1982) for the general case. 1. however. The GMM overidentification test is a very useful by-product of the GMM methodology. These may be used to construct Wald tests of statistical hypotheses. then D equals the Wald statistic. and by L. it is unclear what is wrong. we can reject the model. Proposition 9. the hypothesis is H0 : h(β) = 0. a better approach is to directly use the GMM criterion function. but it is typically cause for concern. This is sometimes called the GMM Distance statistic. If h is linear in β.1 If the same weight matrix Wn is used for both null and alternative.7 Hypothesis Testing: The Distance Statistic We described before how to construct estimates of the asymptotic covariance matrix of the GMM estimates. The degrees of freedom of the asymptotic distribution are the number of overidentifying restrictions. This result was established by Sargan (1958) for a specialized case. The idea was first put forward by Newey and West (1987). as this ensures that D ≥ 0. If the statistic J exceeds the chi-square critical value. 111 . Newey and West (1987) suggested to use the same weight matrix Wn for both null and alternative. For a given weight matrix Wn . This reasoning is not compelling. current evidence suggests that the D statistic appears to have quite good sampling properties. and sometimes called a LR-like statistic (the LR is for likelihood-ratio). it is customary to report the J statistic as a general test of model adequacy. h(β)=0 ˆ ˜ The two minimizing criterion functions are J(β) and J(β). the Wald statistic can work quite poorly.7. and some current research suggests that this restriction is not necessary for good performance of the test. In contrast. The GMM distance statistic is the difference ˜ ˆ D = J(β) − J(β). D →d χ2 r 3. D ≥ 0 2.

Given a conditional moment restriction.. ei (β. In many cases. A recent study of this problem is Donald and Newey (2001). Ai is unknown. If xi is a valid instrument satisfying E (ei | xi ) = 0. 0 In the linear model ei (β) = yi − zi β.. It turns out that this conditional moment restriction is much more powerful. in linear regression. . x3 . the model implies more than an unconditional moment restriction of the form Egi (β) = 0.. we can set gi (β) = φ(xi . In a joint model of the conditional mean and variance ⎧ yi − x0 β ⎨ i . are all valid instruments. etc. ei (β) = yi − x0 β. γ) = ⎩ 0 β)2 − f (x )0 γ (yi − xi i Here s = 2. β). and restrictive. Take the case s = 1. β)ei (β) which satisfies Egi (β) = 0 and hence defines a GMM estimator. Then ei (β) = yi − zi β. 0 Our linear model yi = zi β + ei with instruments xi falls into this class under the stronger 0 assumption E (ei | xi ) = 0. It implies a conditional moment restriction of the form E (ei (β) | xi ) = 0 where ei (β) is some s × 1 function of the observation and the parameters. It is also helpful to realize that conventional regression models also fall into this class. and then use the first k instruments.. but its form does help us think about construction of optimal instruments. except that in this case zi = xi . i Ai = −σ −2 Ri i . How is k to be determined? This is an area of theory still under development. Which should be selected? This is equivalent to the problem of selection of the best instruments. x2 . so is just-identified) yields the best GMM estimator possible. For example.9. Another approach is to construct the optimal instrument. an unconditional moment restriction can always be constructed. Let ¶ µ ∂ ei (β) | xi Ri = E ∂β and Then the “optimal instrument” is so the optimal moment is gi (β) = Ai ei (β). That is for any × 1 function φ(xi . Which should be used? i i One solution is to construct an infinite list of potent instruments. The form was uncovered by Chamberlain (1987). note that Ri = −E (zi | xi ) 112 ¡ ¢ σ 2 = E ei (β)2 | xi . Setting gi (β) to be this choice (which is k × 1. than the unconditional moment restriction discussed above. then xi . In practice.8 Conditional Moment Restrictions In many contexts. The obvious problem is that the class of functions φ is infinite. β). while in a nonlinear i regression model ei (β) = yi − g(xi . s = 1.

this implies that the bootstrap estimator is ¢−1 ¡ ∗0 ∗ ∗ ¡ ∗0 ∗ ¡ ¢¢ ˆ∗ Z X W X Y − X 0e . namely that improved efficiency can be obtained if the observations are weighted inversely to the conditional variance of the errors. jeopardizing the theoretical justification for percentile-t methods. i i 9. Ai = σ −2 E (zi | xi ) . zi = xi . caution should be applied when interpreting such results. the bootstrap applied J test will yield the wrong answer.. and define all statistics and tests accordingly. The efficient instrument is also inversely proportional to the conditional variance of ei ..9 Bootstrap GMM Inference ˆ Let β be the 2SLS or GMM estimator of β. In the case of endogenous variables. so ˆ Since i=1 pi gi β no recentering or adjustments are needed. not just an arbitrary linear projection. Brown and Newey argue that this bootstrap procedure will be more efficient than the Hall-Horowitz GMM bootstrap. Given the bootstrap sample (Y ∗ .. we need the best conditional mean model for zi given xi . Z ∗ ). xi . and construct confidence intervals for β. The bootstrap J statistic is J ∗ (β ). this sampling scheme preserves the moment conditions of the model.and so In the case of linear regression. However. . x∗ . This has been shown by Hahn (1996). we can apply the ˆ bootstrap methods discussed in Chapter 8 to compute estimates of the bias and variance of β. define the bootstrap GMM criterion ³ ³ ´0 ´ ∗ ˆ ˆ J ∗ (β) = n · g ∗ (β) − g n (β) Wn g ∗ (β) − g n (β) n n ˆ ˆ∗ where e = Y − Z β are the in-sample residuals. zi ). A correction suggested by Hall and Horowitz (1996) can solve the problem. Furthermore. identically as in the regression model. z ∗ ) drawn from the EDF F . In other words. X ∗ . ˆ Brown and Newey (2002) have an alternative solution. there are very few empirical applications of bootstrap GMM. β is the “true” value and yet g n (β) 6= 0. 113 . 1 ´ Pn ˆ = 0. not from the bootstrap data. ˆ β = Z ∗0 X ∗ W ∗ X ∗0 Z ∗ n n ∗ This means that wi do not satisfy the same moment conditions as the population distribution. ˆ where g n (β) is from the in-sample data. it fails to achieve an asymptotic refinement when the model is over-identified. i ¡ ¢ σ 2 = E e2 | xi . A straightforward application of the nonparametric bootstrap works in the sense of consistently achieving the first-order asymptotic distribution. In the linear model. wn } with the empirical likelihood probabilities {ˆi } described in Chapter X. Hence efficient GMM is GLS. note that the efficient instrument Ai involves the estimation of the conditional mean of zi given xi . so Ai = σ −2 xi . However. as we i discussed earlier in the course. Thus according to ∗ . to get the best instrument for zi . Using the EDF of (yi . To date. They note that we can sample from the p observations {w³. as this is a very new area of research. ˆ ˆ The problem is that in the sample. random variables (yi i i n ³ ³ ´´ ˆ ˆ E gi β = g n (β) 6= 0. ∗ ˆ Let β minimize J ∗ (β). This is the same as the GLS estimator.

9. 114 . then (X ´ ¢−1 ¡ √ ³ ˆ n β − β →d N (0. Let ei = yi − zi β where β is consistent for ˆ β (e. From matrix algebra. σ 2 Q0 M −1 Q ) 0 where Q = E(xi zi ) and M = E(xi x0 ). Take the model yi = zi β + ei with E (xi ei ) = 0. the asymptotic variˆ ance of β GMM is ¡ ¢−1 0 ¡ ¢−1 V = Q0 W Q Q W ΩW Q Q0 W Q ¡ ¢−1 (a) Let V0 be this matrix when W = Ω−1 . we know that V − V0 is positive semi-definite if and only if V0−1 − V −1 = A is positive semi-definite. and therefore positive semidefinite.10 Exercises yi = x0 β + ei i E (xi ei ) = 0 0 e2 = zi γ + η i i 1. a GMM estimator with arbitrary weight matrix). V − V0 is positive semi-definite (for then V0 is the smaller possible covariance matrix and W = Ω−1 is the efficient weight matrix). γ). Hint: The matrix I −G (G0 G)−1 G0 is symmetric and idempotent. Wn = n i=1 ¡ ¢ −1 where Ω = E x x0 e2 . (b) We want to show that for any W. Show that Wn →p Ω i i i 4. (c) Since Ω is positive definite. Show that if β is estimated by GMM with weight matrix Wn = i 0 X)−1 . there exists a nonsingular matrix C such that C 0 C = Ω−1 . Write out the matrix A. Take the single equation Y E(e = Zβ + e | X) = 0 ˆ Assume E(e2 | xi ) = σ 2 . i 0 0ˆ ˆ 3. In the linear model estimated by GMM with general weight matrix W. γ ) for (β. Letting H = CQ and G = C 0−1 W Q. Take the model E (zi ηi ) = 0. Show that V0 = Q0 Ω−1 Q . Define the estimate of the optimal GMM weight matrix à n !−1 1X 0 2 xi xi ei ˆ . A = H 0 I − G G0 G (d) Show that A is positive semidefinite. 2. verify that A can be written as ³ ¡ ¢−1 0 ´ G H.g. ˆ ˆ Find the method of moments estimators (β.

In the linear model Y = Xβ + e with E(xi ei ) = 0. The equation of interest is yi = g(xi .6) (a) Show that you can rewrite Jn (β) in (9. is defined as Jn (β) = ˜ β = argmin Jn (β). Show how to construct an efficient GMM estimator for β. subject ˆ i ˆi i=1 to the restriction h(β) = 0.6) equals the Wald statistic. 115 . l ≥ k. Vn = X X i=1 ˜ and hence R0 β = r. VR = V − V R R0 V R (d) Show that in this setting. VR ) where ¡ ¢−1 0 R V. Show that the minimizer is ³ ´−1 ³ ´ ˆ ˜ ˆ ˆ ˆ R0 β − r β = β − Vn R R0 Vn R ´ ´−1 ³ ³ ˆ ˆ ˆ R0 β − r . the distance statistic D in (9. xi . h(β)=0 The GMM test statistic (the distance statistic) of the hypothesis h(β) = 0 is ˜ D = Jn (β) = min Jn (β). The GMM estimator of β. Define the Lagrangian L(β.5. The observed data is (yi . the Generalized Method of Moments (GMM) criterion function for β is defined as 1 ˆn (Y − Xβ)0 X Ω−1 X (Y − Xβ) (9.5) n 1 P ˆ where ei are the OLS residuals and Ωn = n n xi x0 e2 . zi is l × 1 and β is k × 1. zi ). λ) = 1 Jn (β) + λ0 (R0 β − r) where λ is 2 s × 1.5) as ³ ´ ³ ´0 ˆ ˆ ˆ −1 β − β Jn (β) = β − β Vn where (b) Now focus on linear restrictions: h(β) = R0 β − r. λ = R0 Vn R (c) Show that if R0 β = r then ´ √ ³˜ n β − β →d N (0. Thus ˜ β = argmin Jn (β) R0 β−r à n ! ¡ 0 ¢−1 ¡ 0 ¢−1 X 0 2 ˆ XX xi xi ei ˆ . 6. β) + ei E (zi ei ) = 0. h(β)=0 (9.

ˆ and consider the GMM estimator β of β. l−k Hint: Il − R (R0 R)−1 R0 is a projection matrix. 116 . Take the linear model 0 yi = zi β + ei E (xi ei ) = 0. Let ˆ ˆ ˆ Jn = ng n (β)0 Ω−1 g n (β) denote the test of overidentifying restrictions.7.. we can write Ω−1 = CC 0 and Ω = C 0−1 C −1 ³ ´0 ³ ´−1 ˆ ˆ ˆ C 0 ΩC (b) Jn = n C 0 g n (β) C 0 g n (β) ˆ (c) C 0 g n (β) = Dn C 0 g n (β 0 ) (d) Dn →p Il − R (R0 R)−1 R0 (e) n1/2 C 0 g n (β 0 ) →d N ∼ N (0. Il ) ³ ´ (f) Jn →d N 0 Il − R (R0 R)−1 R0 N ³ ´ (g) N 0 Il − R (R0 R)−1 R0 N ∼ χ2 . Define ¶µ ¶−1 µ 1 0 ˆ −1 1 0 1 0 ˆ −1 0−1 0 1 0 XZ Z XΩ XZ Z XΩ C Dn = Il − C n n n n 1 0 Xe g n (β 0 ) = n ¡ ¢ 0 R = C 0 E xi zi Show that Jn →d χ2 as n → ∞ by demonstrating each of the following: l−k (a) Since Ω > 0.

pn ) are those which maximize the log-likelihood subject to the constraint (10. The idea is to construct a multinomial distribution F (p1 . the log-likelihood function for this multinomial distribution is n X ln(pi ).2) Ln (p1 .1 Non-Parametric Likelihood Since each observation is observed once in the sample. .. (10.Chapter 10 Empirical Likelihood 10. xi . .1). This is equivalent to maximizing à n ! n X X log(pi ) − µ pi − 1 i=1 i=1 where µ is a Lagrange multiplier.1) i=1 First let us consider a just-identified model.. xi . 2001) and has been extended to moment condition models by Qin and Lawless (1994). Combined with i the constraint (10. It is a non-parametric analog of likelihood estimation.1) we find that the MLE is pi = n−1 yielding the log-likelihood −n log(n). zi ) will satisfy this condition if and only if n X pi gi (β) = 0 (10. Now consider the case of an overidentified model with moment condition Egi (β 0 ) = 0 where g is × 1 and β is k × 1 and for simplicity we write gi (β) = g(yi . The maximum likelihood estimator of the probabilities (p1 .. these probabilities must satisfy the requirements that pi ≥ 0 and n X pi = 1. The n first order conditions are 0 = p−1 − µ.. In this case the moment condition places no additional restrictions on the multinomial distribution... zi .3) i=1 117 . The idea is due to Art Owen (1988.. To be a valid multinomial distribution. pn ) which places probability pi at each observation. (10.. The multinomial distribution which places probability pi at each observation (yi . β).. . pn ) = i=1 An alternative to GMM is empirical likelihood.

λ ¡ ¢ ln 1 + λ0 gi (β) . λ(β)) = −n ln (n) − n X i=1 ˆ The EL estimate β is the value which maximizes Ln (β). pn . we also obtain the Lagrange multiplier λ = λ(β).2) subject to the restrictions (10.3).. The solution (when it exists) is well defined since Rn (β. pi = ³ ˆ ˆ ˆ0 n 1 + λ gi β ˆ Ln = n X i=1 ln (ˆi ) . (see section 6. This yields the (profile) empirical log-likelihood function for β.4) (10.where λ and µ are Lagrange multipliers. pi = ¡ n 1 + λ0 gi (β) Substituting into L∗ we find n Rn (β. p1 . λ) : λ(β) = argmin Rn (β. p (10. λ) = −n ln (n) − n X i=1 For given β. λ).7) 118 .. The solution cannot be obtained explicitly. (10.1) and (10. but must be obtained numerically (see section 6.5) This minimization problem is the dual of the constrained maximization problem. probabilities 1 ³ ´´ . Multiplying the first equation by pi . or equivalently minimizes its negative ˆ (10. The Lagrangian for this maximization problem is à n ! n n X X X ln(pi ) − µ pi − 1 − nλ0 pi gi (β) L∗ (β. λ) is a convex function of λ. and using the second and third equations.. summing over i.5) ˆ ˆ As a by-product of estimation. µ. we find µ = n and 1 ¢. the Lagrange multiplier λ(β) minimizes Rn (β. Ln (β) = Rn (β. µ) = n i=1 i=1 i=1 L∗ n with respect to pi . pi gi (β) = 0.5).6) β = argmin [−Ln (β)] β ¡ ¢ ln 1 + λ(β)0 gi (β) and maximized empirical likelihood ˆ Numerical methods are required for calculation of β. λ. The first-order-conditions of and λ are 1 = µ + nλ0 gi (β) pi n X pi = 1 i=1 n X i=1 The empirical likelihood estimator is the value of β which maximizes the multinomial loglikelihood (10. .

λ) = − (10.2 Define Asymptotic Distribution of EL Estimator Gi (β) = ∂ gi (β) ∂β 0 (10.8) and ¢ 0 0 For example.1 Under regularity conditions.2.11) 0 = ∂λ ˆ0 ˆ i=1 1 + λ gi β ³ ´0 ˆ n X Gi .10). 0 = Rn (β. β λ ∂ ³ ´.12) ∂β ˆ ˆ0 i=1 1 + λ gi β 1 P 1 P 1 P Let Gn = n n Gi (β 0 ) . i i Theorem 10. (β.10) ¡ Ω−1 N (0.10. β) = −xi zi . ˆ The asymptotic variance V for β is the same as for efficient GMM. in the linear model.14) ³ ´ ˆ ˆ 0 ' −G0 Ω−1 g n − G0 Ω−1 Gn β − β 0 + G0 Ω−1 Ωn λ n n n n n n ³ ´ ˆ = −G0 Ω−1 g n − G0 Ω−1 Gn β − β 0 n n n n 119 .11) around β = β 0 and λ = λ0 = 0 yields ³ ´ ˆ ˆ 0 ' −g n − Gn β − β 0 + Ωn λ (10. and Ω = E xi x0 e2 . ˆ ˆ Proof. Thus the EL estimator is asymptotically efficient. and n β − β 0 and nλ are asymptotically independent.12) around β = β 0 and λ = λ0 = 0 yields ³ ´ ˆ 0 ' G0 λ − λ0 .13) yields n n Expanding (10. g n = n n gi (β 0 ) and Ωn = n n g (β 0 ) gi (β 0 )0 . G = −E (xi zi ). ´ √ ³ ˆ n β − β 0 →d √ ˆ nλ →d N (0.9) (10. λ) = − (10. Gi (. i=1 i=1 i=1i Expanding (10. V ) ¢−1 ¡ V = G0 Ω−1 G ¡ ¢−1 0 Vλ = Ω − G G0 Ω−1 G G G = EGi (β 0 ) ¡ ¢ Ω = E gi (β 0 ) gi (β 0 )0 (10.9) and (10.13) Premultiplying by G0 Ω−1 and using (10. Vλ ) ´ √ ˆ √ ³ˆ where V and Vλ are defined in (10. λ) jointly solve ³ ´ ˆ n gi β X ∂ ³ ³ ´´ Rn (β. n (10.

it is an asymptotically efficient estimator for β. Ω) →d Ω−1 I − G G Ω G GΩ = Ω−1 N (0.7) is n ³ ´´ ³ X ˆ ˆ0 (10. β 0 ) = 0 then LRn →d χ2−k . First. (10.15) yields ³ ¡ ¢−1 0 −1 ´ √ √ ˆ nλ ' Ω−1 I − Gn G0 Ω−1 Gn Gn Ωn ng n n n n ³ ¡ 0 −1 ¢−1 0 −1 ´ N (0. LRn = i=1 Theorem 10.ˆ Solving for β and using the WLLN and CLT yields ´ ¢−1 0 −1 √ ¡ √ ³ ˆ ' − G0 Ω−1 Gn n β − β0 Gn Ωn ng n n n ¡ 0 −1 ¢−1 0 −1 G Ω N (0. β ' n g n + Gn β − β 0 n i=1 ³ ¡ ¢−1 0 −1 ´ √ Gn Ωn ng n ' I − Gn G0 Ω−1 Gn n n √ ˆ ' Ωn nλ. The EL overidentification test is similar to the GMM overidentification test.15) (10. Twice the difference between the unrestricted empirical likelihood −n log (n) and the maximized empirical likelihood for the model (10.16) ´ √ ˆ √ ³ˆ n β − β 0 and nλ are asymptotically uncorrelated and hence independent.3.17) 2 ln 1 + λ gi β . Vλ ) Furthermore.1 If Eg(wi . Since the EL estimator achieves this bound. They are asymptotically first-order equivalent. V ) ˆ Solving (10. since ³ ¡ ¢−1 0 ´ G0 I − Ω−1 G G0 Ω−1 G G =0 (10. The overidentification test is a very useful by-product of EL estimation. and it is advisable to report the statistic LRn whenever EL is the estimation method.16). Proof. and have the same interpretation. This means that no consistent estimator for this class of models can have a lower asymptotic variance than V . 10.3 Overidentifying Restrictions In a parametric likelihood context. The same statistic can be constructed for empirical likelihood. and (10. ¥ Chamberlain (1987) showed that V is the semiparametric efficiency bound for β in the overidentified moment condition model. Ω) GΩ G →d = N (0. n ³ ´´ ´ √ ³ 1 X ³ ˆ ˆ √ g wi . tests are based on the difference in the log likelihood functions.14) for λ and using (10.15). by a Taylor expansion. 120 .

Vλ ) ¥ where the proof of the final equality is left as an exercise.wisc. Instead we use the difference in log-likelihoods: ³ ´ ˆ ˜ LRn = 2 Ln − Ln .5 Numerical Computation Gauss code which implements the methods discussed below can be found at http://www.prc 121 . Theorem 10.18). To test the hypothesis h(β) while maintaining (10. a The proof of this result is more challenging and is omitted. 10. By “maintained” we mean that the overidentfying restrictions contained in (10. Vλ )0 Ω−1 N (0. the simple overidentifying restrictions test (10.4 Testing Egi (β) = 0 (10. since ln(1 + x) ' x − x2 /2 for x small. so there is no fundamental change in the distribution theory for β relative to β. where h : Rk → Ra . The restricted EL estimator and likelihood are the values which solve ˜ β = argmax Ln (β) h(β)=0 ˜ ˜ Ln = Ln (β) = max Ln (β).18) and H0 : h(β) = 0. 10.18) are assumed to hold and are not being challenged (at least for the test discussed in this section). The hypothesis of interest is h(β) = 0. the restricted EL estimator β is simply an EL estimator with − k + a overidenti˜ ˆ fying restrictions. h(β)=0 ˜ Fundamentally.Second.4.17) is not appropriate. LRn →d χ2 .1 Under (10.ssc.18) Let the maintained model be where g is × 1 and β is k × 1. LRn = n X i=1 ˆ0 ' 2λ →d ˆ0 ˆ ' nλ Ωn λ = χ2−k n X i=1 ³ ´´ ³ ˆ ˆ0 2 ln 1 + λ gi β i=1 n ³ ´ X ³ ´ ³ ´0 ˆ − λ0 ˆ ˆ ˆ ˆ gi β gi β gi β λ N (0. This test statistic is a natural analog of the GMM distance statistic.edu/~bhansen/progs/elike.

λ) = i ∂λ∂β 0 1 + λ0 gi (β) i=1 ⎞ ⎛ ¡ 0 ¢ ∂2 n 2 X 0 gi (β) λ ∂ ⎠ ⎝G∗ (β. The value of δ which minimizes this quadratic is ˆ = R2 + 3R0 − 4R1 . Define ∗ gi (β.4) are Rλ = Rβ = The second derivatives are Rλλ = Rλβ = ¡ Gi (β)0 λ 1 + λ0 gi (β) gi (β) ¢ 1 + λ0 gi (β) X ∂ ∗ Rn (β. λj ))−1 Rλ (β. One method uses the following quadratic approximation. λ) ∂λ i=1 n ∂ Rn (β. The iteration (10. λ) = − gi (β. Set δ 0 = 0. (10. λ) gi (β. λ)0 − Rn (β. λ) .19) is continued until the gradient Rλ (β. 1. λ) = − ∂β n X i=1 G∗ (β. λj )) Rp = Rn (β. λ) = G∗ (β. set 2 λp = λj − δ p (Rλλ (β. For p = 0.. λ) = i i ∂β∂β 0 1 + λ0 gi (β) i=1 n where δ > 0 is a scalar steplength (to be discussed next).Derivatives The numerical calculations depend on derivatives of the dual likelihood function (10.5) for given β.19) X ∂2 ∗ ∗ gi (β. λj ) is smaller than some prespecified tolerance. λ) G∗ (β. i Rββ = Inner Loop The so-called “inner loop” solves (10. λ) yielding the iteration rule λj+1 = λj − δ (Rλλ (β. λ)0 − ∂β∂β Rn (β. A complication is that λ must be constrained so that 0 ≤ pi ≤ 1 which holds if ¢ ¡ n 1 + λ0 gi (β) ≥ 1 122 (10. λj ) . λp ) A quadratic function can be fit exactly through these three points. λj ))−1 Rλ (β.20) . δ 1 = 1 and δ 2 = 1. The starting value λ1 can be set to the zero vector.4). λ)0 0 Rn (β. δ 4R2 + 4R0 − 8R1 yielding the steplength to be plugged into (10.19). 2. Efficient convergence requires a good choice of steplength δ. λ) = i The first derivatives of (10. λ) = ∂λ∂λ i=1 ¶ n 2 Xµ ∂ Gi (β) ∗ gi (β. λ) G∗ (β. The modified Newton method takes a quadratic approximation to Rn (β.

and the rule is iterated until convergence. λ(β)) β ∂β ¡ ¢ 0 = − Rββ (β. The Newton iteration rule is β j+1 = β j − δL−1 Lβ ββ where δ is a scalar stepsize. The Hessian for (10. λ(β)) + Rλβ λβ + λ0 Rλβ + λ0 Rλλ λβ β β −1 0 = Rλβ Rλλ Rλβ − Rββ .6) is Lββ = − ∂ Ln (β) ∂β∂β 0 ¤ ∂ £ = − 0 Rβ (β. Outer Loop The outer loop is the minimization (10. This can be done by the modified Newton method described in the previous section.20) fails. ∂β 0 the second equality following from the implicit function theorem applied to Rλ (β. 123 . λ(β)) + λ0 Rλ (β. where λβ = ∂ −1 λ(β) = −Rλλ Rλβ .6) is Lβ = ∂ ∂ Ln (β) = Rn (β. λ) = Rβ + λ0 Rλ = Rβ β ∂β ∂β since Rλ (β. the stepsize δ needs to be decreased.6). the eigenvalues of Lββ should be adjusted so that all are positive. If not. λ) = 0 at λ = λ(β). The gradient for (10. λ(β)) = 0. It is not guaranteed that Lββ > 0. If (10.for all i.

and the supply equation e1i is iid. Eei = 0. i e2i The question is. x∗ ) are joint random i variables. Instead i i i we observe xi = x∗ + ui where ui is an k × 1 measurement error. and x∗ is not observed. so requires a structural interpretation. The variables qi and pi (quantity and price) are determined jointly by the demand equation qi = −β 1 pi + e1i µ ¶ qi = β 2 pi + e2i . independent of yi and x∗ . This cannot happen if β is defined by linear projection. what happens? It is helpful to solve for qi and pi in terms of the errors. E(yi | x∗ ) = x∗0 β is linear. β →p β ∗ = β − E xi x0 i This is called measurement error bias. Example: Measurement error in the regressor. i The problem is that £ ¡ ¢¤ ¡ ¢ E (xi vi ) = E (x∗ + ui ) ei − u0 β = −E ui u0 β 6= 0 i i i ˆ if β 6= 0 and E (ui u0 ) 6= 0. Example: Supply and Demand. Then i i yi = x∗0 β + ei i = (xi − ui )0 β + ei = x0 β + vi i where vi = ei − u0 β. β is the parameter of interest. then i ¡ ¡ ¢¢−1 ¡ 0 ¢ ˆ E ui ui β 6= β. In matrix notation. It follows that if β is the OLS estimator. The coefficient β must have meaning separately from the definition of a conditional mean or linear projection. Suppose that (yi . ¸µ ¶ µ ¶ ∙ qi e1i 1 β1 = 1 −β 2 pi e2i 124 Assume that ei = . β 1 + β 2 = 1 and Eei e0 = I2 (the latter for simplicity).Chapter 11 Endogeneity 0 We say that there is endogeneity in the linear model y = zi β + ei if β is the parameter of interest and E(zi ei ) 6= 0. if we regress qi on pi .

That is x2i are variables which could be included in the equation for yi (in the sense 125 . this can be written as Y = Zβ + e. Definition 11.1. In a typical set-up. z1i is an instrumental variable for (11. Thus we make the partition ¶ µ k1 z1i (11.1) where zi is k × 1.1) the structural equation. In matrix notation. at least the intercept). and assume that E(zi ei ) 6= 0 so there is endogeneity.3) zi = z2i k2 where E(z1i ei ) = 0 yet E(z2i ei ) 6= 0.2) Any solution to the problem of endogeneity requires additional information which we call instruments. By the above definition. so should be included in xi . some regressors in zi will be uncorrelated with ei (for example. ¶ µ ∙ β2 β1 1 −1 β 2 e1i + β 1 e2i (e1i − e2i ) ¸µ e1i e2i ¶ ˆ Hence if it is estimated by OLS. 11.4) xi = x2i 2 where z1i = x1i are the included exogenous variables.1) if E (xi ei ) = 0. This is called simultaneous equations bias. β →p β ∗ . which does not equal either β 1 or β 2 . (11. and x2i are the excluded exogenous variables.1). We call (11.1 Instrumental Variables 0 yi = zi β + ei Let the equation of interest be (11. We call z1i exogenous and z2i endogenous. So we have the partition µ ¶ z1i k1 (11.1 The × 1 random vector xi is an instrumental variable for (11.so µ qi pi ¶ = = = The projection of qi on pi yields qi = β ∗ pi + εi E (pi εi ) = 0 where β∗ = β − β1 E (pi qi ) ¡ 2¢ = 2 2 E pi ∙ 1 β1 1 −β 2 ¸−1 µ e1i e2i ¶ .

that they are uncorrelated with ei ) yet can be excluded, as they would have true zero coefficients in the equation. The model is just-identified if = k (i.e., if 2 = k2 ) and over-identified if > k (i.e., if 2 > k2 ). We have noted that any solution to the problem of endogeneity requires instruments. This does not mean that valid instruments actually exist.

11.2

Reduced Form

The reduced form relationship between the variables or “regressors” zi and the instruments xi is found by linear projection. Let ¡ ¢−1 ¡ 0 ¢ E xi zi Γ = E xi x0 i be the × k matrix of coefficients from a projection of zi on xi , and define ui = zi − x0 Γ i as the projection error. Then the reduced form linear relationship between zi and xi is zi = Γ0 xi + ui . In matrix notation, we can write (11.5) as Z = XΓ + u where u is n × k. By construction, E(xi u0 ) = 0, i so (11.5) is a projection and can be estimated by OLS: ˆ ˆ Z = XΓ + u ¡ 0 ¢−1 ¡ 0 ¢ ˆ XZ . Γ = XX Y = (XΓ + u) β + e = Xλ + v, where λ = Γβ and v = uβ + e. Observe that ¡ ¢ E (xi vi ) = E xi u0 β + E (xi ei ) = 0. i ˆ ˆ Y = X λ + v, ¡ 0 ¢−1 ¡ 0 ¢ ˆ λ = XX XY 126 (11.8) (11.7) (11.6) (11.5)

Substituting (11.6) into (11.2), we find

Thus (11.7) is a projection equation and may be estimated by OLS. This is

The equation (11.7) is the reduced form for Y. (11.6) and (11.7) together are the reduced form equations for the system Y = Xλ + v Z = XΓ + u. ˆ ˆ As we showed above, OLS yields the reduced-form estimates (λ, Γ)

11.3

Identification

The structural parameter β relates to (λ, Γ) through (11.8). The parameter β is identified, meaning that it can be recovered from the reduced form, if rank(Γ) = k. (11.9) Assume that (11.9) holds. If = k, then β = Γ−1 λ. If > k, then for any W > 0, β = (Γ0 W Γ)−1 Γ0 W λ. If (11.9) is not satisfied, then β cannot be recovered from (λ, Γ). Note that a necessary (although not sufficient) condition for (11.9) is ≥ k. Since X and Z have the common variables X1 , we can rewrite some of the expressions. Using (11.3) and (11.4) to make the matrix partitions X = [X1 , X2 ] and Z = [X1 , Z2 ], we can partition Γ as ∙ ¸ Γ11 Γ12 Γ = Γ21 Γ22 ∙ ¸ I Γ12 = 0 Γ22 (11.6) can be rewritten as Z1 = X1 Z2 = X1 Γ12 + X2 Γ22 + u2 . (11.10) β is identified if rank(Γ) = k, which is true if and only if rank(Γ22 ) = k2 (by the upperdiagonal structure of Γ). Thus the key to identification of the model rests on the 2 × k2 matrix Γ22 in (11.10).

11.4

Estimation
0 yi = zi β + ei

The model can be written as E (xi ei ) = 0 or Eg (wi , β) = 0 ¢ ¡ 0 g (wi , β) = xi yi − zi β .

This a moment condition model. Appropriate estimators include GMM and EL. The estimators and distribution theory developed in those Chapter 8 and 9 directly apply. Recall that the GMM estimator, for given weight matrix Wn , is ¡ ¢−1 0 ˆ β = Z 0 XWn X 0 Z Z XWn X 0 Y. 127

11.5

Special Cases: IV and 2SLS

This estimator is often called the instrumental variables estimator (IV) of β, where X is used as an instrument for Z. Observe that the weight matrix Wn has disappeared. In the just-identified case, the weight matrix places no role. This is also the MME estimator of β, and the EL estimator. Another interpretation stems from the fact that since β = Γ−1 λ, we can construct the Indirect Least Squares (ILS) estimator: ˆ ˆ ˆ β = Γ−1 λ ³¡ ¢−1 ¡ 0 ¢´−1 ³¡ 0 ¢−1 ¡ 0 ¢´ XX XZ XY = X 0X ¡ 0 ¢−1 ¡ 0 ¢ ¡ 0 ¢−1 ¡ 0 ¢ = XZ XX XX XY ¡ 0 ¢−1 ¡ 0 ¢ = XZ XY .

If the model is just-identified, so that k = , then the formula for GMM simplifies. We find that ¡ ¢−1 0 ˆ β = Z 0 XWn X 0 Z Z XWn X 0 Y ¡ ¢−1 −1 ¡ 0 ¢−1 0 = X 0Z Wn Z X Z XWn X 0 Y ¡ ¢−1 0 = X 0Z XY

which again is the IV estimator.

¡ ¢ Recall that the optimal weight matrix is an estimate of the inverse of Ω = E xi x0 e2 . In the i i ¢ ¡ 2 special case that E ei | xi = σ 2 (homoskedasticity), then Ω = E (xi x0 ) σ 2 ∝ E (xi x0 ) suggesting i i the weight matrix Wn = (X 0 X)−1 . Using this choice, the GMM estimator equals ³ ¡ ¢−1 0 ´−1 0 ¡ 0 ¢−1 0 ˆ β 2SLS = Z 0 X X 0 X XZ ZX XX XY

then

This is called the two-stage-least squares (2SLS) estimator. It was originally proposed by Theil (1953) and Basmann (1957), and is the classic estimator for linear equations with instruments. Under the homoskedasticity assumption, the 2SLS estimator is efficient GMM, but otherwise it is inefficient. It is useful to observe that writing ¡ ¢−1 0 X, PX = X X 0 X ¡ 0 ¢−1 0 ˆ X Z, Z = PX Z = X X X ˆ β = ¢−1 0 Z PX Y Z 0 PX Z ´ ³ ˆ ˆ ˆ = Z 0 Z Z 0 Y. ¡

The source of the “two-stage” name is since it can be computed as follows ˆ ˆ ˆ • First regress Z on X, vis., Γ = (X 0 X)−1 (X 0 Z) and Z = X Γ = PX Z. ³ ´−1 ˆ ˆ ˆ ˆ ˆ • Second, regress Y on Z, vis., β = Z 0 Z Z 0 Y. 128

Here we present a simplified version of one of his results. We now derive a similar result for the 2SLS estimator. we regress Y on Z1 and Z2 . Z2 = [PX Z1 . 11. let’s analyze the approximate bias of OLS applied to (11. ˆ since Z1 lies in the span of X.13) which is zero only when S21 = 0 (when Z is exogenous).12) Z = XΓ + u ξ = (e. X2 ]. So only the endogenous variables Z2 are replaced by their fitted values: ˆ ˆ ˆ Z2 = X1 Γ12 + X2 Γ22 .12). Recall. PX Z2 ] h i ˆ = Z1 . First. ¶ µ 1 0 Z e = E (zi ei ) = Γ0 E (xi ei ) + E (ui ei ) = S21 E n and E µ 1 0 ZZ n ¶ ¡ 0¢ = E zi zi ¢ ¡ ¢ ¢ ¡ ¢ ¡ ¡ = Γ0 E xi x0 Γ + E ui x0 Γ + Γ0 E xi u0 + E ui u0 i i i i = Γ0 QΓ + S22 where Q = E (xi x0 ) . PX Z2 ] = [Z1 . 129 . Hence by a first-order approximation i µ µ ¶¶−1 µ ¶ ³ ´ 1 0 1 0 ˆ OLS − β E β ZZ Ze ≈ E E n n ¡ ¢−1 = Γ0 QΓ + S22 S21 (11. the model is Y = Zβ + e (11. Z2 ] and X = [Z1 . Z = [Z1 .6 Bekker Asymptotics Bekker (1994) used an alternative asymptotic framework to analyze the finite-sample bias in the 2SLS estimator. u) E (ξ | X) = 0 ¢ ¡ E ξξ 0 | X = S As before. Then i h ˆ ˆ ˆ Z = Z1 . Thus in the second stage. Z2 .11) (11.ˆ It is useful to scrutinize the projection Z. Using (11. In our notation.11). X is n × l so there are l instruments. ¡ ¢−1 ¡ 0 ¢ ˆ β 2SLS = Z 0 PX Z Z PX Y .

12) and this result. except when S21 = 0 (when Z is exogenous). Let q = H 0 ξS −1/2 which satisfies Eqq 0 = In and partition q = (q1 q2 ) where q1 is l × 1. It is also close to zero when α = 0.13). indicating that the bias in 2SLS approaches that of OLS as the number of instruments increases. Bekker (1994) showed further that under the alternative asymptotic approximation that α is fixed as n → ∞ (so that the number of instruments goes to infinity proportionately with sample ˆ size) then the expression in (11. The consequences of identification failure for inference are quite severe. l .14) In general this is non-zero. the expression in (11. n and (11. 0). Indeed as α → 1.Let PX = X (X 0 X)−1 X 0 .14) is the probability limit of β 2SLS − β 11.14) approaches that in (11. By the spectral decomposition of an idempotent matrix. Bekker (1994) pointed out that it also has the reverse implication — that when α = l/n is large. P = HΛH 0 0 0 where Λ = diag(Il . the bias in the 2SLS estimator will be large. Hence µ ¶ 1 0 1 1/20 ¡ 0 ¢ 1/2 ξ PX ξ S E q Λq S E = n n µ ¶ 1 0 1 1/20 S E q q1 S 1/2 = n n 1 l 1/20 1/2 S S = n = αS where α= Using (11. ¢ 1 ¡ ¢ 1 ¡ ¢ 1 ¡ 0 E Z PX e = E Γ0 X 0 e + E u0 PX e = αS21 . n n n ¢ ¡ ¡ ¢ ¢ ¢ 1 ¡ 0 1 ¡ E Z PX Z = Γ0 E xi x0 Γ + Γ0 E (xi ui ) + E ui x0 Γ + E u0 PX u i i n n = Γ0 QΓ + αS22 . The parameter β fails to be identified if Γ22 has deficient rank.7 Identification Failure Recall the reduced form equation Z2 = X1 Γ12 + X2 Γ22 + u2 . Together µ µ ¶¶−1 µ ¶ ³ ´ 1 0 1 0 ˆ 2SLS − β E β Z PX Z Z PX e ≈ E E n n ¡ ¢−1 = α Γ0 QΓ + αS22 S21 . 130 .

but (11. we find that β is inconsistent for β and the ˆ is non-normal. This occurs when Γ22 is full rank. E x2 u2 i i n n i=1 i=1 n n (11. This is particularly nasty. Suppose this condition fails.Take the simplest case where k = l = 1 (so there is no X1 ). Then by the CLT ¡ ¡ ¢¢ 1 X √ xi ei →d N1 ∼ N 0.16) ˆ β−β = 1 √ n 1 √ n Pn Pn i=1 xi ei i=1 xi zi →d N1 ∼ Cauchy. the instrument xi is weak for zi if γ = n−1/2 c. We see that β is identified if and only if Γ22 = γ 6= 0. E x2 e2 i i n i=1 n (11. To see the consequences. but small. Suppose that identification does not complete fail. where C is a full rank matrix. so E (zi xi ) = 0. The n−1/2 is picked because it provides just the right balancing to allow a rich distribution theory. This result carries over to more general settings.15) is unaffected.16) instead takes the form 1 X √ xi zi n i=1 n = = 1 X 2 1 X √ xi γ + √ xi ui n n 1 n i=1 n X x2 c + i i=1 n n 1 √ n →d Qc + N2 therefore ˆ β − β →d i=1 n X i=1 xi ui N1 . Then the model may be written as yi = zi β + ei zi = xi γ + ui and Γ22 = γ = E (xi zi ) /Ex2 .15) therefore ¢¢ ¡ ¡ 1 X 1 X √ xi zi = √ xi ui →d N2 ∼ N 0. This can be handled in an asymptotic analysis by modeling it as local-to-zero. N2 since the ratio of two normals is Cauchy. 131 . but is weak. viz Γ22 = n−1/2 C. In addition. once again take the simple case k = l = 1. which occurs i when E (zi xi ) 6= 0. Here. as the Cauchy distribution does not have a finite mean. Thus identification hinges on the existence of correlation between the excluded exogenous variable and the included endogenous variable. Then (11. meaning that inferences about parameters of interest can be misleading. Qc + N2 ˆ As in the case of complete identification failure. standard test statistics have non-standard asymptotic distribution of β distributions. and was examined by Phillips (1989) and Choi and Phillips (1992).

If k2 = 1. 132 . which is straightforward to assess using a hypothesis test on the reduced form. So while a minimal check is to test that each columns of Γ22 is non-zero. Unfortunately. The bottom line is that it is highly desirable to avoid identification failure. Γ22 6= 0 is not sufficient for identification. Once again. Therefore in the case of k2 = 1 (one RHS endogenous variable). this cannot be interpreted as definitive proof that Γ22 has full rank. Further results on testing were obtained by Wang and Zivot (1998). one constructive recommendation is to explicitly estimate the reduced form equation for Z2 . and at a minimum check that the test rejects H0 : Γ22 = 0. tests of deficient rank are difficult to implement. construct the test of Γ22 = 0.The distribution theory for this model was developed by Staiger and Stock (1997) and extended to nonlinear GMM estimation by Stock and Wright (2000). this requires Γ22 6= 0. and attempt to assess the likelihood that Γ22 has deficient rank. the equation to focus on is the reduced form Z2 = X1 Γ12 + X2 Γ22 + u2 and identification requires rank(Γ22 ) = k2 . In any event. it appears reasonable to explicitly estimate and report the reduced form equations for X2 . It is not even sufficient that each column of Γ22 is non-zero (each column corresponds to a distinct endogenous variable in X2 ). When k2 > 1.

X is n × l. 1. ˜ 0 e < e0 e.8 Exercises yi = zi β + ei . Take the linear model yi = xi β + ei E (ei | xi ) = 0. 2.) 3. Consider the single equation model ˆ where yi and zi are both real-valued (1 × 1). Let β denote the IV estimator of β using as an instrument a dummy variable di (takes only the values 0 and 1). Show that the GLS estimator of β can be written as an i IV estimator using some instrument xi . Take the linear model Y = Zβ + e. l ≥ k. Find a simple expression for the IV estimator in this context. u is n × k. xi is l × 1. at ˆˆ If X is indeed endogeneous. Explain why this is true. The parameter Γ is defined by the population moment condition ¡ ¢ E xi u0 = 0 i ˆ Show that the method of moments estimator for Γ is Γ = (X 0 X)−1 (X 0 Z) . ˆ ˜ ˜ Let the IV estimator for β using some instrument X be β and the IV residual be e = Y − Z β. show that if rank(Γ) < k then β cannot be identified. 6. 5. The reduced form between the regressors zi and instruments xi takes the form zi = x0 Γ + ui i or Z = XΓ + u where zi is k × 1. In the linear model 0 yi = zi β + ei E (ei | zi ) = 0 ¡ 2 ¢ suppose σ 2 = E ei | zi is known. in the sense that e ˜ ˜ least in large samples? 4. That is. In the structural model Y = Zβ + e Z = XΓ + u with Γ l × k. (Find an expression for xi . we claim that β is identified (can be recovered from the reduced form) if rank(Γ) = k.11. ˆ ˆ Let the OLS estimator for β be β and the OLS residual be e = Y − Z β. and Γ is l × k. 133 . will IV “fit” better than OLS. Z is n × k. where xi and β are 1 × 1.

(b) Define the 2SLS estimator of β. (b) Now treat Education as endogenous. using the instrument near4. (c) Re-estimate by 2SLS (report estimates and standard errors) adding three additional instruments: near2 (a dummy indicating that the observation lives near a 2-year college). of the mother). using zi as an instrument for xi . (f) Discuss your findings. a dummy indicating that the observation lives near a 4-year college. How does this differ from OLS? (c) Find the efficient GMM estimator of β based on the moment condition E (zi (yi − xi β)) = 0. Report estimates and standard errors. Report the estimates and standard errors. Estimate the model by 2SLS. listed in card. There are 2215 observations with 19 variables.. of the father) and motheduc (the education. are the parameters identified? 8. In this model. and then calculate the GMM estimator from this weight matrix without further iteration.pdf. (a) Estimate the model by OLS.dat is taken from David Card “Using Geographic Variation in College Proximity to Estimate the Return to Schooling” in Aspects of Labour Market Behavior (1995). Does this differ from 2SLS and/or OLS? 7. 134 . I suggest that you use the 2SLS estimates as the first-step to get the weight matrix. Report estimates and standard errors. We want to estimate a wage equation log(W age) = β 0 + β 1 Educ + β 2 Exper + β 3 Exper2 + β 4 South + β 5 Black + e where Educ = Eduation (Years) Exper = Experience (Years). Suppose that price and quantity are determined by the intersection of the linear demand and supply curves Demand : Supply : Q = a0 + a1 P + a2 Y + e1 Q = b0 + b1 P + b2 W + e2 ¡ ¢ (a) Show that E (xi ei ) = 0 and E x2 ei = 0. (e) Calculate and report the J statistic for overidentification. f atheduc (the education. (d) Re-estimate the model by efficient GMM. and South and Black are regional and racial dummy variables. in years. The data file card. Is zi = (xi i for estimation of β? x2 ) a valid instrumental variable i where income (Y ) and wage (W ) are determined outside the market. in years. and the remaining variables as exogenous.

Theorem 12. Yt−k ) is independent of t for all k.1.Chapter 12 Univariate Time Series A time series yt is a process observed in sequence over time.1.. then Xt is strictly stationary and ergodic.. To indicate the dependence on time.4 (loose).1 Stationarity and Ergodicity Definition 12.. 135 ... We can separate time series into two categories: univariate (yt ∈ R is scalar). t = 1.3 ρ(k) = γ(k)/γ(0) = Corr(Yt . and use the subscript t to denote the individual observation.1 {Yt } is covariance (weakly) stationary if E(Yt ) = µ is independent of t.2 {Yt } is strictly stationary if the joint distribution of (Yt .. and multivariate (yt ∈ Rm is vector-valued). The primary model for multivariate time series is vector autoregressions (VARs). Definition 12.. and T to denote the number of observations. we expect that Yt and Yt−1 are not independent.1. Yt−k ) is the autocorrelation function. T . γ(k) is called the autocovariance function.1. Yt−1 . and Cov (Yt . A stationary time series is ergodic if γ(k) → 0 as k → ∞. .) is a random variable. The primary model for univariate time series is autoregressions (ARs). 12. we adopt new notation.. Definition 12. . so classical assumptions are not valid.1. . however. Because of the sequential nature of time series. Yt−k ) = γ(k) is independent of t for all k. Definition 12. There proofs are rather difficult.1 If Yt is strictly stationary and ergodic and Xt = f (Yt . The following two theorems are essential to the analysis of stationary time series.

Part (1) is a direct consequence of the Ergodic theorem. ˆ Proof. ˆ ˆ T t=1 T t=1 T t=1 By Theorem 12. Thus an application of the Ergodic Theorem yields T 1X Yt Yt−k →p E(Yt Yt−k ). ρ(k) →p ρ(k).3 If Yt is strictly stationary and ergodic and EYt2 < ∞. γ (0) ˆ Theorem 12. 1. note that γ (k) = ˆ T 1X (Yt − µ) (Yt−k − µ) ˆ ˆ T t=1 = T T T 1X 1X 1X Yt Yt−k − Yt µ − ˆ Yt−k µ + µ2 .1 above. ˆ Part (3) follows by the continuous mapping theorem: ρ(k) = γ (k)/ˆ (0) →p γ(k)/γ(0) = ρ(k).Theorem 12. For Part (2). If Xt is strictly stationary and ergodic and E |Xt | < ∞.1.1. ˆ ˆ T t=1 γ (k) = ˆ The sample autocorrelation ρ(k) = ˆ γ (k) ˆ .1. ˆ 2. T t=1 Thus γ (k) →p E(Yt Yt−k ) − µ2 − µ2 + µ2 = E(Yt Yt−k ) − µ2 = γ(k). and it has a finite mean by the assumption that EYt2 < ∞. µ →p E(Yt ). ˆ 3. the sequence Yt Yt−k is strictly stationary and ergodic. ˆ ˆ γ ¥ 136 . γ (k) →p γ(k).2 (Ergodic Theorem). then as T → ∞. then as T → ∞. T t=1 This allows us to consistently estimate parameters using time-series moments: The sample mean: T 1X µ= ˆ Yt T t=1 The sample autocovariance T 1X (Yt − µ) (Yt−k − µ) . T 1X Xt →p E(Xt ).

12. 137 ... For example.. .. This occurs when |ρ| < 1.. t By back-substitution. ∞ X = ρk et−k .} is the past history of the series..3 Stationarity of AR(1) Process Yt = ρYt−1 + et . A linear AR model (the most common type used in practice) specifies linearity: E (Yt | It−1 ) = α + ρ1 Yt−1 + ρ2 Yt−1 + · · · + ρk Yt−k . Definition 12. An autoregressive (AR) model specifies that only a finite number of past lags matter: E (Yt | It−1 ) = E (Yt | Yt−1 .2.. the series {. Regression errors are naturally a MDS. Most asset pricing models imply that asset returns should be the sum of a constant plus a MDS. . The last property defines a special time-series process. Y1 .. some versions of the life-cycle hypothesis imply that either changes in consumption. k=0 Loosely speaking. E(et ) = 0 and Ee2 = σ 2 < ∞. A useful property of a MDS is that et is uncorrelated with any function of the lagged information It−1 . Some time-series processes may be a MDS as a consequence of optimizing behavior. should be a MDS. then we have the autoregressive model Yt = α + ρ1 Yt−1 + ρ2 Yt−1 + · · · + ρk Yt−k + et E (et | It−1 ) = 0. Yt−k ) .. In fact. Y2 . we find Yt = et + ρet−1 + ρ2 et−2 + .2 Autoregressions In time-series. YT . We consider the conditional expectation E (Yt | It−1 ) where It−1 = {Yt−1 . Thus for k > 0.. Yt−2 .. this series converges if the sequence ρk et−k gets small as k → ∞. 12. .1 et is a martingale difference sequence (MDS) if E (et | It−1 ) = 0. as it is difficult to derive distribution theories without this property. E(Yt−k et ) = 0. Letting et = Yt − E (Yt | It−1 ) . . The MDS property for the regression error plays the same role in a time-series regression as does the conditional mean-zero property for the regression error in a cross-section regression.. A mean-zero AR(1) is Assume that et is iid..} are jointly random... it is even more important in the time-series context. or consumption growth rates.

an AR(1) is stationary iff |ρ| < 1. Defining L2 = LL. 1 − ρ2 V ar(Yt ) = If the equation for Yt has an intercept. We call ρ(L) the autoregressive polynomial of Yt . From Theorem 12. The AR(k) model is Using the lag operator.3. Note that an equivalent way to say this is that an AR(1) is stationary iff the root of the autoregressive polynomial is larger than one (in absolute value). the above results are unchanged.3.1 The lag operator L satisfies LYt = Yt−1 .5 Stationarity of AR(k) Yt = ρ1 Yt−1 + ρ2 Yt−1 + · · · + ρk Yt−k + et .Theorem 12.4 Lag Operator An algebraic construct which is useful for the analysis of autoregressive models is the lag operator. except that the mean of Yt can be computed from the relationship EYt = α + ρEYt−1 . ∞ X k=0 ρ2k V ar (et−k ) = 12.1.1 If |ρ| < 1 then Yt is strictly stationary and ergodic. since ρ(z) = 0 when z = 1/ρ. 138 . In general. Definition 12. Yt − ρ1 LYt − ρ2 L2 Yt − · · · − ρk Lk Yt = et . The operator ρ(L) = (1 − ρL) is a polynomial in the operator L. We say that the root of the polynomial is 1/ρ. we see that L2 Yt = LYt−1 = Yt−2 . We call ρ(L) the autoregressive polynomial of Yt . Lk Yt = Yt−k . and solving for EYt = EYt−1 we find EYt = α/(1 − ρ). 12. The AR(1) model can be written in the format Yt − ρYt−1 + et or (1 − ρL) Yt−1 = et . We can compute the moments of Yt using the infinite sum: EYt = ∞ X k=0 ρk E (et−k ) = 0 σ2 .4. or ρ(L)Yt = et where ρ(L) = 1 − ρ1 L − ρ2 L2 − · · · − ρk Lk .

the requirement is that all roots are larger than one.. . For an AR(k). The Fundamental Theorem of Algebra says that any polynomial can be factored as ¢¡ ¢ ¡ ¢ ¡ ρ(z) = 1 − λ−1 z 1 − λ−1 z · · · 1 − λ−1 z 1 2 k 12.6 Let Estimation xt = β = ¡ 1 Yt−1 Yt−2 · · · α ρ1 ρ2 · · · yt = x0 β + et .1 The AR(k) is strictly stationary and ergodic if and only if |λj | > 1 for all j. β = X 0X (12. Let |λ| denote the modulus of a complex number λ. Note that ut is a MDS.. we say that ρ(L). ¢0 Then the model can be written as The OLS estimator is ¡ ˆ To study β. We know that an AR(1) is stationary iff the absolute value of the root of its autoregressive polynomial is larger than one. and hence Yt . it is helpful to define the process ut = xt et . t T t=1 T t=1 139 . then ˆ β →p β as T → ∞.” If one of the roots equals 1. T ¢ ¡ 1X xt x0 →p E xt x0 = Q. we see that à !−1 à ! T T 1X 1X ˆ β=β+ xt x0 xt et →p Q−1 0 = 0. Proof. Thus T T 1X 1X xt et = ut →p E (ut ) = 0. T t=1 T t=1 ¢−1 0 ¡ ˆ X Y. This is a special case of non-stationarity. One way of stating this is that “All roots lie outside the unit circle. Thus t by the Ergodic Theorem.1) Theorem 12.1 If the AR(k) process Yt is strictly stationary and ergodic and EYt2 < ∞. and is of great interest in applied time series. t t T t=1 ¥ Combined with (12. since E (ut | It−1 ) = E (xt et | It−1 ) = xt E (et | It−1 ) = 0. which satisfy ρ(λj ) = 0. t Yt−k ¢0 ρk .1.where the λ1 .5.1) and the continuous mapping theorem. it is also strictly stationary and ergodic. The vector xt is strictly stationary and ergodic.. Theorem 12.1. By Theorem 12.1. and by Theorem 12. so is xt x0 .6.1. λk are the complex roots of ρ(z). “has a unit root”.

Simulate iid draws e∗ from the empirical distribution of the residuals {ˆ1 . It also presumes that the AR(k) structure is the truth. ´ √ ³ ¡ ¢ ˆ T β − β →d N 0. t t Theorem 12.. Y0 ). Divide the sample into T /m blocks of length m. this cannot work in a time-series application. If ut is a strictly stationary and ergodic MDS and E(ut u0 ) = Ω < ∞. .7...1 MDS CLT.. then as T → ∞. T t=1 Since xt et is a MDS. we constructed the bootstrap sample by randomly resampling from the data values {yt . T t=1 where Ω = E(xt x0 e2 ). In particular.7. as this imposes inappropriate independence. This creates an iid bootstrap sample. T 1 X √ ut →d N (0. 12. t This construction imposes homoskedasticity on the errors e∗ . Briefly. eT }.7 Asymptotic Distribution Theorem 12. ˆ 2. Create the bootstrap series Yt∗ by the recursive formula ˆ ˆ ∗ ˆ ∗ ˆ ∗ Yt∗ = α + ρ1 Yt−1 + ρ2 Yt−2 + · · · + ρk Yt−k + e∗ . ˆ 1. 140 . Ω) . .. Clearly.1 to see that T 1 X √ xt et →d N (0. there are two popular methods to implement bootstrap resampling for time-series data. we can apply Theorem 12.2 If the AR(k) process Yt is strictly stationary and ergodic and EYt4 < ∞. This is identical in form to the asymptotic distribution of OLS in cross-section regression..8 Bootstrap for Autoregressions In the non-parametric bootstrap. which may be different than the i properties of the actual ei . the asymptotic covariance matrix is estimated just as in the cross-section case. Q−1 ΩQ−1 . t then as T → ∞. xt }. e ˆ 3. Estimate β and residuals et . Y−k+2 . Method 2: Block Resampling 1. The implication is that asymptotic inference is the same. i 4. Method 1: Model-Based (Parametric) Bootstrap. Fix an initial condition (Y−k+1 . Ω) .7.12.

Resample complete blocks. Paste the blocks together to create the bootstrap time-series Yt∗ . 5.2)-(12. • You can estimate (12. For each simulated sample.2. If s is the number of seasons (typically s = 4 or s = 12). Thus the seasonally adjusted data is a “filtered” series. This is a flexible approach which can extract a wide range of seasonal factors. May not work well in small samples.. This procedure is sometimes called Detrending.. But the long-run trend is also eliminated. 6. draw T /m blocks. and for modelmisspecification. get the ˆ ˆ residual St . and then perform regression (12. This presumes that “seasonality” does not change over the sample. however.2) (12. 141 . • First apply a seasonal differencing operator. The reason why these two procedures are (essentially) the same is the Frisch-Waugh-Lovell theorem. 4. • You can estimate (12. This allows for arbitrary stationary serial correlation. first estimate (12. The seasonal factor is typically estimated by a two-sided weighted average of the data for that season in neighboring years. ρk ).3) sequentially by OLS. heteroskedasticity. ∆s Yt = Yt − Yt−s . • Include dummy variables for each season. . and the way that the data are partitioned into blocks. 3. The results may be sensitive to the block length.3) or Yt = α0 + α1 t + ρ1 Yt−1 + ρ2 Yt−1 + · · · + ρk Yt−k + et . That is. or the season-to-season change.2). (12..4) by OLS. The seasonal adjustment.3) replacing St with St . (12. Seasonal Effects There are three popular methods to deal with seasonal data.9 Trend Stationarity Yt = µ0 + µ1 t + St St = ρ1 St−1 + ρ2 St−2 + · · · + ρk St−l + et .4) There are two essentially equivalent ways to estimate the autoregressive parameters (ρ1 . and perhaps this was of relevance. The series ∆s Yt is clearly free of seasonality. • Use “seasonally adjusted” data. also alters the time-series correlations of the data. 12.

or Yt = α(1 − θ) + (ρ + θ) Yt−1 − θρYt−2 + et = AR(2). Yt is an AR(1). 142 . let the null hypothesis be an AR(1): Yt = α + ρYt−1 + ut . (If you increase k. (A simple exclusion test).. AIC(k) = log σ 2 (k) + ˆ 2k .) This can induce strange behavior in the AIC..6) 12. We model this as an AR(1): ut = θut−1 + et with et a MDS. and then estimate the models AR(1). AR(k) on this (unified) sample. Yt−k−m are jointly zero. H0 may be expressed as the restriction that the coefficient on Yt−2 is zero. this is the same as saying that under the alternative Yt is an AR(k+m).g.6). To combine (12. and the alternative is that the error is an AR(m).. T where σ 2 (k) is the estimated residual variance from an AR(k) ˆ One ambiguity in defining the AIC criterion is that the sample available for estimation changes as k changes.12. e.. The hypothesis of no omitted serial correlation is H0 : θ = 0 H1 : θ 6= 0. and under H1 it is an AR(2). We then multiply this by θ and subtract from (12. Another is to minimize the AIC or BIC information criterion.. An appropriate test of H0 against H1 is therefore a Wald test that the coefficient on Yt−2 is zero.5) We are interested in the question if the error ut is serially correlated.5) and lag the equation once: Yt−1 = α + ρYt−2 + ut−1 .. if the null hypothesis is that Yt is an AR(k). to find Yt − θYt−1 = α − θα + ρYt−1 − θρYt−1 + ut − θut−1 . We want to test H0 against H1 . The best remedy is to fix a upper value k.5). (12. we take (12. . you need more initial conditions.11 Model Selection What is the appropriate choice of k in practice? This is a problem of model selection. AR(2). An appropriate test is the Wald test of this restriction. In general. and then reserve the first k as initial conditions.5) and (12. One approach to model selection is to choose k based on a Wald tests. and this is equivalent to the restriction that the coefficients on Yt−k−1 . Thus under H0 . (12. .10 Testing for Omitted Serial Correlation For simplicity.

The ergodic theorem and MDS CLT do not apply. Thus ρ(1) = (1 − 1) − α0 − (1 − 1) − · · · − (1 − 1) = −α0 .7) These models are equivalent linear transformations of one another. we say that if Yt is non-stationary but ∆d Yt is stationary. (12. the natural test statistic is the t-statistic for H0 from OLS estimation of (12. under H0 . which is an AR(k-1) in the first-difference ∆Yt . or ρ1 + ρ2 + · · · + ρk = 1. However. Thus a time series with unit root is I(1). The DF parameterization is convenient because the parameter α0 summarizes the information about the unit root. or I(d). In this case. Indeed. An alternative asymptotic framework has been developed to deal with non-stationary data. Under H0 . and is called the Augmented Dickey-Fuller (ADF) test for a unit root. then ∆Yt is a stationary AR process. A helpful way to write the equation is the so-called Dickey-Fuller reparameterization: ∆Yt = µ + α0 Yt−1 + α1 ∆Yt−1 + · · · + αk−1 ∆Yt−(k−1) + et . So the natural alternative is H1 : α0 < 0. Because of this property. since ρ(1) = −α0 . so conventional normal asymptotics are invalid. Yt is non-stationary. Thus if Yt has a (single) unit root. observe that the lag polynomial for the Yt computed from (12. Hence. and test statistics are asymptotically non-normal. Since α0 is the parameter of a linear regression. the hypothesis of a unit root in Yt can be stated as H0 : α0 = 0.7). As we discussed before. then Yt is “integrated of order d”. as the models are equivalent. We do not have the time to develop this theory in detail. Note that the model is stationary if α0 < 0. this is the most popular unit root test. Yt is non-stationary. Yt has a unit root when ρ(1) = 0. It would seem natural to assess the significance of the ADF statistic using the normal table.7) is (1 − L) − α0 L − α1 (L − L2 ) − · · · − αk−1 (Lk−1 − Lk ) But this must equal ρ(L). To see this. 143 . but simply assert the main results.12.12 Autoregressive Unit Roots The AR(k) model is ρ(L)Yt = µ + et ρ(L) = 1 − ρ1 L − · · · − ρk Lk . the model for Yt is ∆Yt = µ + α1 ∆Yt−1 + · · · + αk−1 ∆Yt−(k−1) + et .

Theorem 12. however. and have negative means. The ADF test has a different distribution when the time trend has been included. but it may be stationary around the linear time trend. (12. All we can say is that there is insufficient evidence to conclude whether the data are stationary or not. s(ˆ 0 ) α The limit distributions DFα and DFt are non-normal. Assume α0 = 0. If the test rejects H0 . and may be used for testing the hypothesis H0 . Note: The standard error s(ˆ 0 ) is the conventional (“homoskedastic”) standard error. This model is ∆Yt = µ1 + µ2 t + α0 Yt−1 + α1 ∆Yt−1 + · · · + αk−1 ∆Yt−(k−1) + et . The natural solution is to include a time trend in the fitted OLS equation. where c is the critical value from the ADF table. the ADF test rejects H0 in favor of H1 when ADF < c. Stock Prices). then the series itself is nonstationary.g. rather than the ˆ 1/2 . and a different table should be consulted. this means that the evidence points to Yt being stationary. T α0 →d (1 − α1 − α2 − · · · − αk−1 ) DFα ˆ ADF = α0 ˆ → DFt . GDP.12. If a time trend is included. it is a silly waste of time to fit an AR model to the level of the series without a time trend. Since the alternative hypothesis is one-sided. These are included for completeness (from a pedagogical perspective) but have no relevance for empirical practice where intercepts are always included. If the test does not reject H0 . This distribution has been extensively α tabulated. Another popular setting includes as well a linear time trend. as the AR model cannot conceivably describe this data. Most texts include as well the critical values for the extreme polar case where the intercept has been omitted from the model. this means that it is computed as the t-ratio for α0 from OLS estimation of (12. a common conclusion is that the data suggests that Yt is non-stationary. conventional rate of T The second result states that the t-statistic for α0 converges to a limit distribution which is ˆ non-normal. the test procedure is the same. This is called a “super-consistent” rate of convergence. 144 . This is not really a correct conclusion. When conducting the ADF test.8) This is natural when the alternative hypothesis is that the series is stationary about a linear time trend. If the series has a linear trend (e. but does not depend on the parameters α. The first result states that α0 converges to its true value (of zero) at rate T. They are skewed to the left.8). Thus the Dickey-Fuller test is robust to heteroskedasticity. But the theorem does not require an assumption of homoskedasticity. As T → ∞. We have described the test for the setting of with an intercept.1 (Dickey-Fuller Theorem). In this context. but different critical values are required.

. Observe that A0 is m × 1. Note that since Yt is a vector. . The typical goal is to find the conditional expectation E (Yt | It−1 ) ... Yt−k ) = A0 + A1 Yt−1 + A2 Yt−2 + · · · Ak Yt−k . ⎝ . 13. and the m × (mk + 1) matrix A0 A1 A2 · · · 145 . Yt−2 . this conditional expectation is also a vector...) be all lagged information at time t. . . A linear VAR specifies that this conditional mean is linear in the arguments: E (Yt | Yt−1 . Yt−k ) . Alternatively. Defining the m × 1 regression error et = Yt − E (Yt | It−1 ) .. we have the VAR model Yt = A0 + A1 Yt−1 + A2 Yt−2 + · · · Ak Yt−k + et E (et | It−1 ) = 0. Yt−k A= ¡ ⎛ 1 ⎞ ⎟ ⎟ ⎟ ⎟ ⎟ ⎠ Ak ¢ . Let It−1 = (Yt−1 . defining the mk + 1 vector ⎜ Yt−1 ⎜ ⎜ xt = ⎜ Yt−2 ⎜ ..Chapter 13 Multivariate Time Series A multivariate time series Yt is a vector process m × 1. .and each of A1 through Ak are m × m matrices.1 Vector Autoregressions (VARs) A VAR model specifies that the conditional mean is a function of only a finite number of lags: E (Yt | It−1 ) = E (Yt | Yt−1 ..

Then the VAR system can be written as the equations Yjt = a0 xt + ejt . The GMM estimator corresponding to these moment conditions is equation-by-equation OLS aj = (X 0 X)−1 X 0 Yj . Consider the moment conditions j = 1. Note that a0 = Yj0 X(X 0 X)−1 .then Yt = Axt + et . ˆj ˆ And if we stack these to create the estimate A. m. some regressors may be excluded from some of the equations. This (system) estimator is known as the SUR (Seemingly Unrelated Regressions) estimator. j Unrestricted VARs were introduced to econometrics by Sims (1980)..3 Restricted VARs The unrestricted VAR is a system of m equations.2 ⎟ X(X 0 X)−1 A ⎜ . either as a regression. each with the same set of regressors. One way to write this is to let a0 be the jth row j of A. For example. we find ⎞ ⎛ Y10 ⎜ Y0 ⎟ ˆ = ⎜ . These are implied by the VAR model. or across equations. ¡ Y1 Y2 · · · where Y = Ym 0 the T × m matrix of the stacked yt . The VAR model is a system of m equations. and was originally derived by Zellner (1962) ¢ 13. The GMM framework gives a convenient method to impose such restrictions on estimation.. ˆ An alternative way to compute this is as follows. Restrictions may be imposed on individual equations. . A restricted VAR imposes restrictions on the system. or as a linear projection.. 13.2 Estimation E (xt ejt ) = 0. 146 . ⎠ 0 Ym+1 = Y 0 X(X 0 X)−1 . ⎟ ⎝ .

2) may be estimated by iterated GLS. t and et is iid N (0. We see that an appropriate. t t−1 (13. Let yt = Yjt .2) Take the equation yt = x0 β + et . and subtract off the equation once lagged multiplied by θ. 147 . under the restriction γ = −βθ. may be tested if desired. t and xt = This is just a conventional regression. 13.13. (13. and is still routinely reported by conventional regression packages. h¡ 1 Yt−1 · · · 0 Yt−k Zt−1 · · · 0 Zt−k ¢0 i . This restriction. Another interesting fact is that (13. Otherwise it is invalid.) Since the common factor restriction appears arbitrary. and is typically rejected empirically. This can be done by a Wald test. and simple way to test for omitted serial correlation is to test the significance of extra lagged values of the dependent variable and regressors. The DW test is appropriate only when regression yt = x0 β + et is not dynamic (has no lagged values on the RHS). and Zt be the other variables. 1).4 Single Equation from a VAR Yjt = a0 xt + et . If valid.1).2) is uncommon in recent applications. You may have heard of the Durbin-Watson test for omitted serial correlation. xt−1 ) to the regression. direct estimation of (13. This takes the form 0 and xt consists of lagged values of Yjt and the other Ylt s. Then yt = x0 β + et t et = θet−1 + ut E (ut | It−1 ) = 0. So testing H0 versus H1 is equivalent to testing for the significance of adding (yt−1 . j Often.3) which is a valid regression model.3). which once was very popular. general. the model (13. to get t ¡ ¢ ¡ ¢ yt − θyt−1 = x0 β + et − θ x0 β + et−1 t t−1 = x0 β − θxt−1 β + et − θet−1 . Let et = ejt and β = aj . (A simple version of this estimator is called Cochrane-Orcutt. Then the null and alternative are H0 : θ = 0 H1 : θ 6= 0. Then the single equation takes the form (13.1) yt = x0 β + et . we are only interested in a single equation out of a VAR system.5 Testing for Omitted Serial Correlation Consider the problem of testing for omitted serial correlation in equation (13. with time series data. which is called a common factor restriction. In this case. Suppose that et is an AR(1). it is convenient to re-define the variables.2) is a special case of (13. t or yt = θyt−1 + x0 β + x0 γ + ut .

.6 Selection of Lag Length in an VAR If you want a data-dependent rule to pick the lag length k in a VAR. lagged Zt does not help to forecast Yt . Define the two information sets I1t = (Yt . then Zt may help to forecast Yt even though it does not “cause” Yt . That is. you may either use a testingbased approach (using. If it is found that Zt does not Granger-cause Yt .) The information set I1t is generated only by the history of Yt .13. The reason why we call this “Granger Causality” rather than “causality” is because this is not a physical or structure definition of causality. however. such as a futures price. In this equation. This definition of causality was developed by Granger (1969) and Sims (1972). This may be tested using an exclusion (Wald) test. If this condition does not hold. We say that Zt does not Granger-cause Yt if E (Yt | I1. Yt−1 . Zt ). The formula for the AIC and BIC are ³ ´ p ˆ AIC(k) = log det Ω(k) + 2 T ³ ´ p log(T ) ˆ BIC(k) = log det Ω(k) + T T X 1 ˆ et (k)ˆt (k)0 ˆ e Ω(k) = T t=1 p = m(km + 1) where p is the number of parameters in the model. Yt−2 .7 Granger Causality Partition the data vector into (Yt . Note. The latter has more information. If Zt is some sort of forecast of the future.. or an information criterion approach. Zt−2 . Yt−2 . . In a linear VAR. and the information set I2t is generated by both Yt and Zt . 148 . and et (k) is the OLS residual vector from the ˆ model with k lags. Yt−1 . then we deduce that our time-series model of E (Yt | It−1 ) does not require the use of Zt . Zt−1 . . Yt and/or Zt can be vectors.t−1 ) . Zt . for example. such as the conditional variance. the equation for Yt is 0 0 Yt = α + ρ1 Yt−1 + · · · + ρk Yt−k + Zt−1 γ 1 + · · · + Zt−k γ k + et . That is. The log determinant is the criterion from the multivariate normal likelihood. This idea can be applied to blocks of variables. conditional on information in lagged Yt .. that Zt may still be useful to explain other features of Yt ..) I2t = (Yt . The hypothesis can be tested by using the appropriate multivariate Wald test. the Wald statistic). 13. Zt does not Granger-cause Yt if and only if H0 : γ 1 = γ 2 = · · · = γ k = 0. .t−1 ) = E (Yt | I2. then we say that Zt Granger-causes Yt .

If the series Yt is not cointegrated. The r vectors in β are called the cointegrating vectors. m × r. then β = (1 − 1)0 specifies that log(Consumption/Income) is stationary. The asymptotic distribution was worked out in B. Whether or not the time trend is included. Thus H0 can be tested using a univariate ADF test on zt . 13. then r = 0. Suppose that β is known. it may be believed that β is known a priori. however. if Yt is a pair of interest rates. Then β 2 = (Y20 Y2 )−1 Y2 Y1 →p β 2 . If r = m. The asymptotic distribution was worked out by Phillips and Ouliaris (1990). Hansen (1992). in general. such that zt = β 0 Yt is I(0). yet under H1 zt is I(0).8 Cointegration The idea of cointegration is due to Granger (1981). β = (1 − 1)0 . Engle and Granger (1987) suggested using an ADF test on the estimated ˆ0 ˆ residual zt = β Yt . the asymptotic distribution of the test is affected by the presence of the time trend. For example. Definition 13. Often. When β is unknown. If Y = (log(Consumption) log(Income))0 . as first shown by Stock (1987). so zt = β 0 Yt is known.9 Cointegrated VARs A(L)Yt = et A(L) = I − A1 L − A2 L2 − · · · − Ak Lk We can write a VAR as or alternatively as ∆Yt = ΠYt−1 + D(L)∆Yt−1 + et where Π = −A(1) = −I + A1 + A2 + · · · + Ak . and was articulated in detail by Engle and Granger (1987). In some cases. a good method to estimate β. then it turns out that β can be consistently estimated by an OLS regression of one component of Yt on the others.1 The m × 1 series Yt is cointegrated if Yt is I(1) yet there exists β. it may be necessary to include a time trend in the estimated cointegrating regression. Then under H0 zt is I(1). from OLS of Y1t on Y2t . In other cases. When the data have time trends. β may not be known. If Yt is cointegrated with a single cointegrating vector (r = 1). This is not. Furthermore ˆ this estimation is super-consistent: T (β 2 − β 2 ) →d Limit. Their justification was Stock’s result that β is superˆ ˆ consistent under H1 . β is not consistent. Y2t ) and β = (β 1 β 2 ) and normalize β 1 = 1. For 0 < r < m. Under H0 . but it is useful in the construction of alternative estimators and tests. so the ADF critical values are not appropriate. 149 .8. of rank r. then β = (1 − 1)0 specifies that the spread (the difference in returns) is stationary. We are often interested in testing the hypothesis of no cointegration: H0 : r = 0 H1 : r > 0. Yt is I(1) and cointegrated. then Yt is I(0). Thus Yt = ˆ (Y1t .13.

it is simple to test for cointegration by testing the rank of Π. they are typically called the “Johansen Max and Trace” tests.9. 1991. These tests are constructed as likelihood ratio (LR) tests. Their asymptotic distributions are non-standard. rank(α) = r. Yt is cointegrated with m × r β if and only if rank(Π) = r and Π = αβ 0 where α is m × r. 150 . If β is unknown.1 (Granger Representation Theorem). we typically just normalize one element to equal unity. then estimation is done by “reduced rank regression”. As they were discovered by Johansen (1988. Thus cointegration imposes a restriction upon the parameters of a VAR. The restricted model can be written as ∆Yt = αβ 0 Yt−1 + D(L)∆Yt−1 + et ∆Yt = αzt−1 + D(L)∆Yt−1 + et . One difficulty is that β is not identified without normalization. this can be estimated by OLS of ∆Yt on zt−1 and the lags of ∆Yt . Equivalently. 1995). If β is known. and are similar to the Dickey-Fuller distributions. this is the MLE of the restricted parameters under the assumption that et is iid N (0. and different authors have adopted different identification schemes. When r = 1. this does not work. In the context of a cointegrated VAR estimated by reduced rank regression. When r > 1.Theorem 13. Ω). which is least-squares subject to the stated restriction.

due to time constraints. A more modern approach is semi-parametric.. They still constitute the majority of LDV applications. The two standard choices for F are 151 . however. i As P (Yi = 1 | xi ) = E (Yi | xi ) . We will discuss only the first (parametric) approach. so that F (z) = 1 − F (−z). eliminating the dependence on a parametric distributional assumption. 1. allowing the construction of the likelihood function. you were to write a thesis involving LDV estimation. as this is the full conditional distribution. The linear probability model specifies that P (Yi = 1 | xi ) = x0 β. you would be advised to consider employing a semi-parametric estimation approach. Given some regressors xi . typically assumed to be symmetric about zero..1 Binary Choice The dependent variable Yi = {0. A parametric model is constructed. the linear probability model does not impose the restriction that 0 ≤ P (Yi | xi ) ≤ 1. the goal is to describe P (Yi = 1 | xi ) . Even so estimation of a linear probability model is a useful starting point for subsequent analysis. This represents a Yes/No outcome. 1}. However. For the parametric approach.. this yields the regression: Yi = x0 β + ei which can be estimated by i OLS. 2.. 1. The standard alternative is to use a function of the form ¡ ¢ P (Yi = 1 | xi ) = F x0 β i where F (·) is a known CDF.} • Censored: Y = {x : x ≥ 0} The traditional approach to the estimation of limited dependent variable (LDV) models is parametric maximum likelihood. estimation is by MLE.Chapter 14 Limited Dependent Variables A “limited dependent variable” Y is one which takes a “limited” set of values. 1} • Multinomial: Y = {0. 2. If. The most common cases are • Binary: Y = {0.. . . 14. A major practical issue is construction of the likelihood function. k} • Integer: Y = {0.

Standard errors and test statistics are computed by asymptotic approximations.• Logistic: F (u) = (1 + e−u ) • Normal: F (u) = Φ(u). Thus i the conditional density is f (yi xi ) = pyi (1 − pi )1−yi i ¡ 0 ¢yi ¡ ¢ = F xi β (1 − F x0 β )1−yi . To construct the likelihood. i if Yi∗ > 0 . Details of such calculations are left to more advanced courses. we call this the probit model. This model is identical to the latent variable model Yi∗ = x0 β + ei i ei ∼ F (·) ½ 1 Yi = 0 For then P (Yi = 1 | xi ) = P (Yi∗ > 0 | xi ) ¡ ¢ = P x0 β + ei > 0 | xi i ¢ ¡ = P ei > −x0 β | xi i ¢ ¡ = 1 − F −x0 β i ¡ ¢ = F x0 β . −1 . i i yi =0 ˆ The MLE β is the value of β which maximizes ln (β). and if F is normal. i | Hence the log-likelihood function is ln (β) = = = = n X i=1 n X i=1 n X i=1 log f (yi | xi ) ¡ ¡ ¢y ¡ ¢ ¢ log F x0 β i (1 − F x0 β )1−yi i i yi =1 X £ ¡ ¢ ¡ ¢¤ yi log F x0 β + (1 − yi ) log(1 − F x0 β ) i i ¡ ¢ X ¡ ¢ log F x0 β + log(1 − F x0 β ). If F is logistic. y = 0. we need the conditional distribution of an individual observation. such that P (Y = 1) = p and P (Y = 0) = 1 − p. Recall that if Y is Bernoulli. we call this the logit model. Yi is conditionally Bernoulli with P (Yi = 1 | xi ) = pi = F (x0 β) . In the Binary choice model. 152 . otherwise Estimation is by maximum likelihood. then we can write the density of Y as f (y) = py (1 − p)1−y . 1.

i If Y = {0. incomes above a threshold are typically reported at the threshold. An example of a data collection censoring is top-coding of income. Thus the model is that there is some latent process yi with unbounded support. or it may be a by-product of economic constraints. Censored models are typically applied when the data set has a meaningful proportion (say 5% or higher) of data at the boundary of the sample support.14. He proposed the latent variable model ∗ yi = x0 β + ei i ei ∼ iid N (0. 14. 1. Tobin observed that for many households. 1. This model (now called the Tobit) specifies that the latent (or ideal) value of consumption may be negative (the household 153 . The log-likelihood function is ln (β) = n X i=1 log f (yi | xi ) = n X¡ ¢ − exp(x0 β) + yi x0 β − log(yi !) . this motivates the label Poisson “regression. This may be considered restrictive. 2. k! = exp(x0 β)..) The observed data yi therefore come from a mixed continuous/discrete distribution.” Also observe that the model implies that V ar (Yi | xi ) = λi = exp(x0 β). the consumption level (purchases) in a particular period was zero. . i so the model imposes the restriction that the conditional mean and variance of Yi are the same. A generalization is the negative binomial. .1) yi = ∗ <0 .}.2 Count Data exp (−λi ) λk i . This model specifies that P (Yi = k | xi ) = λi k = 0.. a typical approach is to employ Poisson regression. Since E (Yi | xi ) = λi = exp(x0 β) i is the conditional mean. 0 if yi (This is written for the case of the threshold being zero.. The first censored regression model was developed by Tobin (1958) to explain consumption of durable goods. σ 2 ) with the observed variable yi generated by the censoring equation (14.3 Censored Data The idea of “censoring” is that some data above or below a threshold are mis-reported at the ∗ threshold. The conditional density is the Poisson with parameter λi . In surveys. The censoring process may be explicit in data collection. but we observe only ½ ∗ ∗ yi if yi ≥ 0 (14.1).. 2. The functional form for λi has been picked to ensure that λi > 0. any known value can substitute. i i i=1 ˆ The MLE is the value β which maximizes ln (β).

and the latter is of interest. For example. [Note: it is still possible to estimate E (Yi | xi ) by LS techniques. This has great relevance for the evaluation of anti-poverty and job-training programs. This occurs when the observed data is systematically different from the population of interest. Thus OLS will be biased i for the parameter of interest β. where the goal is to assess the effect of “training” on the general population. σ φ σ σ where 1 (·) is the indicator function. not E (Yi∗ | xi ) = x0 β. and they wish to extrapolate the effects of the experiment on a general population. if you ask for volunteers for an experiment. not just on the volunteers. All that is reported is that the household purchased zero units of the good. To construct the likelihood. This does not work because regression estimates E (Yi | xi ) . 154 . observe that the probability of being censored is ∗ P (yi = 0 | xi ) = P (yi < 0 | xi ) ¢ ¡ 0 = P xi β + ei < 0 | xi ¶ µ x0 β ei i <− | xi = P σ σ µ 0 ¶ xβ = Φ − i . the density function can be written as y > 0.] Consistent estimation will be achieved by the MLE. you should worry that the people who volunteer may be systematically different from the general population. Hence the log-likelihood is a mixture of the probit and the normal: ln (β) = n X i=1 ¶¸ µ 0 ¶ X ∙ µ xi β yi − x0 β −1 i + . The naive approach to estimate β is to regress yi on xi . log Φ − log σ φ = σ σ y =0 y >0 X i i log f (yi | xi ) ˆ The MLE is the value β which maximizes ln (β). that the parameter of β is defined by an alternative statistical structure. σ The conditional distribution function above zero is Gaussian: ¶ µ Z y z − x0 β −1 i dz. P (yi = y | xi ) = σ φ σ 0 Therefore. 14.4 Sample Selection The problem of sample selection arises when the sample is a non-random selection of potential observations.would prefer to sell than buy). The Tobit framework postulates that this is not inherently interesting. ¶¸ µ 0 ¶1(y=0) ∙ µ z − x0 β 1(y>0) xi β −1 i f (y | xi ) = Φ − .

e1i ρ σ2 It is presumed that we observe {xi .2) is a valid regression equation for the observations for which Ti = 1. ˆ ³ ´ ˆ ˆ ˆ • Estimate β. e1i = ρe0i + vi . The equation for Ti is an equation specifying the probability that the person is employed. where Hence ¡ 0 ¢ e1i = ρλ zi γ + ui . but also can be consistently estimated by a Probit model for selection.A simple sample selection model can be written as the latent model yi = x0 β + e1i i ¡ 0 ¢ Ti = 1 zi γ + e0i > 0 where 1 (·) is the indicator function. Under the normality assumption. using regressors zi . Else it is unobserved. ρ from OLS of yi on xi and λ(z 0 γ ). Zi ¡ 0 ¢ = ρλ zi γ . The dependent variable yi is observed if (and only if) Ti = 1. Zi ) = E e1i | {e0i > −zi γ}. Ti } for all observations. E (e0i | e0i > −x) = λ(x) = Φ(x) and the function λ(x) is called the inverse Mills ratio. 155 . They can be corrected using a more complicated formula. It is unknown. as this is a two-step estimator. The model is often completed by specifying that the errors are jointly normal ¶ µ µ ¶¶ µ 1 ρ e0i ∼ N 0. alternatively. Or. Zi + E vi | {e0i > −zi γ}. ¡ 0 ¢ yi = x0 β + ρλ zi γ + ui i (14. For example. Zi ¢ ¡ ¢ ¡ 0 0 = ρE e0i | {e0i > −zi γ}. A useful fact about the standard normal distribution is that φ(x) . The binary dependent variable is Ti . by viewing the Probit/OLS estimation equations as a large joint GMM problem. Zi ) = 0. The “Heckit” estimator is thus calculated as follows • Estimate γ from a Probit. if γ were known. which can be observed only if a person is employed. ¡ ¢ 0 E (e1i | Ti = 1. where vi is independent of e0i ∼ N (0. i • The OLS standard errors will be incorrect. The problem is that this is equivalent to conditioning on the event {Ti = 1}. Heckman (1979) observed that we could consistently estimate β and ρ from this equation. Thus E (ui | Ti = 1. The naive estimator of β is OLS regression of yi on xi for those observations for which yi is available. zi . However. yi could be a wage. 1). . which is non-zero.

Some modern econometric research is exploring how to relax the normality assumption. 0ˆ The estimator can also work quite poorly if λ (zi γ ) does not have much in-sample variation. it is typically recommended to find a valid exclusion restriction: a variable should be in zi which is not in xi . and hence improve the second stage estimator’s precision.The Heckit estimator is frequently used to deal with problems of sample selection. and the estimator can be quite sensitive to this assumption. If 0ˆ this is valid. 156 . However. Based this observation. then λ (zi γ ) can be highly collinear with xi . This can happen if the Probit equation does not “explain” much about the selection choice. it will ensure that λ (zi γ ) is not collinear with xi . the estimator is built on the assumption of normality. so the second step OLS estimator will not be able to precisely estimate β. Another 0ˆ potential problem is that if zi = xi .

. It is a strong assumption. it The typical maintained assumptions are that the individuals i are mutually independent. The motivation is to allow ui to be arbitrary. 157 .1) is called the random effects hypothesis.1) fails if the individual-specific unobserved effect ui is correlated with the observed explanatory variables xit . xit }. and the t subscript denotes time. 15. however. and most applied researchers try to avoid its use. n. or unbalanced : {yit .. then OLS is inconsistent... . n.. xit } : t = 1. where the i subscript denotes the individual. It is consistent if E (xit ui ) = 0 (15..1) If this condition fails.. and thus achieve invariance. xit } : For i = 1.. OLS appears a poor estimation choice. . .1 Individual-Effects Model The standard panel data specification is that there is an individual-specific effect which enters linearly in the regression yit = x0 β + ui + eit . In either event. This is often believed to be plausible if ui is an omitted variable.2 Fixed Effects This is the most common technique for estimation of non-dynamic linear panel regressions. 15. that ui and eit are independent. OLS of yit on xit is called pooled estimation.1) is true. . OLS can be improved upon via a GLS technique. If (15. and that eit is uncorrelated with xit . An observation is the pair {yit . ti . Condition (15. t = ti . and have arbitrary correlated with xi . There are several derivations of the estimator. i = 1. collected over time. that eit is iid across individuals and time.. (15.. A panel may be balanced : {yit .. T . The goal is to eliminate ui from the estimator.Chapter 15 Panel Data A panel is a set of observations on individuals..

2) yields estimator (β. it will be collinear with di . you do not want to actually implement conventional OLS estimation.2) is a valid regression. un ui = d0 u. else Then note that and an n × 1 dummy vector with a “1” in the i0 th place. Let ⎛ ⎞ u1 ⎜ . Y ∗ = Y − D(D0 D)−1 D0 Y where X ∗ = X − D(D0 D)−1 D0 X. let dij = and ⎧ ⎨ 1 ⎩ 0 ⎛ if i = j . so (15. ⎟ u = ⎝ . din Observe that E (eit | xit . with di as a regressor along with xi . ˆ β = ¢−1 ¡ 0 ¢ ¡ 0 X (1 − PD ) Y X (1 − PD ) X ¡ ¢−1 ¡ ∗0 ∗ ¢ = X ∗0 X ∗ X Y .g. • If xit contains an intercept. 158 . Computationally. . OLS estimation of β proceeds by the FWL theorem. their gender) will be collinear with di .First.2) ⎞ di1 ⎜ . so will have to be omitted. di ) = 0.. u). it i (15. as the parameter space is too large. which is quite large as typically n is very large. then by the FWL theorem. • There are n + k regression parameters. ⎠ . Observe that • This is generally consistent. ˆ ˆ OLS on (15. i yit = x0 β + d0 u + eit . so the intercept is typically omitted from xit . Conventional inference applies. ⎠. . ⎟ di = ⎝ . • Any regressor in xit which is constant over time for all individuals (e. Stacking the observations together: Y = Xβ + Du + e.

Unfortunately. but loses a time-series observation). we find y i = x0 β + ui + ei . Hence a valid estimator of α and β is to estimate (15. Alternatively.4) . we use lags of the dependent variable. it and then take individual-specific means by taking the average for the i0 th individual: ti ti ti 1 X 1 X 0 1 X yit = x β + ui + eit Ti t=t Ti t=t it Ti t=t i i i or Subtracting. the predicted value from these regressions is the individual specific mean y i . The standard approach to estimate a dynamic panel is to combine first-differencing with IV or GMM. A simple application of GMM yields the parameter estimates and standard errors. as this enables the moments from the different timeperiods to be stacked together to create a list of all the moment conditions. it (15.3 Dynamic Panel Regression yit = αyit−1 + x0 β + ui + eit .Since the regression of yit on di is a regression onto individual-specific dummies. But if there are valid instruments. k ≥ 2. Thus values of yit−k . ∗ ˆ The fixed effects estimator β is OLS of yit on x∗ .4) will be inconsistent. then IV or GMM can be used to estimate the equation. the dependent variable and regressors in deviationit from-mean form. two periods back. and the residual is the demean value ∗ yit = yit − yi . Taking first-differences of (15.4) by IV using yt−2 as an instrument for ∆yt−1 (which is just identified). 15.3) A dynamic panel regression has a lagged dependent variable This is a model suitable for studying dynamic behavior of individual agents. This is because the sample mean of yit−1 is correlated with that of eit . A more sophisticated GMM estimator recognizes that for time-periods later in the sample. it it which is free of the individual-effect ui .3) eliminates the individual-specific effect: ∆yit = α∆yit−1 + ∆x0 β + ∆eit . as yt−2 is uncorrelated with ∆eit . Typically. GMM using yt−2 and yt−3 as instruments (which is overidentified. it However. are valid instruments. there are more instruments available. so the instrument list should be different for each equation. i ∗ yit = x∗0 β + e∗ . e So OLS on (15. the fixed effects estimator is inconsistent. Another derivation of the estimator is to take the equation yit = x0 β + ui + eit . if eit is iid. at least if T is held finite as n → ∞. 159 (15. This is conveniently organized by the GMM principle. then it will be correlated with ∆yit−1 : E (∆yit−1 ∆eit ) = E ((yit−1 − yit−2 ) (eit − eit−1 )) = −E (yit−1 eit−1 ) = −σ 2 .

. we cannot define d F (x) since F (x) is a step function. The amount of smoothing is controlled by the bandwidth h > 0. and then see how the method generalizes to estimating the entire function.. The kernel functions are used to smooth the data.Chapter 16 Nonparametrics 16. The ˆ ˆ EDF F i=1 dx standard nonparametric method to estimate f (x) is based on smoothing using a kernel. Let 1 ³u´ . While we are typically interested in estimating the entire function f (x).. Xn } While F (x) can be estimated by the f ˆ (x) = n−1 n 1 (Xi ≤ x) . The kernel density estimator of f (x) is 1X ˆ f (x) = Kh (Xi − x) . n i=1 n 160 .1 Kernel Density Estimation d Let X be a random variable with continuous distribution F (x) and density f (x) = dx F (x). Definition 1 K(u) is a second-order kernel function if it is a symmetric zero-mean density function. we can simply focus on the problem where x is a specific fixed number. The goal is to estimateP(x) from a random sample (X1 . |x| ≤ 1 0 |x| > 1 ¡ ¢2 1 − x2 . Three common choices for kernels include the Gaussian µ 2¶ x 1 K(x) = √ exp − 2 2π the Epanechnikov K(x) = and the Biweight or Quartic K(x) = 15 16 3 4 ¡ ¢ 1 − x2 . Kh (u) = K h h be the kernel K rescaled by the bandwidth h.. |x| ≤ 1 0 |x| > 1 In practice. the choice between these three rarely makes a meaningful difference in the estimates.

The mean is Z ∞ ˆ xf (x)dx = = = = −∞ 1X n 1 n 1 n 1 n n i=1 −∞ n XZ ∞ Z ∞ xKh (Xi − x) dx (Xi + uh) K (u) du n i=1 −∞ n X Z ∞ Xi Xi i=1 n X i=1 1X K (u) du + h n −∞ i=1 Z ∞ uK (u) du −∞ the sample mean of the Xi . f (x) is a valid density. if only a few Xi are near x. The bandwidth h controls the meaning of “near”. ˆ(x) is small. then the weights are small and f ˆ ˆ Interestingly. ˆ We can also calculate the moments of the density f (x). Conversely.This estimator is the average of a set of weights. and Z ∞ ˆ f (x)dx = −∞ Z ∞ −∞ 1X 1X Kh (Xi − x) dx = n n i=1 i=1 n n Z ∞ −∞ Kh (Xi − x) dx = 1X n i=1 n Z ∞ K (u) du = 1 −∞ where the second-to-last equality makes the change-of-variables u = (Xi − x)/h. where the second-to-last equality used the change-of-variables u = (Xi − x)/h which has Jacobian h. The second moment of the estimated density is Z ∞ n Z 1X ∞ 2 2ˆ x f (x)dx = x Kh (Xi − x) dx n −∞ i=1 −∞ n Z 1X ∞ = (Xi + uh)2 K (u) du n −∞ i=1 Z ∞ Z n n n X 2X 1X 2 ∞ 2 1 2 Xi + Xi h K(u)du + h u K (u) du = n n n −∞ −∞ = where σ2 = K 1 n i=1 n X i=1 i=1 i=1 Xi2 + h2 σ 2 K Z ∞ x2 K (x) dx ˆ is the variance of the kernel. It follows that the variance of the density f (x) is à n !2 ¶2 µZ ∞ Z ∞ n 1X 1X 2 ˆ ˆ x2 f (x)dx − xf (x)dx = Xi + h2 σ 2 − Xi K n n −∞ −∞ i=1 i=1 −∞ = σ ˆ 2 + h2 σ 2 K Thus the variance of the estimated density is inflated by the factor h2 σ 2 relative to the sample K moment. That is. then the weights are relatively large and f (x) is larger. f (x) ≥ 0 for all x. 161 . If a large number of the observations Xi are near ˆ x.

2 Z ∞ ˆ The bias of f (x) is then 1 1X ˆ EKh (Xi − x) − f (x) = f 00 (x)h2 σ 2 . Bias(x) = E f (x) − f (x) = K n 2 i=1 n ˆ We see that the bias of f (x) at x depends on the second derivative f 00 (x). ˆ We now examine the variance of f (x). nh (x)2 dx is called the roughness of K. The last expression shows that the expected value is an average of f (z) locally about x. Thus 1 f (x + hu) ' f (x) + f 0 (x)hu + f 00 (x)h2 u2 2 and therefore µ ¶ 1 00 0 2 2 K (u) f (x) + f (x)hu + f (x)h u du EKh (X − x) ' 2 −∞ Z ∞ Z ∞ Z ∞ 1 = f (x) K (u) du + f 0 (x)h K (u) udu + f 00 (x)h2 K (u) u2 du 2 −∞ −∞ −∞ 1 00 2 2 = f (x) + f (x)h σ K . The sharper the derivative. Intuitively. and is larger the greater the curvature in f (x). This integral (typically) is not analytically solvable.2 Asymptotic MSE for Kernel Estimates ∞ For fixed x and bandwidth h observe that Z ∞ Z Kh (z − x) f (z)dz = EKh (X − x) = −∞ Kh (uh) f (x + hu)hdu = −∞ Z ∞ K (u) f (x + hu)du −∞ The second equality uses the change-of variables u = (z − x)/h. using first-order Taylor approximations and the fact that n−1 is of smaller order than (nh)−1 V ar (x) = = ' = ' = where R(K) = R∞ −∞ K 1 V ar (Kh (Xi − x)) n 1 1 EKh (Xi − x)2 − (EKh (Xi − x))2 n n ¶ Z ∞ µ z−x 2 1 1 K f (z)dz − f (x)2 2 nh −∞ h n Z ∞ 1 K (u)2 f (x + hu) du nh −∞ Z f (x) ∞ K (u)2 du nh −∞ f (x) R(K) . the estimator f (x) smooths data local to Xi = x. 162 . Since it is an average of iid random variables. so is estimating a smoothed version of f (x). which is valid as h → 0. so we approximate it using a second order Taylor expansion of f (x + hu) in the argument hu about hu = 0. ˆ the greater the bias.16. The bias results from this smoothing.

h must tend to zero. and gives a nearly optimal rule when f (x) is close to normal. and R(f 00 ). how should the bandwidth be selected? This is a difficult problem. A classic simple solution proposed by Silverman (1986)has come to be known as the reference bandwidth or Silverman’s Rule-of-Thumb. and there is a large and continuing literature on the subject. The first two are determined by the kernel function. h0 = argmin AM ISEh h It can be found by solving the first order condition d R(K) AM ISEh = h3 σ 4 R(f 00 ) − =0 K dh nh2 yielding h0 = µ R(K) 4 R(f 00 ) σK ¶1/5 n−1/2 . where φ is the N (0. we need h → 0 but nh → ∞. The downside is that if the density is very far from normal. Note that this h declines to zero. Thus for the AMISE to decline with n. We can calculate that √ R(φ00 ) = 3/ (8 π) . Notice that the first term (the squared bias) is increasing in h and the second term (the variance) is decreasing in nh. Their K values for the three functions introduced in the previous section are given here. R∞ R∞ K σ 2 = −∞ x2 K (x) dx R(K) = −∞ K (x)2 dx K √ Gaussian 1 1/(2 π) Epanechnikov 1/5 1/5 Biweight 1/7 5/7 An obvious difficulty is that R(f 00 ) is unknown. (16. Together with the above table. but at a slower rate than n−1 . 1) distribution and σ 2 is an estimate of σ 2 = V ar(X). AM SEh (x) = f 00 (x)2 h4 σ 4 + K 4 nh A global measure of precision is the asymptotic mean integrated squared error (AMISE) Z h4 σ 4 R(f 00 ) R(K) K + .Together.1) AM ISEh = AM SEh (x)dx = 4 nh R where R(f 00 ) = (f 00 (x))2 dx is the roughness of f 00 . ˆ It uses formula (16. The asymptotically optimal choice given in (16.2) but replaces R(f 00 ) with σ −5 R(φ00 ). but at a very slow rate.2) This solution takes the form h0 = cn−1/5 where c is a function of K and f. We define the asymptotically optimal bandwidth h0 as the value which minimizes this approximate MSE. Gaussian Kernel: hrule = 1. the rule-of-thumb h can be quite inefficient. That is. σ 2 . We thus say that the optimal bandwidth is of order O(n−1/5 ). Equation (16.06n−1/5 163 . (16.1) is an asymptotic approximation to the MSE. This choice for h gives an optimal rule when f (x) is ˆ normal. In practice. the asymptotic mean-squared error (AMSE) for fixed x is the sum of the approximate squared bias and approximate variance 1 f (x) R(K) . we find the reference rules for the three kernel functions introduced earlier.2) depends on R(K). That is. but not of n.

Fortunately there are remedies.78n−1/5 Unless you delve more deeply into kernel estimation methods the rule-of-thumb bandwidth is a good practical bandwidth choice. There are some desirable properties of cross-validation bandwidths. This works by constructing an estimate of the MISE using leave-one-out estimators.2). They are also quite ill-behaved when the data has some discretization (as is common in economics). perhaps adjusted by visual inspection of the resulting estimate ˆ f (x). there are modern versions of this estimator work well. but they are also known to converge very slowly to the optimal values. 164 . but implementation can be delicate. I now discuss some of these choices. as the optimal h for estimation of the roughness R(f 00 ) is quite different than the optimal h for estimation of f (x). There are other approaches.34n−1/5 Biweight (Quartic) Kernel: hrule = 2. This is more treacherous than may first appear. and then plug this estimate into the formula (16. which are known as smoothed cross-validation which is a close cousin of the bootstrap. The plug-in approach is to estimate R(f 00 ) in a first step. Another popular choice for selection of h is cross-validation. in which case the cross-validation rule can sometimes select very small bandwidths leading to dramatically undersmoothed estimates.Epanechnikov Kernel: hrule = 2. However. in particular the iterative method of Sheather and Jones (1991).

A2 . For any sample space S. There are two outcomes. Associativity: A ∪ (B ∪ C) = (A ∪ B) ∪ C. We only define probabilities for events contained in B. T T }. A2 . A probability function assigns probabilities (numbers between 0 and 1) to events A in S. is called a partition i=1 of S. A simple example is {∅. then the collection A1 . and if A1 . then B is the collection of all open and closed intervals. A ∩ B = B ∩ A. including S itself and the null set ∅. Intersection: A ∩ B = {x : x ∈ A and x ∈ B}. A∪(B ∩ C) = (A ∪ B)∩(A ∪ C) . . T H.1 Foundations The set S of all possible outcomes of an experiment is called the sample space for the experiment. Furthermore. and A1 . For example. We call B the sigma algebra associated with S. DeMorgan’s Laws: (A ∪ B)c = Ac ∩ B c . . when S is uncountable we must be somewhat more careful. The following are useful properties of set operations. i=1 i=1 Some important properties of the probability function include the following • P (∅) = 0 165 . HT. Take the simple example of tossing a coin. HT } and {T H} are disjoint. ∈ B are pairwise disjoint. (A ∩ B)c = Ac ∪ B c . so we can write S = {H. . Distributive Laws: A∩(B ∪ C) = (A ∩ B)∪(A ∩ C) . When S is countable..A set B is called a sigma algebra (or Borel field) if ∅ ∈ B . B is simply the collection of all subsets of S. Communtatitivity: A ∪ B = B ∪ A. are pairwise disjoint and ∪∞ Ai = S. A ∩ (B ∩ C) = (A ∩ B) ∩ C. then P P (∪∞ Ai ) = ∞ P (Ai ). The following are elementary set operations: Union: A ∪ B = {x : x ∈ A or x ∈ B}. If two coins are tossed in sequence. let B be the smallest sigma algebra which contains all of the open sets in S. the sets {HH. HT }. ∈ B implies ∪∞ Ai ∈ B.. we can write the four outcomes as S = {HH. An event is a subset of S... / Complement: Ac = {x : x ∈ A}. This is straightforward when S is countable. A ∈ B implies Ac ∈ B. A2 .. P (A) ≥ 0 for all A ∈ B... one event is A = {HH. . if the sets A1 . We now can give the axiomatic definition of probability.Appendix A Probability A. a probability function P satisfies P (S) = 1. When S is the real line. the event that the first coin is heads. Continuing the two coin example. We say that A and B are disjoint or mutually exclusive if A ∩ B = ∅. including ∅ and S. heads and tails. T }.. An event A is any collection of possible outcomes of an experiment. A2 . S} which is known as the trivial sigma i=1 algebra. Given S and B.

we can write P (A ∩ B) = P (A | B) P (B) which is often quite useful. If P (B) > 0 the conditional probability of the event A given the event B is P (A | B) = P (A ∩ B) . we say that the collection of events A1 .. we have four expressions for the number of objects (possible arrangements) of size r from n objects. the conditional probability function is a valid probability function where S has been replaced by B. Without Replacement Ordered Unordered n! (n−r)! ¡n¢ r In the lottery example. This selection is without replacement if you are not allowed to select the same number twice. We can say that the occurrence of B has no information about the likelihood of event A when P (A | B) = P (A).• P (A) ≤ 1 • P (Ac ) = 1 − P (A) • P (B ∩ Ac ) = P (B) − P (A ∩ B) • P (A ∪ B) = P (A) + P (B) − P (A ∩ B) • If A ⊂ B then P (A) ≤ P (B) • Bonferroni’s Inequality: P (A ∩ B) ≥ P (A) + P (B) − 1 • Boole’s Inequality: P (A ∪ B) ≤ P (A) + P (B) For some elementary probability models. .1) We say that the events A and B are statistically independent when (A. there are two important distinctions.. Counting may be with replacement or without replacement.. Ã ! \ Y P Ai = P (Ai ) . r r! (n − r)! When counting the number of objects in a set. These counting rules are facilitated by using the binomial coefficients which are defined for nonnegative integers n and r. consider a lottery where you pick six numbers from the set 1.. . Depending on these two distinctions. n ≥ r. ¢ counting is unordered and without replacement. For example. Counting may be ordered or unordered.. it is useful to have simple rules to count the number of objects in a set. 2.. as µ ¶ n n! = . the number of ¡49 if potential combinations is 6 = 13.1) holds. 816. i∈I i∈I 166 . Counting is ordered or not depending on whether the sequential order of the numbers is relevant to winning the lottery. P (B) With Replacement nr ¡n+r−1¢ r For any B. in which case we find P (A ∩ B) = P (A) P (B) (A. Rearranging the definition. 49. Furthermore. and is with replacement if this is allowed. 983. Ak are mutually independent when for any subset {Ai : i ∈ I}.

In this case P (X = τ ) = 0 for all τ ∈ R so the representation (A.. these cases are unusualRand are typically ignored. . τ r .Theorem 2 (Bayes’ Rule).. ∞ A function f (x) is a PDF if and only if f (x) ≥ 0 for all x ∈ R and −∞ f (x)dx. In the latter case. and use lower case letters such as x for potential values and realized values. of the sample space. P (B | Ai ) P (Ai ) P (Ai | B) = P∞ j=1 P (B | Aj ) P (Aj ) A. then for each i = 1.2 Random Variables A random variable X is a function from a sample space S into the real line. F (x) is nondecreasing in x 3. The probability function for X takes the form j = 1. We say that the random variable X is continuous if F (x) is continuous in x.3) P (X = τ j ) = π j . A2 .. For a random variable X we define its cumulative distribution function (CDF) as F (x) = P (X ≤ x) . we denote random variables by uppercase letters such as X. Instead. While there are examples of continuous random variables which do not possess a PDF. we represent the relative probabilities by the probability density function (PDF) f (x) = so that F (x) = and P (a ≤ X ≤ b) = Z d F (x) dx x f (u)du Z b −∞ f (x)dx. the range of X consists of a countable set of real numbers τ 1 . . For any set B and any partition A1 . r (A..2) Sometimes we write this as FX (x) to denote that it is the CDF of X. .3) is unavailable. Typically. 167 . F (x) is right-continuous We say that the random variable X is discrete if F (x) is a step function.. Pr where 0 ≤ π j ≤ 1 and j=1 π j = 1. (A. A function F (x) is a CDF if and only if the following three properties hold: 1... This induces a new sample space — the real line — and a new probability function on the real line. a These expressions only make sense if F (x) is differentiable. limx→−∞ F (x) = 0 and limx→∞ F (x) = 1 2. 2.... .

If both I1 = ∞ and I2 = ∞ then Eg(X) is undefined. −∞ ∞ −∞ |g(x)| f (x)dx < ∞. we define the m0 th moment of X as EX m and the m0 th central moment as E (X − EX)m . However. √ where i = −1 is the imaginary unit. The CF always exists.4) g(x)f (x)dx Z g(x)f (x)dx g(x)>0 I2 = − g(x)<0 If I1 = ∞ and I2 < ∞ then we define Eg(X) = ∞. and when E |X|m < ∞ ¯ ¯ dm ¯ = im E (X m ) . we define the mean or expectation Eg(X) as follows. The moment generating function (MGF) of X is M (λ) = E exp (λX) .A. p ≥ 1.3 Expectation For any measurable real function g. of the random variable X is kXkp = (E |X|p )1/p . Two special moments are the mean µ = EX and variance σ 2 = E (X − µ)2 = EX 2 − µ2 . we say that expectation is a linear operator. Eg(X) = j=1 and if X is continuous Eg(X) = The latter is well defined and finite if Z If (A. If X is discrete.4) does not hold. the characteristic function (CF) of X is C(λ) = E exp (iλX) . The MGF does not necessarily exist. 168 . We √ call σ = σ 2 the standard deviation of X. For m > 0. We can also write σ 2 = V ar(X). (A. when it does and E |X|m < ∞ then ¯ ¯ dm ¯ = E (X m ) m M (λ)¯ dλ λ=0 which is why it is called the moment generating function. evaluate I1 = Z Z ∞ g(x)f (x)dx. For example. this allows the convenient expression V ar(a + bX) = b2 V ar(X). If I1 < ∞ and I2 = ∞ then we define Eg(X) = −∞. m C(λ)¯ dλ λ=0 The Lp norm. Since E (a + bX) = a + bEX. r X g(τ j )π j . More generally.

... 0≤p≤1 x = 0. x = 1. x! EX = λ x = 0. 0≤p≤1 p1 + · · · + pm = 1 EX = V ar(X) = Negative Binomial µ ¶ r+x−1 P (X = x) = p(1 − p)x−1 .. 2... 1. 169 . Bernoulli P (X = x) = px (1 − p)1−x . n. 1 EX = p 1−p V ar(X) = p2 Multinomial P (X1 = x1 . x EX = V ar(X) = Poisson P (X = x) = exp (−λ) λx .A. . 0≤p≤1 x = 0. λ>0 x = 1. EX = p V ar(X) = p(1 − p) Binomial µ ¶ n x P (X = x) = p (1 − p)n−x ... 2. m x1 !x2 ! · · · xm ! 1 2 = n. X2 = x2 .. . x EX = np V ar(X) = np(1 − p) Geometric P (X = x) = p(1 − p)x−1 .. .. 1. 2. Xm = xm ) = x1 + · · · + xm n! px1 px2 · · · pxm .... 0≤p≤1 V ar(X) = λ We now list some important continuous distributions.4 Common Distributions For reference. we now list some important discrete distribution function... . 1.

Γ(α)Γ(β) α α+β αβ (α + β + 1) (α + β)2 0 ≤ x ≤ 1. α > 0. 2σ 2 2πσx ¢ ¡ EX = exp µ + σ 2 /2 ¡ ¢ ¡ ¢ V ar(X) = exp 2µ + 2σ 2 − exp 2µ + σ 2 f (x) = EX = V ar(X) = 0 ≤ x < ∞. β>2 (β − 1)2 (β − 2) 170 β>0 .Beta f (x) = µ = V ar(X) = Cauchy f (x) = 1 . V ar(X) = R1 0 x−2 dx Z ∞ 0 exp (−x) dx (1 + exp (−x))2 Lognormal à ! (ln x − µ)2 1 exp − f (x) = √ . α > 0. β > 0 V ar(X) = ∞ ExponentiaI f (x) = ³x´ 1 . (1 + exp (−x))2 EX = 0 −∞ < x < ∞. π (1 + x2 ) EX = ∞ −∞ < x < ∞ Γ(α + β) α−1 x (1 − x)β−1 . α ≤ x < ∞. σ>0 Pareto βαβ . θ>0 V ar(X) = θ2 Logistic f (x) = exp (−x) . xβ+1 βα . exp θ θ EX = θ 0 ≤ x < ∞. β>1 β−1 βα2 .

Y ) is a function from the sample space into R2 . P ((X < Y ) ∈ A) = For any measurable function g(x. the joint probability density function is f (x. y)dxdy. y)dxdy A Z ∞ −∞ Z ∞ g(x. Y ≤ y) . y) = For a Borel measurable set A ∈ R2 . exp − f (x) = β β µ ¶ 1 EX = β 1/γ Γ 1 + γ ¶ ¶¶ µ µ µ 2 1 2/γ 2 V ar(X) = β −Γ 1+ Γ 1+ γ γ γ > 0. β > 0 1 . y)f (x. y)dydx −∞ f (x. y). −∞ 171 .Uniform f (x) = EX = V ar(X) = Weibull µ γ¶ x γ γ−1 x . ∂x∂y Z Z f (x. Eg(X.5 Multivariate Random Variables A pair of bivariate random variables (X. y) = P (X ≤ x. −∞ lim F (x. y)dy. If F is continuous. y) f (x. 0 ≤ x < ∞. Y ) = The marginal distribution of X is FX (x) = P (X ≤ x) = = so the marginal density of X is fX (x) = d FX (x) = dx Z ∞ y→∞ Z x Z ∞ −∞ ∂2 F (x. The joint CDF of (X. b−a a+b 2 (b − a)2 12 a≤x≤b A. Y ) is F (x. y).

if X and Y are independent then E(XY ) = EXEY. If X and Y are independent. If X and Y are independent. y) = fX (x)fY (y). The covariance between X and Y is Cov(X.6) The Cauchy-Schwarz Inequality implies that |ρXY | ≤ 1.Similarly. y) = g(x)h(y). then V ar (X + Y ) = V ar(X) + V ar(Y ). −∞ The random variables X and Y are defined to be independent if f (x.5) is that if X and Y are independent and Z = X + Y. free of units of measurement. A useful fact is that V ar (X + Y ) = V ar(X) + V ar(Y ) + 2Cov(X. For example. The reverse. (A. X 2 ) = 0. x)dydx Z Z = g(x)h(y)fY (y)fX (x)dydx Z Z = g(x)fX (x)dx h(y)fY (y)dy = Eg (X) Eh (Y ) .The correlation is a measure of linear dependence. then Cov(X. y)dx. Another implication of (A. An implication is that if X and Y are independent. For example. σxσY (A. The correlation between X and Y is Corr(X. X and Y are independent if and only if there exist functions g(x) and h(y) such that f (x. then σ XY = 0 and ρXY = 0. then MZ (λ) = E exp (λ (X + Y )) = E (exp (λX) exp (λY )) ¡ ¢ ¡ ¢ = E exp λ0 X E exp λ0 Y = MX (λ)MY (λ). Furthermore. the marginal density of Y is fY (y) = Z ∞ f (x. Y ) = σ XY = E ((X − EX) (Y − EY )) = EXY − EXEY. 172 . then Z Z E (g(X)h(Y )) = g(x)h(y)f (y. however. Y ). is not true. Y ) = ρXY = σ XY . if EX = 0 and EX 3 = 0.5) if the expectations exist. the variance of the sum is the sum of the variances.

..A k × 1 random vector X = (X1 . . Xk )0 is a function from S to Rk . y) fX (x + ε) ∂2 ∂x∂y F (x. it has the distribution and density functions F (x) = P (X ≤ x) ∂k f (x) = F (x). we define the expectation Z g(x)f (x)dx Eg(X) = Rk where the symbol dx denotes dx1 · · · dxk . In particular. .6 Conditional Distributions and Expectation f (x.. One way to derive this expression from the definition of conditional probability is fY |X (y | x) = = = = = = ∂ lim P (Y ≤ y | x ≤ X ≤ x + ε) ∂y ε→0 ∂ P ({Y ≤ y} ∩ {x ≤ X ≤ x + ε}) lim ∂y ε→0 P (x ≤ X ≤ x + ε) F (x + ε. y) − F (x.. y) fX (x) f (x.. fX (x) 173 . xk )0 . ∂x1 · · · ∂xk For a measurable function g : Rk → Rs .. y) . then Σ is a diagonal matrix and à k ! k X X V ar Xi = V ar (Xi ) i=1 i=1 A. we have the k × 1 multivariate mean µ = EX and k × k covariance matrix ¡ ¢ Σ = E (X − µ) (X − µ)0 = EXX 0 − µµ0 If the elements of X are mutually independent. y) ∂ lim ∂y ε→0 FX (x + ε) − FX (x) ∂ lim ∂y ε→0 ∂ ∂x F (x + ε. y) fX (x) The conditional density of Y given X = x is defined as fY |X (y | x) = if fX (x) > 0. Letting x = (x1 .

then E (Y | X) = α + βX. we define the conditional variance of Y given X = x as σ 2 (x) = V ar (Y | X = x) ´ ³ = E (Y − m(x))2 | X = x ¢ ¡ = E Y 2 | X = x − m(x)2 . We write this as E(Y | X) = m(X) and V ar (Y | X) = σ 2 (X). Simple Law of Iterated Expectations: E (E (Y | X)) = E (Y ) Proof : E (E (Y | X)) = E (m(X)) Z ∞ m(x)fX (x)dx = Z−∞ Z ∞ ∞ = yfY |X (y | x) fX (x)dydx −∞ −∞ Z ∞Z ∞ = yf (y. For example. functions of X. which is the same as E (g(X)Y | X) = g (X) E (Y | X) . 174 . −∞ −∞ (A. The following are important facts about conditional expectations.7) Law of Iterated Expectations: E (E (Y | X. then the expected value of Y is m(x). Thus h(X) = g(X)m(X). For any function g(x). Z) | X) = E (Y | X) Conditioning Theorem. if E (Y | X = x) = α + βx. a transformation of X. x) dydx = E(Y ).9) where m(x) = E (Y | X = x) . Similarly. m(x) = E (Y | X = x) = −∞ The conditional mean m(x) is a function. the conditional mean m(X) and conditional variance σ 2 (x) are random variables. meaning that when X equals x.The conditional mean or conditional expectation is the function Z ∞ yfY |X (y | x) dy. E (g(X)Y | X) = g (X) E (Y | X) Proof : Let h(x) = E (g(X)Y | X = x) Z ∞ g(x)yfY |X (y | x) dy = −∞ Z ∞ = g(x) yfY |X (y | x) dy = g(x)m(x) −∞ (A.8) (A. Evaluated at x = X.

∞). so the distribution function of Y is FY (y) = P (g(X) ≤ y) = FX (h(Y )) = P (X ≤ h(Y )) so the density of Y is fY (y) = d d FY (y) = fX (h(Y )) h(y). so FY (y) = P (g(X) ≤ y) = 1 − P (X ≥ h(Y )) = 1 − FX (h(Y )) and the density of Y is fY (y) = −fX (h(Y )) We can write these two cases jointly as fY (y) = fX (h(Y )) |J(y)| . then g(X) ≤ Y if and only if X ≤ h(Y ). This same formula (A. Let h(y) denote the inverse of g(x). . 1] and Y = − ln(X). Let Y = g(X) where g(x) : Rk → Rk is one-to-one. As one example. The Jacobian is ¶ µ ∂ h(y) .A. A. As the range of X is [0. differentiable. J(y) = det ∂y 0 Consider the univariate case k = 1. and invertible. then g(X) ≤ Y if and only if X ≥ h(Y ). but its justification requires deeper results from analysis. dy This is known as the change-of-variables formula. g(x) = − ln(x) and h(y) = exp(−y) so the Jacobian is J(y) = − exp(y).10) holds for k > 1. dy dy If g(x) is a decreasing function. Here.8 Normal and Related Distributions µ 2¶ 1 x .7 Transformations Suppose that X ∈ Rk with continuous distribution function FX (x) and density fX (x). that for Y is [0. φ(x) = √ exp − 2 2π 175 The standard normal density is −∞ < x < ∞. 1]. (A. 0 ≤ y ≤ ∞. If g(x) is an increasing function.10) d h(y).10) shows that fY (y) = exp(−y). take the case X ∼ U [0. Since fX (x) = 1 for 0 ≤ x ≤ 1 (A. an exponential density.

Theorem A. and to denote the standard normal density function by φ(x) and its distribution function by Φ(x). Since it is symmetric about zero all odd moments are zero.8. This shows that if X is multivariate normal with uncorrelated elements. and it is conventional to write X ∼ N(µ. then Z 0 A−1 Z ∼ χ2 . Its mean and r variance are µ = r and σ 2 = 2r. respectively. x ∈ Rk . σ 2 ). This shows that linear transformations of normals are also normal. ¢ ¡ It useful to observe ¢ that the MGF and CF of the multivariate normal are exp λ0 µ + λ0 Σλ/2 ¡ 0 and exp iλ µ − λ0 Σλ/2 . we can also show that EX 2 = 1 and EX 4 = 3. denoted χ2 . q × q. y ≥ 0.8. Σ).11) and is known as the chi-square density with r degrees of freedom. where we used the fact that det (BΣB 0 )1/2 = det (Σ)1/2 det (B) . then using the change-of-variables formula. Q has the density f (y) = Γ 1 ¡r¢ 2 2r/2 yr/2−1 exp (−y/2) . exp − f (x) = k/2 1/2 2 (2π) det (Σ) The mean and covariance matrix of the distribution are µ and Σ. x ∈ Rk . then Σ = diag{σ 2 } is a diagonal matrix. A) with A > 0.This density has all moments finite. (A. For x ∈ Rk . Σ) and Y = a + BX with B an invertible matrix. Theorem A. then they are mutually independent.2 If Z ∼ N(0.1 Let X ∼ N (0. the multivariate normal density is ¶ µ (x − µ)0 Σ−1 (x − µ) 1 . It is conventional to write X ∼ N (0. The mean and variance of the distribution are µ and σ 2 . Another useful fact is that if X ∼ N (µ. If Z is standard normal and X = µ + σZ. k/2 1/2 2 (2π) det (ΣY ) where µY = a+Bµ and ΣY = BΣB 0 . the density of Y is à ! (y − µY )0 Σ−1 (y − µY ) 1 Y exp − f (y) = . f (x) = √ 2σ 2 2πσ which is the univariate normal density. −∞ < x < ∞. 1). In this case the density function can be written as j à à !! (x1 − µ1 )2 /σ 2 + · · · + (xk − µk )2 /σ 2 1 1 k f (x) = exp − 2 (2π)k/2 σ 1 · · · σ k à ¡ ¢2 ! k Y xj − µj 1 = exp − 2σ 2 (2π)1/2 σ j j j=1 which is the product of marginal univariate normal densities. then by the change-of-variables formula. The latter has no closed-form solution. If X ∈ Rk is multivariate normal and the elements of X are mutually uncorrelated. and it is conventional to write X ∼ N (µ. X has density à ! (x − µ)2 1 exp − . Ir ) and set Q = X 0 X. q 176 . By iterated integration by parts.

C −1 CC 0 C −10 ) = N (0. which can be found by applying change-of-variables to the gamma function. C −1 AC −10 ) = N (0. tr = p Q/r The density of tr is and is known as the student’s t distribution with r degrees of freedom.8.3. which we showed in (A. 1) and Q ∼ χ2 be independent.11) is Z ∞ ¢ ¡ Γ r+1 2 f (x) = ´ r+1 ¡r¢ ³ √ 2 2 πrΓ 2 1 + x r (A. Iq ).13) = (1 − 2t)−r/2 R∞ where the second equality uses the fact that 0 y a−1 exp (−by) dy = b−a Γ(a). For Z ∼ N(0. (A.8. From (A.13). The fact that A > 0 means that we can write A = CC 0 where C is non-singular.6) can be used to show that the MGF j=1 ¥ Proof of Theorem A.3 Let Z ∼ N (0.2. tr has distribution 177 . q Proof of Theorem A.1. Then A−1 = C −10 C −1 and C −1 Z ∼ N (0.12) E exp (tQ) = 0 Γ (A. Proof of Theorem A. Since we can write Q = P 2 X 0 X = r Zj where the Zj are independent N(0.11) 2 with r = 1. Thus the density of Z 2 is (A.Theorem A.13) is the MGF of the density (A.8. we see that the MGF of Z 2 is (1 − 2t)−1/2 . ¡ ¢ √ using the change—of-variables s = x2 and the fact Γ 1 = π. Thus ¥ ¡ ¢0 ¡ ¢ Z 0 A−1 Z = Z 0 C −10 C −1 Z = C −1 Z C −1 Z ∼ χ2 . 1) the distribution of Z 2 is ¡ ¢ √ P Z 2 ≤ y = 2P (0 ≤ Z ≤ y) µ 2¶ Z √y 1 x √ exp − dx = 2 2 2π 0 Z y ³ s´ 1 ¡1¢ = s−1/2 exp − ds 1/2 2 0 Γ 2 2 1 ¡r¢ 2 2r/2 y r/2−1 exp (ty) exp (−y/2) dy of Q is (1 − 2t)−r/2 . The MGF for the density (A. Set r Z . 1).11). Using the simple law of iterated expectations.8.

1+ √ r r rπΓ 2 ! Z P p ≤x Q/r ( r ) Q E Z≤x r !# " à r Q |Q E P Z≤x r à r ! Q EΦ x r à = ¥ A. i=1 The likelihood of the sample is this joint density evaluated at the observed sample values. θ) = P (Y = y. 178 . If the distribution F is continuous then the density of Yi can be written as f (y.θ = fn Y f (Yi . θ) . In this setting the method of maximum likelihood is the appropriate technique for estimation and inference on θ. θ) where F is a known distribution function and θ ∈ Θ is an unknown m × 1 vector. θ) and the joint ˜ density of a random sample Y = (Y1 . . The log-likelihood function is its natural log Ln (θ) = n X i=1 ln f (Yi .function F (x) = = = = Thus its density is f (x) = = = à r ! Q d E Φ x dx r à à r !r ! Q Q E φ x r r ! µ ¶¶ r à Z ∞µ qx2 1 q 1 r/2−1 ¡r¢ √ exp − q exp (−q/2) dq 2r r Γ 2 2r/2 2π 0 ¢ µ ¡ ¶− r+1 Γ r+1 x2 ( 2 ) 2¡ ¢ . viewed as a function of θ. the likelihood and log-likelihood are constructed by setting f (y.. we say that the distribution is parametric and that θ is the parameter of the distribution F..9 Maximum Likelihood If the distribution of Yi is F (y. θ) . θ) .. The space Θ is the set of permissible value for θ. If the distribution F is discrete. Yn ) is n ³ ´ Y ˜.

θ) ≡ L(θ). then θ V ar(˜ ≥ (nI0 )−1 . under conventional regularity conditions.9.15) Two important features of the likelihood are Theorem A. θ) ∂θ ∂θ which holds at θ = θ0 by (A. θ0 ) ln f (Yi .3 Under regularity conditions.17) is often called the information matrix equality. ˆ →p θ0 as n → ∞.17) The matrix I0 is called the information. If ˜ is an unbiased estimator of θ ∈ R.16). n n i=1 n As the MLE ˆ maximizes the left-hand-side.1 ¯ ¯ ∂ E ln f (Yi . We can write this as ˆ = argmax Ln (θ). θ Theorem A. the restriction to unbiased estimators means that the theorem has little direct relevance for finite sample efficiency.Define the Hessian H = −E and the outer product matrix Ω=E µ ∂2 ln f (Yi . we can find an explicit expression for θ as a function of the data. ∂θ ∂θ (A. θ θ∈Θ ˆ In some simple cases.9. cases are rare. we can see that it is an estimator of the maximizer θ of the right-hand-side. Theorem A.9. I0 . and the equality (A. which maximizes the log-likelihood). θ)¯ =0 ¯ ∂θ θ=θ0 H = Ω ≡ I0 (A.14) ¶ ∂ ∂ 0 ln f (Yi . but these ˆ must be found by numerical methods. The first-order condition for the latter problem is 0= ∂ ∂ L(θ) = E ln f (Yi . However. In fact. the log-likelihood is a sample average 1X 1 Ln (θ) = ln f (Yi . θ) The Cramer-Rao Theorem gives a lower bound for estimation. The maximum likelihood estimator or MLE ˆ is the parameter value which maximizes θ the likelihood (equivalently. the MLE θ Why do we believe that the MLE ˆ is estimating the parameter θ? Observe that when stanθ dardized.16) (A. ˆ is consistent θ for this value. More typically.2 Cramer-Rao Lower Bound. ´ ¡ −1 ¢ √ ³ˆ n θ − θ0 →d N 0. 179 . θ0 ) . θ) →p E ln f (Yi . θ0 ) ∂θ∂θ 0 (A.

3) yields the asymptotic distribution of the QMLE: ´ √ ³ n ˆ − θ0 →d N (0. In this case there is not a “true” value of the parameter θ.17) does not hold. ˆ ln f Yi . Typically. ˆ . θ (A. The QMLE is consistent for the pseudo-true value. θ) is used to approximate the true unknown density f (y). but has a different covariance matrix than in the pure MLE case. V ) .14) n ³ ´ 1 X ∂2 ˆ ˆ ln f Yi . A minor adjustment to Theorem (A. θ) dy which is the same as the minimizer of KLIC = Z f (y) ln µ f (y) f (y. ˆ elements of n 0 Sometimes a parametric density function f (y. θ) = f (y) ln f (y. θ). Thus the QMLE θ0 is the value which makes the parametric density “closest” to the true value according to this measure of distance. Instead we define the pseudo-true value θ0 as the maximizer of Z E ln f (Yi . θ) θ In this case. 180 .18) H =− n ∂θ∂θ0 i=1 the Kullback-Leibler information distance between the true density f (y) and the parametric density f (y. θ) ¶ dy Thus in large samples. since the information matrix equality (A.18) and ³ ³ ´ ∂ ´0 1X ∂ ˆ ln f Yi .9. Asymptotic standard errors for ˆ are then the square roots of the diagonal −1 I −1 . θ) is necessarily the true density. Therefore the MLE is called asymptotically efficient. Thus in large samples the MLE has approximately the best possible variance. but it is not literally believed that the model f (y. the approximate variance of the MLE is (nI0 )−1 which is the CramerRao lower bound. θ θ Ω= n ∂θ ∂θ n i=1 ˆ ˆ ˆˆ V = H −1 ΩH −1 Asymptotic standard errors (sometimes called qmle standard errors) are then the square roots of ˆ the diagonal elements of n−1 V . to estimate the asymptotic variance of the MLE we use an estimate based on the Hessian formula (A. θ V = H −1 ΩH −1 The moment estimator for V is ˆ where H is given in (A. we refer to Ln (ˆ as a quasi-likelihood and the its maximizer ˆ as a quasi-mle or QMLE.ˆ ˆ−1 θ We then set I0 = H −1 .

θ0 )2 (Yi . θ) d˜ θ = Eθ θ(˜ y y where y = (y1 . S= ∂2 f ∂θ∂θ0 ∂2 f ∂θ∂θ0 ∂ ∂θ Z Ã ∂2 f ∂θ∂θ0 ¯ ¯ ln f (y. function of the data.Proof of Theorem A. ∂2 ln f (Yi . (Yi .1) has mean zero and variance nH. yn ). ∂θ ¯θ=θ0 Z ! = 0. V ar (S) nH so ¥ 181 . θ0 ) f (Yi . θ0 ) d˜ = E ˜ . θ0 )0 f (Yi . θ) ¯θ=θ0 ¯ Z ¯ ∂ f (y. we can show that E By direction computation. θ0 ) ∂ ∂θ f ∂ (Yi .. Proof of Theorem A. θ) dy ¯ ¯ ∂θ θ=θ0 ¯ ∂ ¯ 1¯ = 0. θ) d˜ = ˜ y ) ∂ ln f (˜. θ) f (˜.2. ¯ ¯ ∂ E ln f (Yi . θ0 )0 .1. θ0 ) dy ¯ ¯ ¯ θ=θ0 f (y. θ) dy ¯ ∂θ f (y.16). Write the estimator ˜ = ˜ Y ) as a θ θ( ˜ ˜ is unbiased for any θ. θ0 ) ¯ ∂ f (y.9.9. To see (A. θ0 ) ∂θ ∂θ n i=1 which by Theorem (A. θ0 ) = ∂θ∂θ0 = Taking expectations yields (A. θ0 = ln f (Yi . θ0 ) ∂ ∂ − ln f (Yi . θ0 ) − f (Yi . Since θ Z ˜ = ˜ y)f (˜. θ0 ) (Yi .. Differentiating with respect to θ and evaluating at θ0 yields ˜ Z Z ³ ´ ˜ y ) ∂ f (˜. θ) f (y. θ0 ) ∂θ ∂θ ¥ ³ ´ X ∂ ∂ ˜ ln fn Y . θ0 ) ∂θ f (Yi . ..9.17). θ0 ) ln f (Yi . θ)¯ = ¯ ∂θ θ=θ0 = = = Similarly. y y θ(˜ y y y θS 1 = θ(˜ ∂θ ∂θ By the Cauchy-Schwarz inequality ¯ ³ ´¯2 ³ ´ ¯ ¯ θS θ 1 = ¯E ˜ ¯ ≤ V ar (S) V ar ˜ ³ ´ V ar ˜ ≥ θ 1 1 = . f (Yi .

θ0 ) + ' 0 ln f (Yi .9.Proof of Theorem A. If it is continuous in θ. θn ) = ln f (Yi . the specific value of θn varies by row in this expansion. Let ∂2 H(θ) = − ∂θ∂θ0 ln f (Yi .1 . Ω) = N 0. Ω) . ¯ ¯ ∂ Ln (θ)¯ 0 = ¯ ˆ ∂θ θ=θ n ³ ´ X ∂ ln f Yi . and making a first-order Taylor series expansion. − ln f (Yi . an application of the CLT yields 1 X ∂ √ ln f (Yi . ∂θ ∂θ∂θ i=1 i=1 θ where θn lies on a line segment joining ˆ and θ0 . Together.3 Taking the first-order condition for maximization of Ln (θ). θ0 ) →d N (0. H −1 ΩH −1 = N 0. the final equality using Theorem A.) Rewriting this equation. θn ) ∂θ ∂θ∂θ0 i=1 i=1 ln f (Yi . ¥ 182 . then since θn →p θ0 we find H(θn ) →p H and so ¶ n n µ ∂2 1X 1 X ∂2 − ln f (Yi . θ n ) θ − θ 0 .9. ´ ¡ ¢ ¡ ¢ √ ³ˆ n θ − θ0 →d H −1 N (0. θ0 ) is mean-zero with covariance matrix Ω. θ) . ˆ = θ ∂θ i=1 n n ´ ³ X ∂ X ∂2 ˆ ln f (Yi . ∂θ n i=1 n The analysis of the sample Hessian is somewhat more complicated due to the presence of θn . H −1 . θ0 ) . we find ´ ³ ˆ − θ0 = θ Since ∂ ∂θ à !−1 à n ! n X ∂2 X ∂ ln f (Yi . θn ) − H(θn ) + H(θn ) − n n ∂θ∂θ0 ∂θ∂θ0 i=1 i=1 →p H by an application of a uniform WLLN. (Technically.

For the second ˆ step define an equally spaced grid on [θ(ˆ − 1). numerical methods are required to θ obtain ˆ θ. Plots of Q(θ(j)) against θ(j) can help diagnose errors in grid selection. the first-step grid may not bracket ˆ θ which thus would be missed. In this case. which is {θ0 (k) = j j ˆ θ θ(ˆ − 1) + 2k(b − a)/G2 : k = 0. For an error bound of ε pick G so that G2 = (b − a)/ε For the first step define an equally spaced grid on the region [a. At each point evaluate the criterion function and let j = argmin0≤j≤G Q(θ(j)).. The gridsearch method can be refined by a two-step execution. At each point evaluate the criterion function and find the gridpoint which yields the smallest value of the criterion. where j = argmin0≤j≤G Q(θ(j)).. the approximation error is bounded by ε. which is {θ(j) = a + j(b − a)/G : j = 0.. MLE and GMM estimators take this form. G}. G}. Q(θ) can be computed for given θ. For example NLLS. . b] be an interval. b] with G gridpoints. Let k = argmin0≤k≤G Q(θ0 (k)). GLS. θ(ˆ + 1)] with G gridpoints. This j that is. which is θ(ˆ) j j θ. The advantage of the two-step method over a one-step grid search is that the number of p function evaluations has been reduced from (b − a)/ε to 2 (b − a)/ε which can be substantial.1 Grid Search Many optimization problems are either one dimensional (m = 1) or involve one-dimensional optimization as a sub-problem (for example.1) where the parameter is θ ∈ Θ ⊂ Rm and the criterion function is Q(θ) : Θ → R. In most cases. B.. to ¯ ¯ ˆ¯ ≤ ε.. ¯θ(ˆ) − θ¯ method is quite robust but potentially costly. The disadvantage is that if the function Q(θ) is irregular. In this context grid search may be employed. Construct an equally spaced grid on the region [a. but ˆ is not available in closed form. Let Θ = [a. . G}. which is {θ(j) = a + j(b − a)/G : j = 0. Grid Search.. The estimate of ˆ is j 0 ˆ θ (k). . a line search)..Appendix B Numerical Optimization Many econometric estimators are defined by an optimization problem of the form ˆ = argmin Q(θ) θ θ∈Θ (B. This value θ(ˆ) is the gridpoint estimate of ˆ If the grid is ˆ sufficiently fine ¯ capture small oscillations in Q(θ). Two-Step Grid Search.. b] with G gridpoints. Pick some ε > 0 and set G = (b − a)/ε to be the number of gridpoints. 183 ..

ε where gi = g(θi ) and Di = H(θi )−1 for Newton’s method and Di = (H(θi ) + αi Im )−1 for quadratic hill-climbing. they can be calculated numerically. Then for ε small gj (θ) ' Similarly. Let δ j be the j 0 th unit vector (zeros everywhere except for a one in the j 0 th row).2 Gradient Methods Gradient Methods are iterative methods which produce a sequence θi : i = 1. 2. numerical derivatives can be quite unstable. θ This suggests the iteration rule ˆi+1 = θi − H(θi )−1 g(θi ). In this case the iteration rule takes the form (B. of the gradient of Q(θ) ∂ Q(θ) g(θ) = ∂θ and some require the Hessian ∂2 H(θ) = Q(θ). To pick λi write the criterion function as a function of λ Q(λ) = Q(θi + Di gi λ) 184 . Q(θ + δ j ε + δ k ε) − Q(θ + δ k ε) − Q(θ + δ j ε) + Q(θ) ε2 In many cases. θ where One problem with Newton’s method is that it will send the iterations in the wrong direction if H(θi ) is not positive definite.. ∂θ∂θ 0 If the functions g(θ) and H(θ) are not analytically available. .2) θi+1 = θi − Di gi λi Q(θ + δ j ε) − Q(θ) . Take the j 0 th element of g(θ). θ where αi is set just above the smallest eigenvalue of H(θi ) if H(θ) is not positive definite.B.. Another productive modification is to add a scalar steplength λi . One modification to prevent this possibility is quadratic hill-climbing which sets ˆi+1 = θi − (H(θi ) + αi Im )−1 g(θi ). and all require the computation θ. numerical derivatives can work well but can be computationally costly relative to analytic derivatives. By a Taylor’s expansion for θ close to ˆ θ ³ ´ 0 = g(ˆ ' g(θ) + H(θ) ˆ − θ θ) θ gjk (θ) ' which implies ˆ = θ − H(θ)−1 g(θ). however. which are designed to converge to ˆ All require the choice of a starting value θ1 . Most gradient methods are a variant of Newton’s method which is based on a quadratic approximation. a one-dimensional optimization. In some cases. Allowing the steplength to be a free parameter allows for a line search.

. 1/8. Newton’s method does not perform well if Q(θ) is irregular. If the criterion has improved over Q(θi ). One example is the simplex method of Nelder-Mead (1965). |Q (θi ) − Q (θi−1 )| or |g(θi )| has become small. The downside is that it can take considerable computer time to execute.3 Derivative-Free Methods All gradient methods can be quite poor in locating the global minimum when Q(θ) has several local minima. The latter property is needed to keep the algorithm from selecting a local minimum. The SA method has been found to be successful at locating global minima. the variance of the random innovations is shrunk. and Rodgers (1994). alternative optimization methods are required. At each iteration. A quadratic approximation evaluates the first and second derivatives of Q(λ) with respect to λ. Each value in the sequence is considered and the criterion Q(θi + Di gi λ) evaluated. If the resulting criterion is decreased. Furthermore. 0 0 ∆gi Di−1 ∆gi ∆θi ∆gi For any of the gradient methods. Ferrier. Let ∆gi = gi − gi−1 ∆θi = θi − θi−1 and . There are two common methods to perform a line search. The SA algorithm stops when a large number of iterations is unable to improve the criterion. this new value is accepted. For a review see Goffe. A more recent innovation is the method of simulated annealing (SA). The SA method is a sophisticated random search. the methods are not well defined when Q(θ) is non-differentiable. If the criterion is increased. and picks λi as the value minimizing this approximation.. Like the gradient methods. This can be defined by examining whether |θi − θi−1 | . use this value. 185 . ¢2 0 ∆θ0 ∆gi ∆θ0 ∆gi ∆θ0 ∆gi ∆θi ∆gi i i i 0 ∆θi ∆θ0 Di−1 ∆gi ∆gi Di−1 i + . B. 1/4. . These problems have motivated alternative choices for the weight matrix Di . The DFP method sets Di = Di−1 + The BFGS methods sets Di = Di−1 + 0 ∆θi ∆θ0 ∆θi ∆θ0 ∆θi ∆gi Di−1 Di−1 ∆gi ∆θ0 i i i 0 −¡ ∆gi Di−1 ∆gi + + . The half-step method considers the sequence λ = 1. it relies on an iterative sequence. In these cases. As the iterations continue. it may still be accepted depending on the extent of the increase and another randomization. a random variable is drawn and added to the current value of the parameter.. otherwise move to the next element in the sequence. These methods are called Quasi-Newton methods. 1/2. and it can be quite computationally costly if H(θ) is not analytically available. Two popular methods are do to Davidson-Fletcher-Powell (DFP) and Broyden-Fletcher-Goldfarb-Shanno (BFGS).a one-dimensional optimization problem. the iterations continue until the sequence has converged in some sense.

(1935): “On least squares and linear combinations of observations.” In B.S. 68.” Econometrica. Ploberger (1994): “Optimal tests when a nuisance parameter is present only under the alternative. New York: Wiley. [15] Brown. 16. 25.A. (1968): Convergence of Probability Measures.K. 1383-1414. R.W.K.C.R.W. Pagan (1979): “The Lagrange multiplier test and its application to model specification in econometrics. [10] Bekker.” Econometrica. Newey (2002): “GMM. [2] Akaike. 23-51. [13] Bose. and A.W. P. D. P.K. (1991). [7] Andrews. (1957): “A generalized classical method of linear estimation of coefficients in a structural equation. H. 47. 77-83.W. 239-253. New York: Wiley. Rubin (1949): “Estimation of the parameters of a single equation in a complete system of stochastic equations. L. efficient bootstrapping.K. and W.” Econometrica. 307-345. 61.” The Annals of Mathematical Statistics. 458-467. and improved inference . 55. D. T. (1993). 4. Csake. [8] Andrews. D. (1994): “Alternative approximations to the distributions of instrumental variable estimators. P. [6] Andrews. [4] Andrews. 59.Bibliography [1] Aitken.W. (1979): Probability and Measure. A.” Journal of Business and Economic Statistics. and M. 62. (1988): “Edgeworth correction by bootstrap in autoregressions. “Asymptotic normality of series estimators for nonparameric and semiparametric regression models. [3] Anderson.K. and H. [14] Breusch.’ Econometric Theory.W. [12] Billingsley. [11] Billingsley.W. Second International Symposium on Information Theory.” Annals of Statistics. eds. “Tests for parameter instability and structural change with unknown change point.” Econometrica. (1973): “Information theory and an extension of the maximum likelihood principle.K.” Proceedings of the Royal Statistical Society. 20. 46-63. Econometrica. 1709-1722. A. (1988): “Laws of large numbers for dependent non-identically distributed random variables. [9] Basmann. 186 . 821-8516.” Econometrica. D. T..” Review of Economic Studies. 62. and W. Buchinsky: (2000): “A three-step method for choosing the number of bootstrap replications. [5] Andrews. 42-48. 657-681. Petroc and F. D. B.

” Econometrica. A. [33] Goldberger. New York: Chapman-Hall. [22] Dickey. 55.F. (1987): “Asymptotic efficiency in estimation with conditional moment restrictions. New York: Basil Blackwell.W. [27] Efron. I. [19] Chow. 305-334.F. 55. [26] Efron. Bradley (1979): “Bootstrap methods: Another look at the jackknife. D. G.M. 187 . J. Fuller (1979): “Distribution of the estimators for autoregressive time series with a unit root. A.[16] Carlstein. F.B. [17] Chamberlain. 387-401.C. [28] Eicker.C. Arthur S. [32] Gallant.A. [30] Frisch. White (1988): A Unified Theory of Estimation and Inference for Nonlinear Dynamic Models.” Annals of Mathematical Statistics. and H.” Journal of the American Statistical Association. Waugh (1933): “Partial time regressions as compared with individual trends. 34.” Annals of Statistics. G. Tibshirani (1993): An Introduction to the Bootstrap. Hinkley (1997): Bootstrap Methods and their Application. (1963): “Asymptotic normality and consistency of the least squares estimators for families of linear regressions. (1991): A Course in Econometrics. 69. 1.” Journal of Econometrics. [31] Gallant. and C.” Annals of Statistics.” Econometrica. and Other Resampling Plans. estimation and testing. and W. 251-276.A. [29] Engle.K. [23] Donald S.” Econometrica. 1-26. 1161-1191. [24] Dufour. (1960): “Tests of equality between sets of coefficients in two linear regressions. 28. R. Nychka (1987): “Seminonparametric maximum likelihood estimation. and W.W. 51. R. J. and D. 74. and F. [25] Efron. Oxford: Oxford University Press. E. 447-456. and P. 363-390.G. 113-150. the Bootstrap. 1171-1179. 1365-1387. Cambridge: Harvard University Press. Bradley and R. Society for Industrial and Applied Mathematics. Phillips (1992): “Asymptotic and finite sample distribution theory for IV estimators and tests in partially identified structural equations. (1997): “Some impossibility theorems in econometrics with applications to structural and dynamic models. [20] Davidson.” Journal of Econometrics.R. and D. Bradley (1982): The Jackknife.V.” Econometrica. (1994): Stochastic Limit Theory: An Introduction for Econometricians.C.” Econometrica. (1986): “The use of subseries methods for estimating the variance of a general statistic from a stationary time series.” Econometrica.J. 14. 34. Newey (2001): “Choosing the number of instruments.J. 591-603. 427-431. Cambridge University Press. [21] Davison. Granger (1987): “Co-integration and error correction: Representation. [18] Choi. 65. 7. A.

R. Spady and P.L.P. A. 46.” Econometric Theory. (1982): “Large sample properties of generalized method of moments estimators. [46] Hansen. [35] Gauss. [41] Hall. [49] Heckman. New York: Elsevier Science. Econometrica. 359-383. VII. New York: Springer-Verlag.” Econometrica. Rogers (1994): “Global optimization of statistical functions with simulated annealing. 262-280. [50] Imbens.[34] Goffe. 68. C. IV.” Handbook of Econometrics. [45] Hansen. Heaton. 255-259. C. 87-121.J. B.” Journal of Econometrics.W. Ferrier and J.A. [40] Hall.” Econometrica. Oxford University Press. Vol. [43] Hahn. Bera (1980): “Efficient tests for normality.” Econometrica. 121-130. 64. L.” Journal of Econometrics. (2000): “Covariance matrix estimation and the power of the overidentifying restrictions test. W. (1994): “Methodology and theory for the bootstrap. 16. Vol. J.W. G.E. (1978): “Specification tests in econometrics. [37] Granger. (1996): “A note on bootstrapping generalized method of moments estimators. 64.” Econometrica. 1517-1527. 413-430. 333-357. Yaron (1996): “Finite sample properties of some alternative GMM estimators. 64. 6. G. C. 424-438.” Journal of Econometrics. B. J. (1992): The Bootstrap and Edgeworth Expansion.. J. Horowitz (1996): “Bootstrap critical values for tests based on GeneralizedMethod-of-Moments estimation. (1969): “Investigating causal relations by econometric models and crossspectral methods. [48] Hausman. 12. and T. Oxford. J. 53.H. 50. (1996): “Inference when a nuisance parameter is not identified under the null hypothesis.J.M. P.P. 240-254. G. (1981): “Some properties of time series data and their use in econometric specification.” Review of Economic Studies. [51] Imbens. [44] Hansen. 14. 153161. Economic Letters. 187-197. 891-916. Teräsvirta (1993): Modelling Nonlinear Economic Relationships. McFadden. [52] Jarque.” Econometrica. R.” in Werke.” Econometrica.J. L. P.D. (1992): “Efficient estimation and testing of cointegrating vectors in the presence of deterministic trends. Johnson (1998): “Information theoretic approaches to inference in moment condition models. 60. 47.W. C. (1997): “One step estimators for over-identified generalized method of moments models. 65-99. K.” Econometrica. 1029-1054.W.E. (1979): “Sample selection bias as a specification error. (1809): “Theoria motus corporum coelestium. 66.L. 188 . [47] Hansen. eds.F.W.F.” Journal of Business and Economic Statistics. and A. and J. homoskedasticity and serial independence of regression residuals. P. R. 37. and A. Engle and D.K.. 1251-1271. [38] Granger. [42] Hall. [36] Granger. [39] Hall.L..

Y. [58] Kitamura. (1988): “Statistical analysis of cointegrating vectors. 777-787. F. and R.” Journal of Econometrics. 12. White (1985): “Some heteroskedasticity-consistent covariance matrix estimators with improved finite sample properties. J. [57] Kitamura.[53] Johansen. 29. Neudecker (1988): Matrix Differential Calculus with Applications in Statistics and Econometrics. J.” Journal of Economic Dynamics and Control. Granger (eds.. [54] Johansen.J.C. 305-325. (1963): “Seasonal adjustment of economic time series. [69] Newey. [61] Kwiatkowski.” Econometrica. Phillips. Y. 75. P. (1989): “The jackknife and the bootstrap for general stationary observations. and H. 159-178. 35-40. and C. 7. Schmidt. 1217-1241. Shin (1992): “Testing the null hypothesis of stationarity against the alternative of a unit root: How sure are we that economic time series have a unit root?” Journal of Econometrics. and Y. R.” Econometrica. (1991): “Estimation and hypothesis testing of cointegration vectors in the presence of linear trend. [70] Owen. 17. Roger (2005): Quantile Regression. [68] Nelder. New York: Wiley. [62] Lafontaine.” Computer Journal. [65] MacKinnon. 54. [64] MacKinnon. 28. and K.” Economics Letters.C. S. Mead (1965): “A simplex method for function minimization. (1995): Likelihood-Based Inference in Cointegrated Vector Auto-Regressive Models. 1661-1672.J. M.B. R.W.F. 308-313. [67] Muirhead. [56] Johansen. H. 189 . Oxford University Press. Juselius (1992): “Testing structural hypotheses in a multivariate cointegration analysis of the PPP and the UIP for the UK. J. 237-249. [55] Johansen. Cambridge University Press. 69.” Journal of Econometrics. 231-254. 861-874.G. New York: John Wiley and Sons.” Biometrika..” International Economic Review.) Long-Run Economic Relationships: Readings in Cointegration. R.. 993-1010. [60] Kunsch. [66] Magnus.” Journal of the American Statistical Association. W. S. J.” Econometrica.” Annals of Statistics. Oxford University Press. [59] Koenker. 21.R. 211-244. S. and H. (1990): “Critical values for cointegration.D.K. Art B. (2001): “Asymptotic optimality and empirical likelihood for testing moment restrictions. [63] Lovell. White (1986): “Obtaining any Wald statistic you want. (1988): “Empirical likelihood ratio confidence intervals for a single functional. P.G. 58. D. S. 59. Oxford. (1982): Aspects of Multivariate Statistical Theory. and K. 53. Stutzer (1997): “An information-theoretic alternative to generalized method of moments. 65. West (1987): “Hypothesis testing with efficient method of moments estimation. 1551-1580. and K.” in Engle. and M.

Series B. 28.H. New York: McGraw-Hill. Art B.N. [84] Silverman.” Journal of the American Statistical Association.E. 68. 3rd edition. Journal of the Royal Statistical Society. P. [85] Sims. J. 1055-1096.J. J. (1989): “Partially identified econometric models. (1991): “Confidence intervals for the largest autoregressive root in U. [86] Sims. 55. B.H. 181-240. New York: Chapman & Hall. (1987): Real and Complex Analysis. P. Stock (1997): “Instrumental variables regression with weak instruments. 1035-1056. [80] Shao.M. (1987): “Asymptotic properties of least squares estimators of cointegrating vectors. 599-608. and D. 31. macroeconomic time series. 91-115.S. 540-552. 7. [79] Said. [81] Sargan. J.” Econometrica. and M. (1958): “The estimation of economic relationships using instrumental variables. [89] Stock. B.B. Y.B. C. 2 6. J. B.” Econometrica.” Biometrika. Lawless (1994): “Empirical likelihood and general estimating equations. 1303-1313. 163-185. Romano (1996): “The stationary bootstrap. 165-193. and J. [90] Stock. J. 190 .P.C. [74] Politis. D. [87] Staiger.C. (1972): “Money. [78] Rudin. and J. S. 683-690.C. 435-460. Wright (2000): “GMM with weak identification. Series B. [75] Potscher. 5. [73] Phillips.” Econometrica. J. [88] Stock.” American Economic Review. NY: Springer. Jones (1991): “A reliable data-based bandwidth selection method for kernel density estimation.H. Tu (1995): The Jackknife and Bootstrap.” Econometric Theory. 53. and J. income and causality. [77] Ramsey. Dickey (1984): “Testing for unit roots in autoregressive-moving average models of unknown order. S.H. 393-415. Ouliaris (1990): “Asymptotic properties of residual based tests for cointegration. London: Chapman and Hall. J.” Econometrica.A.” Journal of Monetary Economics.” The Annals of Statistics.A.” Econometrica. 48. (1986): Density Estimation for Statistics and Data Analysis. and J.D. (1994): “A residual-based test of the null of cointegration against the alternative of no cointegration. [82] Sheather.H. C.” Econometric Theory. 89. 557-586.” Econometrica. (1969): “Tests for specification errors in classical linear least-squares regression analysis. 1-48. 300-325.” Journal of the Royal Statistical Society.W. W. (2001): Empirical Likelihood. [72] Phillips. (1980): “Macroeconomics and reality. D. [83] Shin.A. 71. and S. 62. and D. 22. 65.” Econometric Theory.[71] Owen. 58. (1991): “Effects of model selection on inference. [76] Qin. 350-371. 10.

[96] White. and E. J. (1980): “A heteroskedasticity-consistent covariance matrix estimator and a direct test for heteroskedasticity. J. (1958): “Estimation of relationships for limited dependent variables. [97] Zellner. 48. 24-36. [94] Wang. 66. 817-838. [95] White.” Journal of the American Statistical Association. (1943): “Tests of statistical hypotheses concerning several parameters when the number of observations is large.” Transactions of the American Mathematical Society. 348-368. 191 . (1953): “Repeated least squares applied to complete equation systems.” Econometrica. [93] Wald. H. A. H. Academic Press. 1389-1404. A. H. 57.” Econometrica.” The Hague. mimeo. Zivot (1998): “Inference on structural parameters in instrumental variables regression with weak instruments.” Econometrica. 426-482. (1984): Asymptotic Theory for Econometricians. Central Planning Bureau. 2 6.[91] Theil. and tests for aggregation bias. 54. [92] Tobin. (1962): “An efficient method of estimating seemingly unrelated regressions.

Sign up to vote on this title
UsefulNot useful

Master Your Semester with Scribd & The New York Times

Special offer for students: Only $4.99/month.

Master Your Semester with a Special Offer from Scribd & The New York Times

Cancel anytime.